diff --git a/dirmngr/ks-engine-ldap.c b/dirmngr/ks-engine-ldap.c
index 52a14a11c..67c456ce3 100644
--- a/dirmngr/ks-engine-ldap.c
+++ b/dirmngr/ks-engine-ldap.c
@@ -1,2241 +1,2247 @@
/* ks-engine-ldap.c - talk to a LDAP keyserver
* Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006
* 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2015, 2020 g10 Code GmbH
*
* This file is part of GnuPG.
*
* GnuPG is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GnuPG is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, see .
*/
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#ifdef HAVE_GETOPT_H
# include
#endif
#include
#include
#include
#ifdef _WIN32
# include
# include
#else
# ifdef NEED_LBER_H
# include
# endif
/* For OpenLDAP, to enable the API that we're using. */
# define LDAP_DEPRECATED 1
# include
#endif
#include
#include "dirmngr.h"
#include "misc.h"
#include "../common/userids.h"
#include "../common/mbox-util.h"
#include "ks-engine.h"
#include "ldap-parse-uri.h"
/* Flags with infos from the connected server. */
#define SERVERINFO_REALLDAP 1 /* This is not the PGP keyserver. */
#define SERVERINFO_PGPKEYV2 2 /* Needs "pgpeyV2" instead of "pgpKey" */
#define SERVERINFO_SCHEMAV2 4 /* Version 2 of the Schema. */
#define SERVERINFO_NTDS 8 /* Server is an Active Directory. */
#ifndef HAVE_TIMEGM
time_t timegm(struct tm *tm);
#endif
/* Convert an LDAP error to a GPG error. */
static int
ldap_err_to_gpg_err (int code)
{
gpg_err_code_t ec;
switch (code)
{
#ifdef LDAP_X_CONNECTING
case LDAP_X_CONNECTING: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_X_CONNECTING; break;
#endif
case LDAP_REFERRAL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_REFERRAL_LIMIT; break;
case LDAP_CLIENT_LOOP: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_CLIENT_LOOP; break;
case LDAP_NO_RESULTS_RETURNED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_NO_RESULTS; break;
case LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_CONTROL_NOT_FOUND; break;
case LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED; break;
case LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_CONNECT; break;
case LDAP_NO_MEMORY: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_NO_MEMORY; break;
case LDAP_PARAM_ERROR: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_PARAM; break;
case LDAP_USER_CANCELLED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_USER_CANCELLED; break;
case LDAP_FILTER_ERROR: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_FILTER; break;
case LDAP_AUTH_UNKNOWN: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_AUTH_UNKNOWN; break;
case LDAP_TIMEOUT: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_TIMEOUT; break;
case LDAP_DECODING_ERROR: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_DECODING; break;
case LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_ENCODING; break;
case LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_LOCAL; break;
case LDAP_SERVER_DOWN: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_SERVER_DOWN; break;
case LDAP_SUCCESS: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_SUCCESS; break;
case LDAP_OPERATIONS_ERROR: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_OPERATIONS; break;
case LDAP_PROTOCOL_ERROR: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_PROTOCOL; break;
case LDAP_TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_TIMELIMIT; break;
case LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_SIZELIMIT; break;
case LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE; break;
case LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE; break;
case LDAP_AUTH_METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED: ec=GPG_ERR_LDAP_UNSUPPORTED_AUTH;break;
case LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_REQUIRED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_RQRD; break;
case LDAP_PARTIAL_RESULTS: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_PARTIAL_RESULTS; break;
case LDAP_REFERRAL: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_REFERRAL; break;
#ifdef LDAP_ADMINLIMIT_EXCEEDED
case LDAP_ADMINLIMIT_EXCEEDED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_ADMINLIMIT; break;
#endif
#ifdef LDAP_UNAVAILABLE_CRITICAL_EXTENSION
case LDAP_UNAVAILABLE_CRITICAL_EXTENSION:
ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_UNAVAIL_CRIT_EXTN; break;
#endif
case LDAP_CONFIDENTIALITY_REQUIRED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_CONFIDENT_RQRD; break;
case LDAP_SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_SASL_BIND_INPROG; break;
case LDAP_NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE; break;
case LDAP_UNDEFINED_TYPE: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_UNDEFINED_TYPE; break;
case LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_MATCHING: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_BAD_MATCHING; break;
case LDAP_CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_CONST_VIOLATION; break;
#ifdef LDAP_TYPE_OR_VALUE_EXISTS
case LDAP_TYPE_OR_VALUE_EXISTS: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_TYPE_VALUE_EXISTS; break;
#endif
case LDAP_INVALID_SYNTAX: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_INV_SYNTAX; break;
case LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJ; break;
case LDAP_ALIAS_PROBLEM: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_ALIAS_PROBLEM; break;
case LDAP_INVALID_DN_SYNTAX: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_INV_DN_SYNTAX; break;
case LDAP_IS_LEAF: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_IS_LEAF; break;
case LDAP_ALIAS_DEREF_PROBLEM: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_ALIAS_DEREF; break;
#ifdef LDAP_X_PROXY_AUTHZ_FAILURE
case LDAP_X_PROXY_AUTHZ_FAILURE: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_X_PROXY_AUTH_FAIL; break;
#endif
case LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_AUTH: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_BAD_AUTH; break;
case LDAP_INVALID_CREDENTIALS: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_INV_CREDENTIALS; break;
#ifdef LDAP_INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS
case LDAP_INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_INSUFFICIENT_ACC; break;
#endif
case LDAP_BUSY: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_BUSY; break;
case LDAP_UNAVAILABLE: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_UNAVAILABLE; break;
case LDAP_UNWILLING_TO_PERFORM: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_UNWILL_TO_PERFORM; break;
case LDAP_LOOP_DETECT: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_LOOP_DETECT; break;
case LDAP_NAMING_VIOLATION: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_NAMING_VIOLATION; break;
case LDAP_OBJECT_CLASS_VIOLATION: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_OBJ_CLS_VIOLATION; break;
case LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_NONLEAF: ec=GPG_ERR_LDAP_NOT_ALLOW_NONLEAF;break;
case LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_RDN: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_NOT_ALLOW_ON_RDN; break;
case LDAP_ALREADY_EXISTS: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_ALREADY_EXISTS; break;
case LDAP_NO_OBJECT_CLASS_MODS: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_NO_OBJ_CLASS_MODS; break;
case LDAP_RESULTS_TOO_LARGE: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_RESULTS_TOO_LARGE; break;
case LDAP_AFFECTS_MULTIPLE_DSAS: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_AFFECTS_MULT_DSAS; break;
#ifdef LDAP_VLV_ERROR
case LDAP_VLV_ERROR: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_VLV; break;
#endif
case LDAP_OTHER: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_OTHER; break;
#ifdef LDAP_CUP_RESOURCES_EXHAUSTED
case LDAP_CUP_RESOURCES_EXHAUSTED: ec=GPG_ERR_LDAP_CUP_RESOURCE_LIMIT;break;
case LDAP_CUP_SECURITY_VIOLATION: ec=GPG_ERR_LDAP_CUP_SEC_VIOLATION; break;
case LDAP_CUP_INVALID_DATA: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_CUP_INV_DATA; break;
case LDAP_CUP_UNSUPPORTED_SCHEME: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_CUP_UNSUP_SCHEME; break;
case LDAP_CUP_RELOAD_REQUIRED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_CUP_RELOAD; break;
#endif
#ifdef LDAP_CANCELLED
case LDAP_CANCELLED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_CANCELLED; break;
#endif
#ifdef LDAP_NO_SUCH_OPERATION
case LDAP_NO_SUCH_OPERATION: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_NO_SUCH_OPERATION; break;
#endif
#ifdef LDAP_TOO_LATE
case LDAP_TOO_LATE: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_TOO_LATE; break;
#endif
#ifdef LDAP_CANNOT_CANCEL
case LDAP_CANNOT_CANCEL: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_CANNOT_CANCEL; break;
#endif
#ifdef LDAP_ASSERTION_FAILED
case LDAP_ASSERTION_FAILED: ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_ASSERTION_FAILED; break;
#endif
#ifdef LDAP_PROXIED_AUTHORIZATION_DENIED
case LDAP_PROXIED_AUTHORIZATION_DENIED:
ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_PROX_AUTH_DENIED; break;
#endif
default:
#if defined(LDAP_E_ERROR) && defined(LDAP_X_ERROR)
if (LDAP_E_ERROR (code))
ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_E_GENERAL;
else if (LDAP_X_ERROR (code))
ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_X_GENERAL;
else
#endif
ec = GPG_ERR_LDAP_GENERAL;
break;
}
return ec;
}
/* Retrieve an LDAP error and return it's GPG equivalent. */
static int
ldap_to_gpg_err (LDAP *ld)
{
#if defined(HAVE_LDAP_GET_OPTION) && defined(LDAP_OPT_ERROR_NUMBER)
int err;
if (ldap_get_option (ld, LDAP_OPT_ERROR_NUMBER, &err) == 0)
return ldap_err_to_gpg_err (err);
else
return GPG_ERR_GENERAL;
#elif defined(HAVE_LDAP_LD_ERRNO)
return ldap_err_to_gpg_err (ld->ld_errno);
#else
/* We should never get here since the LDAP library should always
have either ldap_get_option or ld_errno, but just in case... */
return GPG_ERR_INTERNAL;
#endif
}
static time_t
ldap2epochtime (const char *timestr)
{
struct tm pgptime;
time_t answer;
memset (&pgptime, 0, sizeof(pgptime));
/* YYYYMMDDHHmmssZ */
sscanf (timestr, "%4d%2d%2d%2d%2d%2d",
&pgptime.tm_year,
&pgptime.tm_mon,
&pgptime.tm_mday,
&pgptime.tm_hour,
&pgptime.tm_min,
&pgptime.tm_sec);
pgptime.tm_year -= 1900;
pgptime.tm_isdst = -1;
pgptime.tm_mon--;
/* mktime() takes the timezone into account, so we use timegm() */
answer = timegm (&pgptime);
return answer;
}
/* Caller must free the result. */
static char *
tm2ldaptime (struct tm *tm)
{
struct tm tmp = *tm;
char buf[16];
/* YYYYMMDDHHmmssZ */
tmp.tm_year += 1900;
tmp.tm_mon ++;
snprintf (buf, sizeof buf, "%04d%02d%02d%02d%02d%02dZ",
tmp.tm_year,
tmp.tm_mon,
tmp.tm_mday,
tmp.tm_hour,
tmp.tm_min,
tmp.tm_sec);
return xstrdup (buf);
}
#if 0
/* Caller must free */
static char *
epoch2ldaptime (time_t stamp)
{
struct tm tm;
if (gmtime_r (&stamp, &tm))
return tm2ldaptime (&tm);
else
return xstrdup ("INVALID TIME");
}
#endif
/* Print a help output for the schemata supported by this module. */
gpg_error_t
ks_ldap_help (ctrl_t ctrl, parsed_uri_t uri)
{
const char data[] =
"Handler for LDAP URLs:\n"
" ldap://host:port/[BASEDN]???[bindname=BINDNAME,password=PASSWORD]\n"
"\n"
"Note: basedn, bindname and password need to be percent escaped. In\n"
"particular, spaces need to be replaced with %20 and commas with %2c.\n"
"bindname will typically be of the form:\n"
"\n"
" uid=user%2cou=PGP%20Users%2cdc=EXAMPLE%2cdc=ORG\n"
"\n"
"The ldaps:// and ldapi:// schemes are also supported. If ldaps is used\n"
"then the server's certificate will be checked. If it is not valid, any\n"
"operation will be aborted.\n"
"\n"
"Supported methods: search, get, put\n";
gpg_error_t err;
if(!uri)
err = ks_print_help (ctrl, " ldap");
else if (uri->is_ldap)
err = ks_print_help (ctrl, data);
else
err = 0;
return err;
}
/* Convert a keyspec to a filter. Return an error if the keyspec is
bad or is not supported. The filter is escaped and returned in
*filter. It is the caller's responsibility to free *filter.
*filter is only set if this function returns success (i.e., 0). */
static gpg_error_t
keyspec_to_ldap_filter (const char *keyspec, char **filter, int only_exact,
unsigned int serverinfo)
{
/* Remove search type indicator and adjust PATTERN accordingly.
Note: don't include a preceding 0x when searching by keyid. */
/* XXX: Should we include disabled / revoke options? */
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc;
char *f = NULL;
char *freeme = NULL;
char *p;
gpg_error_t err = classify_user_id (keyspec, &desc, 1);
if (err)
return err;
switch (desc.mode)
{
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_EXACT:
f = xasprintf ("(pgpUserID=%s)",
(freeme = ldap_escape_filter (desc.u.name)));
break;
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SUBSTR:
if (! only_exact)
f = xasprintf ("(pgpUserID=*%s*)",
(freeme = ldap_escape_filter (desc.u.name)));
break;
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_MAIL:
freeme = ldap_escape_filter (desc.u.name);
if (!freeme)
break;
if (*freeme == '<' && freeme[1] && freeme[2])
{
/* Strip angle brackets. Note that it is does not
* matter whether we work on the plan or LDAP escaped
* version of the mailbox. */
p = freeme + 1;
if (p[strlen(p)-1] == '>')
p[strlen(p)-1] = 0;
}
else
p = freeme;
if ((serverinfo & SERVERINFO_SCHEMAV2))
f = xasprintf ("(gpgMailbox=%s)", p);
else if (!only_exact)
f = xasprintf ("(pgpUserID=*<%s>*)", p);
break;
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_MAILSUB:
if (! only_exact)
f = xasprintf ("(pgpUserID=*<*%s*>*)",
(freeme = ldap_escape_filter (desc.u.name)));
break;
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_MAILEND:
if (! only_exact)
f = xasprintf ("(pgpUserID=*<*%s>*)",
(freeme = ldap_escape_filter (desc.u.name)));
break;
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SHORT_KID:
f = xasprintf ("(pgpKeyID=%08lX)", (ulong) desc.u.kid[1]);
break;
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID:
f = xasprintf ("(pgpCertID=%08lX%08lX)",
(ulong) desc.u.kid[0], (ulong) desc.u.kid[1]);
break;
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR:
if ((serverinfo & SERVERINFO_SCHEMAV2))
{
freeme = bin2hex (desc.u.fpr, desc.fprlen, NULL);
if (!freeme)
return gpg_error_from_syserror ();
f = xasprintf ("(|(gpgFingerprint=%s)(gpgSubFingerprint=%s))",
freeme, freeme);
/* FIXME: For an exact search and in case of a match on
* gpgSubFingerprint we need to check that there is only one
* matching value. */
}
break;
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_ISSUER:
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_ISSUER_SN:
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SN:
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SUBJECT:
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_KEYGRIP:
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_WORDS:
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FIRST:
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_NEXT:
default:
break;
}
xfree (freeme);
if (! f)
{
log_error ("Unsupported search mode.\n");
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED);
}
*filter = f;
return 0;
}
/* Connect to an LDAP server and interrogate it.
- uri describes the server to connect to and various options
including whether to use TLS and the username and password (see
ldap_parse_uri for a description of the various fields).
This function returns:
- The ldap connection handle in *LDAP_CONNP.
- The base DN for the PGP key space by querying the
pgpBaseKeySpaceDN attribute (This is normally
'ou=PGP Keys,dc=EXAMPLE,dc=ORG').
- The attribute to lookup to find the pgp key. This is either
'pgpKey' or 'pgpKeyV2'.
- Whether this is a real ldap server. (It's unclear what this
exactly means.)
The values are returned in the passed variables. If you pass NULL,
then the value won't be returned. It is the caller's
responsibility to release *LDAP_CONNP with ldap_unbind and xfree
*BASEDNP.
If this function successfully interrogated the server, it returns
0. If there was an LDAP error, it returns the LDAP error code. If
an error occurred, *basednp, etc., are undefined (and don't need to
be freed.)
R_SERVERINFO receives information about the server.
If no LDAP error occurred, you still need to check that *basednp is
valid. If it is NULL, then the server does not appear to be an
OpenPGP Keyserver. */
static int
my_ldap_connect (parsed_uri_t uri, LDAP **ldap_connp,
char **basednp, unsigned int *r_serverinfo)
{
int err = 0;
LDAP *ldap_conn = NULL;
char *user = uri->auth;
struct uri_tuple_s *password_param;
char *password;
char *basedn = NULL;
*r_serverinfo = 0;
password_param = uri_query_lookup (uri, "password");
password = password_param ? password_param->value : NULL;
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("my_ldap_connect(%s:%d/%s????%s%s%s%s%s%s)\n",
uri->host, uri->port,
uri->path ? uri->path : "",
uri->auth ? "bindname=" : "",
uri->auth ? uri->auth : "",
uri->auth && password ? "," : "",
password ? "password=" : "",
password ? ">not shown<": "",
uri->ad_current? " auth=>current_user<":"");
/* If the uri specifies a secure connection and we don't support
TLS, then fail; don't silently revert to an insecure
connection. */
if (uri->use_tls)
{
#ifndef HAVE_LDAP_START_TLS_S
log_error ("Can't use LDAP to connect to the server: no TLS support.");
err = GPG_ERR_LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED;
goto out;
#endif
}
ldap_conn = ldap_init (uri->host, uri->port);
if (!ldap_conn)
{
err = gpg_err_code_from_syserror ();
log_error ("error initializing LDAP for (%s://%s:%d)\n",
uri->scheme, uri->host, uri->port);
goto out;
}
#ifdef HAVE_LDAP_SET_OPTION
{
int ver = LDAP_VERSION3;
err = ldap_set_option (ldap_conn, LDAP_OPT_PROTOCOL_VERSION, &ver);
if (err != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
log_error ("ks-ldap: unable to go to LDAP 3: %s\n",
ldap_err2string (err));
goto out;
}
}
#endif
/* XXX: It would be nice to have an option to provide the server's
certificate. */
#if 0
#if defined(LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_CACERTFILE) && defined(HAVE_LDAP_SET_OPTION)
err = ldap_set_option (NULL, LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_CACERTFILE, ca_cert_file);
if (err)
{
log_error ("unable to set ca-cert-file to '%s': %s\n",
ca_cert_file, ldap_err2string (err));
goto out;
}
#endif /* LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_CACERTFILE && HAVE_LDAP_SET_OPTION */
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_LDAP_START_TLS_S
if (uri->use_tls)
{
/* XXX: We need an option to determine whether to abort if the
certificate is bad or not. Right now we conservatively
default to checking the certificate and aborting. */
#ifndef HAVE_W32_SYSTEM
int check_cert = LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_HARD; /* LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_NEVER */
err = ldap_set_option (ldap_conn,
LDAP_OPT_X_TLS_REQUIRE_CERT, &check_cert);
if (err)
{
log_error ("error setting TLS option on LDAP connection\n");
goto out;
}
#else
/* On Windows, the certificates are checked by default. If the
option to disable checking mentioned above is ever
implemented, the way to do that on Windows is to install a
callback routine using ldap_set_option (..,
LDAP_OPT_SERVER_CERTIFICATE, ..); */
#endif
npth_unprotect ();
err = ldap_start_tls_s (ldap_conn,
#ifdef HAVE_W32_SYSTEM
/* ServerReturnValue, result */
NULL, NULL,
#endif
/* ServerControls, ClientControls */
NULL, NULL);
npth_protect ();
if (err)
{
log_error ("error connecting to LDAP server with TLS\n");
goto out;
}
}
#endif
if (uri->ad_current)
{
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("LDAP bind to current user via AD\n");
#ifdef HAVE_W32_SYSTEM
npth_unprotect ();
err = ldap_bind_s (ldap_conn, NULL, NULL, LDAP_AUTH_NEGOTIATE);
npth_protect ();
if (err != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
log_error ("error binding to LDAP via AD: %s\n",
ldap_err2string (err));
goto out;
}
#else
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED);
goto out;
#endif
}
else if (uri->auth)
{
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("LDAP bind to %s, password %s\n",
user, password ? ">not shown<" : ">none<");
npth_unprotect ();
err = ldap_simple_bind_s (ldap_conn, user, password);
npth_protect ();
if (err != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
log_error ("error binding to LDAP: %s\n", ldap_err2string (err));
goto out;
}
}
else
{
/* By default we don't bind as there is usually no need to. */
}
if (uri->path && *uri->path)
{
/* User specified base DN. */
basedn = xstrdup (uri->path);
/* If the user specifies a base DN, then we know the server is a
* real LDAP server. */
*r_serverinfo |= SERVERINFO_REALLDAP;
}
else
{ /* Look for namingContexts. */
LDAPMessage *res = NULL;
char *attr[] = { "namingContexts", NULL };
npth_unprotect ();
err = ldap_search_s (ldap_conn, "", LDAP_SCOPE_BASE,
"(objectClass=*)", attr, 0, &res);
npth_protect ();
if (err == LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
char **context;
npth_unprotect ();
context = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, res, "namingContexts");
npth_protect ();
if (context)
{
/* We found some, so try each namingContext as the
* search base and look for pgpBaseKeySpaceDN. Because
* we found this, we know we're talking to a regular-ish
* LDAP server and not an LDAP keyserver. */
int i;
char *attr2[] =
{ "pgpBaseKeySpaceDN", "pgpVersion", "pgpSoftware", NULL };
*r_serverinfo |= SERVERINFO_REALLDAP;
for (i = 0; context[i] && ! basedn; i++)
{
char **vals;
LDAPMessage *si_res;
int is_gnupg = 0;
{
char *object = xasprintf ("cn=pgpServerInfo,%s",
context[i]);
npth_unprotect ();
err = ldap_search_s (ldap_conn, object, LDAP_SCOPE_BASE,
"(objectClass=*)", attr2, 0, &si_res);
npth_protect ();
xfree (object);
}
if (err == LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, si_res,
"pgpBaseKeySpaceDN");
if (vals)
{
basedn = xtrystrdup (vals[0]);
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, si_res,
"pgpSoftware");
if (vals)
{
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("Server: \t%s\n", vals[0]);
if (!ascii_strcasecmp (vals[0], "GnuPG"))
is_gnupg = 1;
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, si_res,
"pgpVersion");
if (vals)
{
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("Version:\t%s\n", vals[0]);
if (is_gnupg)
{
const char *fields[2];
int nfields;
nfields = split_fields (vals[0],
fields, DIM(fields));
if (nfields > 0 && atoi(fields[0]) > 1)
*r_serverinfo |= SERVERINFO_SCHEMAV2;
if (nfields > 1
&& !ascii_strcasecmp (fields[1], "ntds"))
*r_serverinfo |= SERVERINFO_NTDS;
}
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
}
/* From man ldap_search_s: "res parameter of
ldap_search_ext_s() and ldap_search_s() should be
freed with ldap_msgfree() regardless of return
value of these functions. */
ldap_msgfree (si_res);
}
ldap_value_free (context);
}
}
else
{
/* We don't have an answer yet, which means the server might
be a PGP.com keyserver. */
char **vals;
LDAPMessage *si_res = NULL;
char *attr2[] = { "pgpBaseKeySpaceDN", "version", "software", NULL };
npth_unprotect ();
err = ldap_search_s (ldap_conn, "cn=pgpServerInfo", LDAP_SCOPE_BASE,
"(objectClass=*)", attr2, 0, &si_res);
npth_protect ();
if (err == LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
/* For the PGP LDAP keyserver, this is always
* "OU=ACTIVE,O=PGP KEYSPACE,C=US", but it might not be
* in the future. */
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, si_res, "baseKeySpaceDN");
if (vals)
{
basedn = xtrystrdup (vals[0]);
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, si_res, "software");
if (vals)
{
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("ks-ldap: PGP Server: \t%s\n", vals[0]);
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, si_res, "version");
if (vals)
{
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("ks-ldap: PGP Server Version:\t%s\n", vals[0]);
/* If the version is high enough, use the new
pgpKeyV2 attribute. This design is iffy at best,
but it matches how PGP does it. I figure the NAI
folks assumed that there would never be an LDAP
keyserver vendor with a different numbering
scheme. */
if (atoi (vals[0]) > 1)
*r_serverinfo |= SERVERINFO_PGPKEYV2;
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
}
ldap_msgfree (si_res);
}
/* From man ldap_search_s: "res parameter of ldap_search_ext_s()
and ldap_search_s() should be freed with ldap_msgfree()
regardless of return value of these functions. */
ldap_msgfree (res);
}
out:
if (!err && opt.debug)
{
log_debug ("ldap_conn: %p\n", ldap_conn);
log_debug ("server_type: %s\n", ((*r_serverinfo & SERVERINFO_REALLDAP)
? "LDAP" : "PGP.com keyserver") );
log_debug ("basedn: %s\n", basedn);
log_debug ("pgpkeyattr: %s\n",
(*r_serverinfo & SERVERINFO_PGPKEYV2)? "pgpKeyV2":"pgpKey");
}
if (err)
xfree (basedn);
else
{
if (basednp)
*basednp = basedn;
else
xfree (basedn);
}
if (err)
{
if (ldap_conn)
ldap_unbind (ldap_conn);
}
else
*ldap_connp = ldap_conn;
return err;
}
/* Extract keys from an LDAP reply and write them out to the output
stream OUTPUT in a format GnuPG can import (either the OpenPGP
binary format or armored format). */
static void
extract_keys (estream_t output,
LDAP *ldap_conn, const char *certid, LDAPMessage *message)
{
char **vals;
es_fprintf (output, "INFO %s BEGIN\n", certid);
es_fprintf (output, "pub:%s:", certid);
/* Note: ldap_get_values returns a NULL terminated array of
strings. */
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, message, "pgpkeytype");
if (vals && vals[0])
{
if (strcmp (vals[0], "RSA") == 0)
es_fprintf (output, "1");
else if (strcmp (vals[0],"DSS/DH") == 0)
es_fprintf (output, "17");
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
es_fprintf (output, ":");
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, message, "pgpkeysize");
if (vals && vals[0])
{
int v = atoi (vals[0]);
if (v > 0)
es_fprintf (output, "%d", v);
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
es_fprintf (output, ":");
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, message, "pgpkeycreatetime");
if (vals && vals[0])
{
if (strlen (vals[0]) == 15)
es_fprintf (output, "%u", (unsigned int) ldap2epochtime (vals[0]));
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
es_fprintf (output, ":");
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, message, "pgpkeyexpiretime");
if (vals && vals[0])
{
if (strlen (vals[0]) == 15)
es_fprintf (output, "%u", (unsigned int) ldap2epochtime (vals[0]));
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
es_fprintf (output, ":");
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, message, "pgprevoked");
if (vals && vals[0])
{
if (atoi (vals[0]) == 1)
es_fprintf (output, "r");
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
es_fprintf (output, "\n");
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, message, "pgpuserid");
if (vals && vals[0])
{
int i;
for (i = 0; vals[i]; i++)
es_fprintf (output, "uid:%s\n", vals[i]);
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
es_fprintf (output, "INFO %s END\n", certid);
}
/* Get the key described key the KEYSPEC string from the keyserver
identified by URI. On success R_FP has an open stream to read the
data. */
gpg_error_t
ks_ldap_get (ctrl_t ctrl, parsed_uri_t uri, const char *keyspec,
estream_t *r_fp)
{
gpg_error_t err = 0;
int ldap_err;
unsigned int serverinfo;
char *filter = NULL;
LDAP *ldap_conn = NULL;
char *basedn = NULL;
estream_t fp = NULL;
LDAPMessage *message = NULL;
(void) ctrl;
if (dirmngr_use_tor ())
{
/* For now we do not support LDAP over Tor. */
log_error (_("LDAP access not possible due to Tor mode\n"));
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED);
}
/* Make sure we are talking to an OpenPGP LDAP server. */
ldap_err = my_ldap_connect (uri, &ldap_conn, &basedn, &serverinfo);
if (ldap_err || !basedn)
{
if (ldap_err)
err = ldap_err_to_gpg_err (ldap_err);
else
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_GENERAL);
goto out;
}
/* Now that we have information about the server we can construct a
* query best suited for the capabilities of the server. */
err = keyspec_to_ldap_filter (keyspec, &filter, 1, serverinfo);
if (err)
goto out;
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("ks-ldap: using filter: %s\n", filter);
{
/* The ordering is significant. Specifically, "pgpcertid" needs
to be the second item in the list, since everything after it
- may be discarded we aren't in verbose mode. */
+ may be discarded if we aren't in verbose mode. */
char *attrs[] =
{
"dummy",
"pgpcertid", "pgpuserid", "pgpkeyid", "pgprevoked", "pgpdisabled",
"pgpkeycreatetime", "modifytimestamp", "pgpkeysize", "pgpkeytype",
NULL
};
/* 1 if we want just attribute types; 0 if we want both attribute
* types and values. */
int attrsonly = 0;
int count;
/* Replace "dummy". */
attrs[0] = (serverinfo & SERVERINFO_PGPKEYV2)? "pgpKeyV2" : "pgpKey";
npth_unprotect ();
ldap_err = ldap_search_s (ldap_conn, basedn, LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE,
filter, attrs, attrsonly, &message);
npth_protect ();
if (ldap_err)
{
err = ldap_err_to_gpg_err (ldap_err);
log_error ("ks-ldap: LDAP search error: %s\n",
ldap_err2string (ldap_err));
goto out;
}
count = ldap_count_entries (ldap_conn, message);
if (count < 1)
{
log_info ("ks-ldap: key %s not found on keyserver\n", keyspec);
if (count == -1)
err = ldap_to_gpg_err (ldap_conn);
else
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_DATA);
goto out;
}
{
/* There may be more than one unique result for a given keyID,
so we should fetch them all (test this by fetching short key
id 0xDEADBEEF). */
/* The set of entries that we've seen. */
strlist_t seen = NULL;
LDAPMessage *each;
+ int anykey = 0;
for (npth_unprotect (),
each = ldap_first_entry (ldap_conn, message),
npth_protect ();
each;
npth_unprotect (),
each = ldap_next_entry (ldap_conn, each),
npth_protect ())
{
char **vals;
char **certid;
/* Use the long keyid to remove duplicates. The LDAP
server returns the same keyid more than once if there
are multiple user IDs on the key. Note that this does
NOT mean that a keyid that exists multiple times on the
keyserver will not be fetched. It means that each KEY,
no matter how many user IDs share its keyid, will be
fetched only once. If a keyid that belongs to more
than one key is fetched, the server quite properly
responds with all matching keys. -ds */
certid = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, "pgpcertid");
if (certid && certid[0])
{
if (! strlist_find (seen, certid[0]))
{
/* It's not a duplicate, add it */
add_to_strlist (&seen, certid[0]);
if (! fp)
fp = es_fopenmem(0, "rw");
extract_keys (fp, ldap_conn, certid[0], each);
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, attrs[0]);
if (! vals)
{
err = ldap_to_gpg_err (ldap_conn);
log_error("ks-ldap: unable to retrieve key %s "
"from keyserver\n", certid[0]);
goto out;
}
else
{
/* We should strip the new lines. */
es_fprintf (fp, "KEY 0x%s BEGIN\n", certid[0]);
es_fputs (vals[0], fp);
es_fprintf (fp, "\nKEY 0x%s END\n", certid[0]);
ldap_value_free (vals);
+ anykey = 1;
}
}
}
ldap_value_free (certid);
}
free_strlist (seen);
if (! fp)
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_DATA);
+
+ if (!err && anykey)
+ err = dirmngr_status_printf (ctrl, "SOURCE", "%s://%s",
+ uri->scheme, uri->host? uri->host:"");
}
}
out:
if (message)
ldap_msgfree (message);
if (err)
{
if (fp)
es_fclose (fp);
}
else
{
if (fp)
es_fseek (fp, 0, SEEK_SET);
*r_fp = fp;
}
xfree (basedn);
if (ldap_conn)
ldap_unbind (ldap_conn);
xfree (filter);
return err;
}
/* Search the keyserver identified by URI for keys matching PATTERN.
On success R_FP has an open stream to read the data. */
gpg_error_t
ks_ldap_search (ctrl_t ctrl, parsed_uri_t uri, const char *pattern,
estream_t *r_fp)
{
gpg_error_t err;
int ldap_err;
unsigned int serverinfo;
char *filter = NULL;
LDAP *ldap_conn = NULL;
char *basedn = NULL;
estream_t fp = NULL;
(void) ctrl;
if (dirmngr_use_tor ())
{
/* For now we do not support LDAP over Tor. */
log_error (_("LDAP access not possible due to Tor mode\n"));
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED);
}
/* Make sure we are talking to an OpenPGP LDAP server. */
ldap_err = my_ldap_connect (uri, &ldap_conn, &basedn, &serverinfo);
if (ldap_err || !basedn)
{
if (ldap_err)
err = ldap_err_to_gpg_err (ldap_err);
else
err = GPG_ERR_GENERAL;
goto out;
}
/* Now that we have information about the server we can construct a
* query best suited for the capabilities of the server. */
err = keyspec_to_ldap_filter (pattern, &filter, 0, serverinfo);
if (err)
{
log_error ("Bad search pattern: '%s'\n", pattern);
goto out;
}
/* Even if we have no results, we want to return a stream. */
fp = es_fopenmem(0, "rw");
if (!fp)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto out;
}
{
char **vals;
LDAPMessage *res, *each;
int count = 0;
strlist_t dupelist = NULL;
/* The maximum size of the search, including the optional stuff
and the trailing \0 */
char *attrs[] =
{
"pgpcertid", "pgpuserid", "pgprevoked", "pgpdisabled",
"pgpkeycreatetime", "pgpkeyexpiretime", "modifytimestamp",
"pgpkeysize", "pgpkeytype", NULL
};
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("SEARCH '%s' => '%s' BEGIN\n", pattern, filter);
npth_unprotect ();
ldap_err = ldap_search_s (ldap_conn, basedn,
LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE, filter, attrs, 0, &res);
npth_protect ();
xfree (filter);
filter = NULL;
if (ldap_err != LDAP_SUCCESS && ldap_err != LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED)
{
err = ldap_err_to_gpg_err (ldap_err);
log_error ("SEARCH %s FAILED %d\n", pattern, err);
log_error ("ks-ldap: LDAP search error: %s\n",
ldap_err2string (err));
goto out;
}
/* The LDAP server doesn't return a real count of unique keys, so we
can't use ldap_count_entries here. */
for (npth_unprotect (),
each = ldap_first_entry (ldap_conn, res),
npth_protect ();
each;
npth_unprotect (),
each = ldap_next_entry (ldap_conn, each),
npth_protect ())
{
char **certid = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, "pgpcertid");
if (certid && certid[0] && ! strlist_find (dupelist, certid[0]))
{
add_to_strlist (&dupelist, certid[0]);
count++;
}
}
if (ldap_err == LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED)
{
if (count == 1)
log_error ("ks-ldap: search results exceeded server limit."
" First 1 result shown.\n");
else
log_error ("ks-ldap: search results exceeded server limit."
" First %d results shown.\n", count);
}
free_strlist (dupelist);
dupelist = NULL;
if (count < 1)
es_fputs ("info:1:0\n", fp);
else
{
es_fprintf (fp, "info:1:%d\n", count);
for (each = ldap_first_entry (ldap_conn, res);
each;
each = ldap_next_entry (ldap_conn, each))
{
char **certid;
LDAPMessage *uids;
certid = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, "pgpcertid");
if (! certid || ! certid[0])
continue;
/* Have we seen this certid before? */
if (! strlist_find (dupelist, certid[0]))
{
add_to_strlist (&dupelist, certid[0]);
es_fprintf (fp, "pub:%s:",certid[0]);
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, "pgpkeytype");
if (vals)
{
/* The LDAP server doesn't exactly handle this
well. */
if (strcasecmp (vals[0], "RSA") == 0)
es_fputs ("1", fp);
else if (strcasecmp (vals[0], "DSS/DH") == 0)
es_fputs ("17", fp);
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
es_fputc (':', fp);
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, "pgpkeysize");
if (vals)
{
/* Not sure why, but some keys are listed with a
key size of 0. Treat that like an unknown. */
if (atoi (vals[0]) > 0)
es_fprintf (fp, "%d", atoi (vals[0]));
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
es_fputc (':', fp);
/* YYYYMMDDHHmmssZ */
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, "pgpkeycreatetime");
if(vals && strlen (vals[0]) == 15)
{
es_fprintf (fp, "%u",
(unsigned int) ldap2epochtime(vals[0]));
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
es_fputc (':', fp);
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, "pgpkeyexpiretime");
if (vals && strlen (vals[0]) == 15)
{
es_fprintf (fp, "%u",
(unsigned int) ldap2epochtime (vals[0]));
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
es_fputc (':', fp);
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, "pgprevoked");
if (vals)
{
if (atoi (vals[0]) == 1)
es_fprintf (fp, "r");
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, "pgpdisabled");
if (vals)
{
if (atoi (vals[0]) ==1)
es_fprintf (fp, "d");
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
#if 0
/* This is not yet specified in the keyserver
protocol, but may be someday. */
es_fputc (':', fp);
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, each, "modifytimestamp");
if(vals && strlen (vals[0]) == 15)
{
es_fprintf (fp, "%u",
(unsigned int) ldap2epochtime (vals[0]));
ldap_value_free (vals);
}
#endif
es_fprintf (fp, "\n");
/* Now print all the uids that have this certid */
for (uids = ldap_first_entry (ldap_conn, res);
uids;
uids = ldap_next_entry (ldap_conn, uids))
{
vals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn, uids, "pgpcertid");
if (! vals)
continue;
if (strcasecmp (certid[0], vals[0]) == 0)
{
char **uidvals;
es_fprintf (fp, "uid:");
uidvals = ldap_get_values (ldap_conn,
uids, "pgpuserid");
if (uidvals)
{
/* Need to escape any colons */
char *quoted = percent_escape (uidvals[0], NULL);
es_fputs (quoted, fp);
xfree (quoted);
ldap_value_free (uidvals);
}
es_fprintf (fp, "\n");
}
ldap_value_free(vals);
}
}
ldap_value_free (certid);
}
}
ldap_msgfree (res);
free_strlist (dupelist);
}
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("SEARCH %s END\n", pattern);
out:
if (err)
{
if (fp)
es_fclose (fp);
}
else
{
/* Return the read stream. */
if (fp)
es_fseek (fp, 0, SEEK_SET);
*r_fp = fp;
}
xfree (basedn);
if (ldap_conn)
ldap_unbind (ldap_conn);
xfree (filter);
return err;
}
/* A modlist describes a set of changes to an LDAP entry. (An entry
consists of 1 or more attributes. Attributes are
pairs. Note: an attribute may be multi-valued in which case
multiple values are associated with a single name.)
A modlist is a NULL terminated array of struct LDAPMod's.
Thus, if we have:
LDAPMod **modlist;
Then:
modlist[i]
Is the ith modification.
Each LDAPMod describes a change to a single attribute. Further,
there is one modification for each attribute that we want to
change. The attribute's new value is stored in LDAPMod.mod_values.
If the attribute is multi-valued, we still only use a single
LDAPMod structure: mod_values is a NULL-terminated array of
strings. To delete an attribute from an entry, we set mod_values
to NULL.
Thus, if:
modlist[i]->mod_values == NULL
then we remove the attribute.
(Using LDAP_MOD_DELETE doesn't work here as we don't know if the
attribute in question exists or not.)
Note: this function does NOT copy or free ATTR. It does copy
VALUE. */
static void
modlist_add (LDAPMod ***modlistp, char *attr, const char *value)
{
LDAPMod **modlist = *modlistp;
LDAPMod **m;
int nummods = 0;
/* Search modlist for the attribute we're playing with. If modlist
is NULL, then the list is empty. Recall: modlist is a NULL
terminated array. */
for (m = modlist; m && *m; m++, nummods ++)
{
/* The attribute is already on the list. */
char **ptr;
int numvalues = 0;
if (strcasecmp ((*m)->mod_type, attr) != 0)
continue;
/* We have this attribute already, so when the REPLACE happens,
the server attributes will be replaced anyway. */
if (! value)
return;
/* Attributes can be multi-valued. See if the value is already
present. mod_values is a NULL terminated array of pointers.
Note: mod_values can be NULL. */
for (ptr = (*m)->mod_values; ptr && *ptr; ptr++)
{
if (strcmp (*ptr, value) == 0)
/* Duplicate value, we're done. */
return;
numvalues ++;
}
/* Append the value. */
ptr = xrealloc ((*m)->mod_values, sizeof (char *) * (numvalues + 2));
(*m)->mod_values = ptr;
ptr[numvalues] = xstrdup (value);
ptr[numvalues + 1] = NULL;
return;
}
/* We didn't find the attr, so make one and add it to the end */
/* Like attribute values, the list of attributes is NULL terminated
array of pointers. */
modlist = xrealloc (modlist, sizeof (LDAPMod *) * (nummods + 2));
*modlistp = modlist;
modlist[nummods] = xmalloc (sizeof (LDAPMod));
modlist[nummods]->mod_op = LDAP_MOD_REPLACE;
modlist[nummods]->mod_type = attr;
if (value)
{
modlist[nummods]->mod_values = xmalloc (sizeof(char *) * 2);
modlist[nummods]->mod_values[0] = xstrdup (value);
modlist[nummods]->mod_values[1] = NULL;
}
else
modlist[nummods]->mod_values = NULL;
modlist[nummods + 1] = NULL;
return;
}
/* Look up the value of an attribute in the specified modlist. If the
attribute is not on the mod list, returns NULL. The result is a
NULL-terminated array of strings. Don't change it. */
static char **
modlist_lookup (LDAPMod **modlist, const char *attr)
{
LDAPMod **m;
for (m = modlist; m && *m; m++)
{
if (strcasecmp ((*m)->mod_type, attr) != 0)
continue;
return (*m)->mod_values;
}
return NULL;
}
/* Dump a modlist to a file. This is useful for debugging. */
static estream_t modlist_dump (LDAPMod **modlist, estream_t output)
GPGRT_ATTR_USED;
static estream_t
modlist_dump (LDAPMod **modlist, estream_t output)
{
LDAPMod **m;
int opened = 0;
if (! output)
{
output = es_fopenmem (0, "rw");
if (!output)
return NULL;
opened = 1;
}
for (m = modlist; m && *m; m++)
{
es_fprintf (output, " %s:", (*m)->mod_type);
if (! (*m)->mod_values)
es_fprintf(output, " delete.\n");
else
{
char **ptr;
int i;
int multi = 0;
if ((*m)->mod_values[0] && (*m)->mod_values[1])
/* Have at least 2. */
multi = 1;
if (multi)
es_fprintf (output, "\n");
for ((ptr = (*m)->mod_values), (i = 1); ptr && *ptr; ptr++, i ++)
{
/* Assuming terminals are about 80 characters wide,
display at most about 10 lines of debugging
output. If we do trim the buffer, append '...' to
the end. */
const int max_len = 10 * 70;
size_t value_len = strlen (*ptr);
int elide = value_len > max_len;
if (multi)
es_fprintf (output, " %d. ", i);
es_fprintf (output, "`%.*s", max_len, *ptr);
if (elide)
es_fprintf (output, "...' (%zd bytes elided)",
value_len - max_len);
else
es_fprintf (output, "'");
es_fprintf (output, "\n");
}
}
}
if (opened)
es_fseek (output, 0, SEEK_SET);
return output;
}
/* Free all of the memory allocated by the mod list. This assumes
that the attribute names don't have to be freed, but the attributes
values do. (Which is what modlist_add does.) */
static void
modlist_free (LDAPMod **modlist)
{
LDAPMod **ml;
if (! modlist)
return;
/* Unwind and free the whole modlist structure */
/* The modlist is a NULL terminated array of pointers. */
for (ml = modlist; *ml; ml++)
{
LDAPMod *mod = *ml;
char **ptr;
/* The list of values is a NULL termianted array of pointers.
If the list is NULL, there are no values. */
if (mod->mod_values)
{
for (ptr = mod->mod_values; *ptr; ptr++)
xfree (*ptr);
xfree (mod->mod_values);
}
xfree (mod);
}
xfree (modlist);
}
/* Append two onto the end of one. Two is not freed, but its pointers
are now part of one. Make sure you don't free them both!
As long as you don't add anything to ONE, TWO is still valid.
After that all bets are off. */
static void
modlists_join (LDAPMod ***one, LDAPMod **two)
{
int i, one_count = 0, two_count = 0;
LDAPMod **grow;
if (!*two)
/* two is empty. Nothing to do. */
return;
if (!*one)
/* one is empty. Just set it equal to *two. */
{
*one = two;
return;
}
for (grow = *one; *grow; grow++)
one_count ++;
for (grow = two; *grow; grow++)
two_count ++;
grow = xrealloc (*one, sizeof(LDAPMod *) * (one_count + two_count + 1));
for (i = 0; i < two_count; i++)
grow[one_count + i] = two[i];
grow[one_count + i] = NULL;
*one = grow;
}
/* Given a string, unescape C escapes. In particular, \xXX. This
modifies the string in place. */
static void
uncescape (char *str)
{
size_t r = 0;
size_t w = 0;
char *first = strchr (str, '\\');
if (! first)
/* No backslashes => no escaping. We're done. */
return;
/* Start at the first '\\'. */
r = w = (uintptr_t) first - (uintptr_t) str;
while (str[r])
{
/* XXX: What to do about bad escapes?
XXX: hextobyte already checks the string thus the hexdigitp
could be removed. */
if (str[r] == '\\' && str[r + 1] == 'x'
&& str[r+2] && str[r+3]
&& hexdigitp (str + r + 2)
&& hexdigitp (str + r + 3))
{
int x = hextobyte (&str[r + 2]);
assert (0 <= x && x <= 0xff);
str[w] = x;
/* We consumed 4 characters and wrote 1. */
r += 4;
w ++;
}
else
str[w ++] = str[r ++];
}
str[w] = '\0';
}
/* Given one line from an info block (`gpg --list-{keys,sigs}
--with-colons KEYID'), pull it apart and fill in the modlist with
the relevant (for the LDAP schema) attributes. EXTRACT_STATE
should initally be set to 0 by the caller. SCHEMAV2 is set if the
server supports the version 2 schema. */
static void
extract_attributes (LDAPMod ***modlist, int *extract_state,
char *line, int schemav2)
{
int field_count;
char **fields;
char *keyid;
int is_pub, is_sub, is_uid, is_sig;
/* Remove trailing whitespace */
trim_trailing_spaces (line);
fields = strsplit (line, ':', '\0', &field_count);
if (field_count == 1)
/* We only have a single field. There is definitely nothing to
do. */
goto out;
if (field_count < 7)
goto out;
is_pub = !ascii_strcasecmp ("pub", fields[0]);
is_sub = !ascii_strcasecmp ("sub", fields[0]);
is_uid = !ascii_strcasecmp ("uid", fields[0]);
is_sig = !ascii_strcasecmp ("sig", fields[0]);
if (!ascii_strcasecmp ("fpr", fields[0]))
{
/* Special treatment for a fingerprint. */
if (!(*extract_state & 1))
goto out; /* Stray fingerprint line - ignore. */
*extract_state &= ~1;
if (field_count >= 10 && schemav2)
{
if ((*extract_state & 2))
modlist_add (modlist, "gpgFingerprint", fields[9]);
else
modlist_add (modlist, "gpgSubFingerprint", fields[9]);
}
goto out;
}
*extract_state &= ~(1|2);
if (is_pub)
*extract_state |= (1|2);
else if (is_sub)
*extract_state |= 1;
if (!is_pub && !is_sub && !is_uid && !is_sig)
goto out; /* Not a relevant line. */
keyid = fields[4];
if (is_uid && strlen (keyid) == 0)
; /* The uid record type can have an empty keyid. */
else if (strlen (keyid) == 16
&& strspn (keyid, "0123456789aAbBcCdDeEfF") == 16)
; /* Otherwise, we expect exactly 16 hex characters. */
else
{
log_error ("malformed record!\n");
goto out;
}
if (is_pub)
{
int disabled = 0;
int revoked = 0;
char *flags;
for (flags = fields[1]; *flags; flags ++)
switch (*flags)
{
case 'r':
case 'R':
revoked = 1;
break;
case 'd':
case 'D':
disabled = 1;
break;
}
/* Note: we always create the pgpDisabled and pgpRevoked
attributes, regardless of whether the key is disabled/revoked
or not. This is because a very common search is like
"(&(pgpUserID=*isabella*)(pgpDisabled=0))" */
if (is_pub)
{
modlist_add (modlist,"pgpDisabled", disabled ? "1" : "0");
modlist_add (modlist,"pgpRevoked", revoked ? "1" : "0");
}
}
if (is_pub || is_sub)
{
char padded[6];
int val;
val = atoi (fields[2]);
if (val < 99999 && val > 0)
{
/* We zero pad this on the left to make PGP happy. */
snprintf (padded, sizeof padded, "%05u", val);
modlist_add (modlist, "pgpKeySize", padded);
}
}
if (is_pub)
{
char *algo = fields[3];
int val = atoi (algo);
switch (val)
{
case 1:
algo = "RSA";
break;
case 17:
algo = "DSS/DH";
break;
default:
algo = NULL;
break;
}
if (algo)
modlist_add (modlist, "pgpKeyType", algo);
}
if (is_pub || is_sub || is_sig)
{
if (is_pub)
{
modlist_add (modlist, "pgpCertID", keyid); /* Long keyid(!) */
modlist_add (modlist, "pgpKeyID", &keyid[8]); /* Short keyid */
}
if (is_sub)
modlist_add (modlist, "pgpSubKeyID", keyid); /* Long keyid(!) */
}
if (is_pub)
{
char *create_time = fields[5];
if (strlen (create_time) == 0)
create_time = NULL;
else
{
char *create_time_orig = create_time;
struct tm tm;
time_t t;
char *end;
memset (&tm, 0, sizeof (tm));
/* parse_timestamp handles both seconds fromt he epoch and
ISO 8601 format. We also need to handle YYYY-MM-DD
format (as generated by gpg1 --with-colons --list-key).
Check that first and then if it fails, then try
parse_timestamp. */
if (!isodate_human_to_tm (create_time, &tm))
create_time = tm2ldaptime (&tm);
else if ((t = parse_timestamp (create_time, &end)) != (time_t) -1
&& *end == '\0')
{
if (!gnupg_gmtime (&t, &tm))
create_time = NULL;
else
create_time = tm2ldaptime (&tm);
}
else
create_time = NULL;
if (! create_time)
/* Failed to parse string. */
log_error ("Failed to parse creation time ('%s')",
create_time_orig);
}
if (create_time)
{
modlist_add (modlist, "pgpKeyCreateTime", create_time);
xfree (create_time);
}
}
if (is_pub)
{
char *expire_time = fields[6];
if (strlen (expire_time) == 0)
expire_time = NULL;
else
{
char *expire_time_orig = expire_time;
struct tm tm;
time_t t;
char *end;
memset (&tm, 0, sizeof (tm));
/* parse_timestamp handles both seconds fromt he epoch and
ISO 8601 format. We also need to handle YYYY-MM-DD
format (as generated by gpg1 --with-colons --list-key).
Check that first and then if it fails, then try
parse_timestamp. */
if (!isodate_human_to_tm (expire_time, &tm))
expire_time = tm2ldaptime (&tm);
else if ((t = parse_timestamp (expire_time, &end)) != (time_t) -1
&& *end == '\0')
{
if (!gnupg_gmtime (&t, &tm))
expire_time = NULL;
else
expire_time = tm2ldaptime (&tm);
}
else
expire_time = NULL;
if (! expire_time)
/* Failed to parse string. */
log_error ("Failed to parse creation time ('%s')",
expire_time_orig);
}
if (expire_time)
{
modlist_add (modlist, "pgpKeyExpireTime", expire_time);
xfree (expire_time);
}
}
if (is_uid && field_count >= 10)
{
char *uid = fields[9];
char *mbox;
uncescape (uid);
modlist_add (modlist, "pgpUserID", uid);
if (schemav2 && (mbox = mailbox_from_userid (uid, 0)))
{
modlist_add (modlist, "gpgMailbox", mbox);
xfree (mbox);
}
}
out:
xfree (fields);
}
/* Send the key in {KEY,KEYLEN} with the metadata {INFO,INFOLEN} to
the keyserver identified by URI. See server.c:cmd_ks_put for the
format of the data and metadata. */
gpg_error_t
ks_ldap_put (ctrl_t ctrl, parsed_uri_t uri,
void *data, size_t datalen,
void *info, size_t infolen)
{
gpg_error_t err = 0;
int ldap_err;
unsigned int serverinfo;
LDAP *ldap_conn = NULL;
char *basedn = NULL;
LDAPMod **modlist = NULL;
LDAPMod **addlist = NULL;
char *data_armored = NULL;
int extract_state;
/* The last byte of the info block. */
const char *infoend = (const char *) info + infolen - 1;
/* Enable this code to dump the modlist to /tmp/modlist.txt. */
#if 0
# warning Disable debug code before checking in.
const int dump_modlist = 1;
#else
const int dump_modlist = 0;
#endif
estream_t dump = NULL;
/* Elide a warning. */
(void) ctrl;
if (dirmngr_use_tor ())
{
/* For now we do not support LDAP over Tor. */
log_error (_("LDAP access not possible due to Tor mode\n"));
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED);
}
ldap_err = my_ldap_connect (uri, &ldap_conn, &basedn, &serverinfo);
if (ldap_err || !basedn)
{
if (ldap_err)
err = ldap_err_to_gpg_err (ldap_err);
else
err = GPG_ERR_GENERAL;
goto out;
}
if (!(serverinfo & SERVERINFO_REALLDAP))
{
/* We appear to have a PGP.com Keyserver, which can unpack the
* key on its own (not just a dump LDAP server). This will
* rarely be the case these days. */
LDAPMod mod;
LDAPMod *attrs[2];
char *key[2];
char *dn;
key[0] = data;
key[1] = NULL;
memset (&mod, 0, sizeof (mod));
mod.mod_op = LDAP_MOD_ADD;
mod.mod_type = (serverinfo & SERVERINFO_PGPKEYV2)? "pgpKeyV2":"pgpKey";
mod.mod_values = key;
attrs[0] = &mod;
attrs[1] = NULL;
dn = xtryasprintf ("pgpCertid=virtual,%s", basedn);
if (!dn)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto out;
}
ldap_err = ldap_add_s (ldap_conn, dn, attrs);
xfree (dn);
if (ldap_err != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
err = ldap_err_to_gpg_err (err);
goto out;
}
goto out;
}
modlist = xtrymalloc (sizeof (LDAPMod *));
if (!modlist)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto out;
}
*modlist = NULL;
if (dump_modlist)
{
dump = es_fopen("/tmp/modlist.txt", "w");
if (! dump)
log_error ("Failed to open /tmp/modlist.txt: %s\n",
strerror (errno));
if (dump)
{
es_fprintf(dump, "data (%zd bytes)\n", datalen);
es_fprintf(dump, "info (%zd bytes): '\n", infolen);
es_fwrite(info, infolen, 1, dump);
es_fprintf(dump, "'\n");
}
}
/* Start by nulling out all attributes. We try and do a modify
operation first, so this ensures that we don't leave old
attributes lying around. */
modlist_add (&modlist, "pgpDisabled", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "pgpKeyID", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "pgpKeyType", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "pgpUserID", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "pgpKeyCreateTime", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "pgpRevoked", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "pgpSubKeyID", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "pgpKeySize", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "pgpKeyExpireTime", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "pgpCertID", NULL);
if ((serverinfo & SERVERINFO_SCHEMAV2))
{
modlist_add (&modlist, "gpgFingerprint", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "gpgSubFingerprint", NULL);
modlist_add (&modlist, "gpgMailbox", NULL);
}
/* Assemble the INFO stuff into LDAP attributes */
extract_state = 0;
while (infolen > 0)
{
char *temp = NULL;
char *newline = memchr (info, '\n', infolen);
if (! newline)
/* The last line is not \n terminated! Make a copy so we can
add a NUL terminator. */
{
temp = xmalloc (infolen + 1);
memcpy (temp, info, infolen);
info = temp;
newline = (char *) info + infolen;
}
*newline = '\0';
extract_attributes (&addlist, &extract_state, info,
(serverinfo & SERVERINFO_SCHEMAV2));
infolen = infolen - ((uintptr_t) newline - (uintptr_t) info + 1);
info = newline + 1;
/* Sanity check. */
if (! temp)
log_assert ((char *) info + infolen - 1 == infoend);
else
{
log_assert (infolen == -1);
xfree (temp);
}
}
modlist_add (&addlist, "objectClass", "pgpKeyInfo");
err = armor_data (&data_armored, data, datalen);
if (err)
goto out;
modlist_add (&addlist,
(serverinfo & SERVERINFO_PGPKEYV2)? "pgpKeyV2":"pgpKey",
data_armored);
/* Now append addlist onto modlist. */
modlists_join (&modlist, addlist);
if (dump)
{
estream_t input = modlist_dump (modlist, NULL);
if (input)
{
copy_stream (input, dump);
es_fclose (input);
}
}
/* Going on the assumption that modify operations are more frequent
than adds, we try a modify first. If it's not there, we just
turn around and send an add command for the same key. Otherwise,
the modify brings the server copy into compliance with our copy.
Note that unlike the LDAP keyserver (and really, any other
keyserver) this does NOT merge signatures, but replaces the whole
key. This should make some people very happy. */
{
char **attrval;
char *dn;
if ((serverinfo & SERVERINFO_NTDS))
{
/* The modern way using a CN RDN with the fingerprint. This
* has the advantage that we won't have duplicate 64 bit
* keyids in the store. In particular NTDS requires the
* DN to be unique. */
attrval = modlist_lookup (addlist, "gpgFingerprint");
/* We should have exactly one value. */
if (!attrval || !(attrval[0] && !attrval[1]))
{
log_error ("ks-ldap: bad gpgFingerprint provided\n");
err = GPG_ERR_GENERAL;
goto out;
}
dn = xtryasprintf ("CN=%s,%s", attrval[0], basedn);
}
else /* The old style way. */
{
attrval = modlist_lookup (addlist, "pgpCertID");
/* We should have exactly one value. */
if (!attrval || !(attrval[0] && !attrval[1]))
{
log_error ("ks-ldap: bad pgpCertID provided\n");
err = GPG_ERR_GENERAL;
goto out;
}
dn = xtryasprintf ("pgpCertID=%s,%s", attrval[0], basedn);
}
if (!dn)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto out;
}
if (opt.debug)
log_debug ("ks-ldap: using DN: %s\n", dn);
npth_unprotect ();
err = ldap_modify_s (ldap_conn, dn, modlist);
if (err == LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT)
err = ldap_add_s (ldap_conn, dn, addlist);
npth_protect ();
xfree (dn);
if (err != LDAP_SUCCESS)
{
log_error ("ks-ldap: error adding key to keyserver: %s\n",
ldap_err2string (err));
err = ldap_err_to_gpg_err (err);
}
}
out:
if (dump)
es_fclose (dump);
if (ldap_conn)
ldap_unbind (ldap_conn);
xfree (basedn);
modlist_free (modlist);
xfree (addlist);
xfree (data_armored);
return err;
}
diff --git a/doc/gpg.texi b/doc/gpg.texi
index e94edde22..9f2a62d0e 100644
--- a/doc/gpg.texi
+++ b/doc/gpg.texi
@@ -1,4497 +1,4499 @@
@c Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
@c 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@c This is part of the GnuPG manual.
@c For copying conditions, see the file gnupg.texi.
@include defs.inc
@node Invoking GPG
@chapter Invoking GPG
@cindex GPG command options
@cindex command options
@cindex options, GPG command
@c Begin standard stuff
@ifclear gpgtwohack
@manpage gpg.1
@ifset manverb
.B gpg
\- OpenPGP encryption and signing tool
@end ifset
@mansect synopsis
@ifset manverb
.B gpg
.RB [ \-\-homedir
.IR dir ]
.RB [ \-\-options
.IR file ]
.RI [ options ]
.I command
.RI [ args ]
@end ifset
@end ifclear
@c End standard stuff
@c Begin gpg2 hack stuff
@ifset gpgtwohack
@manpage gpg2.1
@ifset manverb
.B gpg2
\- OpenPGP encryption and signing tool
@end ifset
@mansect synopsis
@ifset manverb
.B gpg2
.RB [ \-\-homedir
.IR dir ]
.RB [ \-\-options
.IR file ]
.RI [ options ]
.I command
.RI [ args ]
@end ifset
@end ifset
@c End gpg2 hack stuff
@mansect description
@command{@gpgname} is the OpenPGP part of the GNU Privacy Guard (GnuPG). It
is a tool to provide digital encryption and signing services using the
OpenPGP standard. @command{@gpgname} features complete key management and
all the bells and whistles you would expect from a full OpenPGP
implementation.
There are two main versions of GnuPG: GnuPG 1.x and GnuPG 2.x. GnuPG
2.x supports modern encryption algorithms and thus should be preferred
over GnuPG 1.x. You only need to use GnuPG 1.x if your platform
doesn't support GnuPG 2.x, or you need support for some features that
GnuPG 2.x has deprecated, e.g., decrypting data created with PGP-2
keys.
@ifclear gpgtwohack
If you are looking for version 1 of GnuPG, you may find that version
installed under the name @command{gpg1}.
@end ifclear
@ifset gpgtwohack
In contrast to the standalone command @command{gpg} from GnuPG 1.x,
the 2.x version is commonly installed under the name
@command{@gpgname}.
@end ifset
@manpause
@xref{Option Index}, for an index to @command{@gpgname}'s commands and options.
@mancont
@menu
* GPG Commands:: List of all commands.
* GPG Options:: List of all options.
* GPG Configuration:: Configuration files.
* GPG Examples:: Some usage examples.
Developer information:
* Unattended Usage of GPG:: Using @command{gpg} from other programs.
@end menu
@c * GPG Protocol:: The protocol the server mode uses.
@c *******************************************
@c *************** ****************
@c *************** COMMANDS ****************
@c *************** ****************
@c *******************************************
@mansect commands
@node GPG Commands
@section Commands
Commands are not distinguished from options except for the fact that
only one command is allowed. Generally speaking, irrelevant options
are silently ignored, and may not be checked for correctness.
@command{@gpgname} may be run with no commands. In this case it will
print a warning perform a reasonable action depending on the type of
file it is given as input (an encrypted message is decrypted, a
signature is verified, a file containing keys is listed, etc.).
If you run into any problems, please add the option @option{--verbose}
to the invocation to see more diagnostics.
@menu
* General GPG Commands:: Commands not specific to the functionality.
* Operational GPG Commands:: Commands to select the type of operation.
* OpenPGP Key Management:: How to manage your keys.
@end menu
@c *******************************************
@c ********** GENERAL COMMANDS *************
@c *******************************************
@node General GPG Commands
@subsection Commands not specific to the function
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --version
@opindex version
Print the program version and licensing information. Note that you
cannot abbreviate this command.
@item --help
@itemx -h
@opindex help
Print a usage message summarizing the most useful command-line options.
Note that you cannot arbitrarily abbreviate this command
(though you can use its short form @option{-h}).
@item --warranty
@opindex warranty
Print warranty information.
@item --dump-options
@opindex dump-options
Print a list of all available options and commands. Note that you cannot
abbreviate this command.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c ******** OPERATIONAL COMMANDS ***********
@c *******************************************
@node Operational GPG Commands
@subsection Commands to select the type of operation
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --sign
@itemx -s
@opindex sign
Sign a message. This command may be combined with @option{--encrypt}
(to sign and encrypt a message), @option{--symmetric} (to sign and
symmetrically encrypt a message), or both @option{--encrypt} and
@option{--symmetric} (to sign and encrypt a message that can be
decrypted using a secret key or a passphrase). The signing key is
chosen by default or can be set explicitly using the
@option{--local-user} and @option{--default-key} options.
@item --clear-sign
@opindex clear-sign
@itemx --clearsign
@opindex clearsign
Make a cleartext signature. The content in a cleartext signature is
readable without any special software. OpenPGP software is only needed
to verify the signature. cleartext signatures may modify end-of-line
whitespace for platform independence and are not intended to be
reversible. The signing key is chosen by default or can be set
explicitly using the @option{--local-user} and @option{--default-key}
options.
@item --detach-sign
@itemx -b
@opindex detach-sign
Make a detached signature.
@item --encrypt
@itemx -e
@opindex encrypt
Encrypt data to one or more public keys. This command may be combined
with @option{--sign} (to sign and encrypt a message),
@option{--symmetric} (to encrypt a message that can be decrypted using a
secret key or a passphrase), or @option{--sign} and
@option{--symmetric} together (for a signed message that can be
decrypted using a secret key or a passphrase). @option{--recipient}
and related options specify which public keys to use for encryption.
@item --symmetric
@itemx -c
@opindex symmetric
Encrypt with a symmetric cipher using a passphrase. The default
symmetric cipher used is @value{GPGSYMENCALGO}, but may be chosen with the
@option{--cipher-algo} option. This command may be combined with
@option{--sign} (for a signed and symmetrically encrypted message),
@option{--encrypt} (for a message that may be decrypted via a secret key
or a passphrase), or @option{--sign} and @option{--encrypt} together
(for a signed message that may be decrypted via a secret key or a
passphrase). @command{@gpgname} caches the passphrase used for
symmetric encryption so that a decrypt operation may not require that
the user needs to enter the passphrase. The option
@option{--no-symkey-cache} can be used to disable this feature.
@item --store
@opindex store
Store only (make a simple literal data packet).
@item --decrypt
@itemx -d
@opindex decrypt
Decrypt the file given on the command line (or STDIN if no file
is specified) and write it to STDOUT (or the file specified with
@option{--output}). If the decrypted file is signed, the signature is also
verified. This command differs from the default operation, as it never
writes to the filename which is included in the file and it rejects
files that don't begin with an encrypted message.
@item --verify
@opindex verify
Assume that the first argument is a signed file and verify it without
generating any output. With no arguments, the signature packet is
read from STDIN. If only one argument is given, the specified file is
expected to include a complete signature.
With more than one argument, the first argument should specify a file
with a detached signature and the remaining files should contain the
signed data. To read the signed data from STDIN, use @samp{-} as the
second filename. For security reasons, a detached signature will not
read the signed material from STDIN if not explicitly specified.
Note: If the option @option{--batch} is not used, @command{@gpgname}
may assume that a single argument is a file with a detached signature,
and it will try to find a matching data file by stripping certain
suffixes. Using this historical feature to verify a detached
signature is strongly discouraged; you should always specify the data file
explicitly.
Note: When verifying a cleartext signature, @command{@gpgname} verifies
only what makes up the cleartext signed data and not any extra data
outside of the cleartext signature or the header lines directly following
the dash marker line. The option @code{--output} may be used to write
out the actual signed data, but there are other pitfalls with this
format as well. It is suggested to avoid cleartext signatures in
favor of detached signatures.
Note: Sometimes the use of the @command{gpgv} tool is easier than
using the full-fledged @command{gpg} with this option. @command{gpgv}
is designed to compare signed data against a list of trusted keys and
returns with success only for a good signature. It has its own manual
page.
@item --multifile
@opindex multifile
This modifies certain other commands to accept multiple files for
processing on the command line or read from STDIN with each filename on
a separate line. This allows for many files to be processed at
once. @option{--multifile} may currently be used along with
@option{--verify}, @option{--encrypt}, and @option{--decrypt}. Note that
@option{--multifile --verify} may not be used with detached signatures.
@item --verify-files
@opindex verify-files
Identical to @option{--multifile --verify}.
@item --encrypt-files
@opindex encrypt-files
Identical to @option{--multifile --encrypt}.
@item --decrypt-files
@opindex decrypt-files
Identical to @option{--multifile --decrypt}.
@item --list-keys
@itemx -k
@itemx --list-public-keys
@opindex list-keys
List the specified keys. If no keys are specified, then all keys from
the configured public keyrings are listed.
Never use the output of this command in scripts or other programs.
The output is intended only for humans and its format is likely to
change. The @option{--with-colons} option emits the output in a
stable, machine-parseable format, which is intended for use by scripts
and other programs.
@item --list-secret-keys
@itemx -K
@opindex list-secret-keys
List the specified secret keys. If no keys are specified, then all
known secret keys are listed. A @code{#} after the initial tags
@code{sec} or @code{ssb} means that the secret key or subkey is
currently not usable. We also say that this key has been taken
offline (for example, a primary key can be taken offline by exporting
the key using the command @option{--export-secret-subkeys}). A
@code{>} after these tags indicate that the key is stored on a
smartcard. See also @option{--list-keys}.
@item --check-signatures
@opindex check-signatures
@itemx --check-sigs
@opindex check-sigs
Same as @option{--list-keys}, but the key signatures are verified and
listed too. Note that for performance reasons the revocation status
of a signing key is not shown. This command has the same effect as
using @option{--list-keys} with @option{--with-sig-check}.
The status of the verification is indicated by a flag directly
following the "sig" tag (and thus before the flags described below. A
"!" indicates that the signature has been successfully verified, a "-"
denotes a bad signature and a "%" is used if an error occurred while
checking the signature (e.g. a non supported algorithm). Signatures
where the public key is not available are not listed; to see their
keyids the command @option{--list-sigs} can be used.
For each signature listed, there are several flags in between the
signature status flag and keyid. These flags give additional
information about each key signature. From left to right, they are
the numbers 1-3 for certificate check level (see
@option{--ask-cert-level}), "L" for a local or non-exportable
signature (see @option{--lsign-key}), "R" for a nonRevocable signature
(see the @option{--edit-key} command "nrsign"), "P" for a signature
that contains a policy URL (see @option{--cert-policy-url}), "N" for a
signature that contains a notation (see @option{--cert-notation}), "X"
for an eXpired signature (see @option{--ask-cert-expire}), and the
numbers 1-9 or "T" for 10 and above to indicate trust signature levels
(see the @option{--edit-key} command "tsign").
@item --locate-keys
@itemx --locate-external-keys
@opindex locate-keys
@opindex locate-external-keys
Locate the keys given as arguments. This command basically uses the
same algorithm as used when locating keys for encryption and may thus
be used to see what keys @command{@gpgname} might use. In particular
external methods as defined by @option{--auto-key-locate} may be used
to locate a key. Only public keys are listed. The variant
@option{--locate-external-keys} does not consider a locally existing
key and can thus be used to force the refresh of a key via the defined
external methods.
@item --show-keys
@opindex show-keys
This commands takes OpenPGP keys as input and prints information about
them in the same way the command @option{--list-keys} does for locally
stored key. In addition the list options @code{show-unusable-uids},
@code{show-unusable-subkeys}, @code{show-notations} and
@code{show-policy-urls} are also enabled. As usual for automated
processing, this command should be combined with the option
@option{--with-colons}.
@item --fingerprint
@opindex fingerprint
List all keys (or the specified ones) along with their
fingerprints. This is the same output as @option{--list-keys} but with
the additional output of a line with the fingerprint. May also be
combined with @option{--check-signatures}. If this
command is given twice, the fingerprints of all secondary keys are
listed too. This command also forces pretty printing of fingerprints
if the keyid format has been set to "none".
@item --list-packets
@opindex list-packets
List only the sequence of packets. This command is only useful for
debugging. When used with option @option{--verbose} the actual MPI
values are dumped and not only their lengths. Note that the output of
this command may change with new releases.
@item --edit-card
@opindex edit-card
@itemx --card-edit
@opindex card-edit
Present a menu to work with a smartcard. The subcommand "help" provides
an overview on available commands. For a detailed description, please
see the Card HOWTO at
https://gnupg.org/documentation/howtos.html#GnuPG-cardHOWTO .
@item --card-status
@opindex card-status
Show the content of the smart card.
@item --change-pin
@opindex change-pin
Present a menu to allow changing the PIN of a smartcard. This
functionality is also available as the subcommand "passwd" with the
@option{--edit-card} command.
@item --delete-keys @var{name}
@opindex delete-keys
Remove key from the public keyring. In batch mode either @option{--yes} is
required or the key must be specified by fingerprint. This is a
safeguard against accidental deletion of multiple keys. If the
exclamation mark syntax is used with the fingerprint of a subkey only
that subkey is deleted; if the exclamation mark is used with the
fingerprint of the primary key the entire public key is deleted.
@item --delete-secret-keys @var{name}
@opindex delete-secret-keys
Remove key from the secret keyring. In batch mode the key must be
specified by fingerprint. The option @option{--yes} can be used to
advise gpg-agent not to request a confirmation. This extra
pre-caution is done because @command{@gpgname} can't be sure that the
secret key (as controlled by gpg-agent) is only used for the given
OpenPGP public key. If the exclamation mark syntax is used with the
fingerprint of a subkey only the secret part of that subkey is
deleted; if the exclamation mark is used with the fingerprint of the
primary key only the secret part of the primary key is deleted.
@item --delete-secret-and-public-key @var{name}
@opindex delete-secret-and-public-key
Same as @option{--delete-key}, but if a secret key exists, it will be
removed first. In batch mode the key must be specified by fingerprint.
The option @option{--yes} can be used to advise gpg-agent not to
request a confirmation.
@item --export
@opindex export
Either export all keys from all keyrings (default keyrings and those
registered via option @option{--keyring}), or if at least one name is given,
those of the given name. The exported keys are written to STDOUT or to the
file given with option @option{--output}. Use together with
@option{--armor} to mail those keys.
@item --send-keys @var{keyIDs}
@opindex send-keys
Similar to @option{--export} but sends the keys to a keyserver.
Fingerprints may be used instead of key IDs.
Don't send your complete keyring to a keyserver --- select
only those keys which are new or changed by you. If no @var{keyIDs}
are given, @command{@gpgname} does nothing.
Take care: Keyservers are by design write only systems and thus it is
not possible to ever delete keys once they have been send to a
keyserver.
@item --export-secret-keys
@itemx --export-secret-subkeys
@opindex export-secret-keys
@opindex export-secret-subkeys
Same as @option{--export}, but exports the secret keys instead. The
exported keys are written to STDOUT or to the file given with option
@option{--output}. This command is often used along with the option
@option{--armor} to allow for easy printing of the key for paper backup;
however the external tool @command{paperkey} does a better job of
creating backups on paper. Note that exporting a secret key can be a
security risk if the exported keys are sent over an insecure channel.
The second form of the command has the special property to render the
secret part of the primary key useless; this is a GNU extension to
OpenPGP and other implementations can not be expected to successfully
import such a key. Its intended use is in generating a full key with
an additional signing subkey on a dedicated machine. This command
then exports the key without the primary key to the main machine.
GnuPG may ask you to enter the passphrase for the key. This is
required, because the internal protection method of the secret key is
different from the one specified by the OpenPGP protocol.
@item --export-ssh-key
@opindex export-ssh-key
This command is used to export a key in the OpenSSH public key format.
It requires the specification of one key by the usual means and
exports the latest valid subkey which has an authentication capability
to STDOUT or to the file given with option @option{--output}. That
output can directly be added to ssh's @file{authorized_key} file.
By specifying the key to export using a key ID or a fingerprint
suffixed with an exclamation mark (!), a specific subkey or the
primary key can be exported. This does not even require that the key
has the authentication capability flag set.
@item --import
@itemx --fast-import
@opindex import
Import/merge keys. This adds the given keys to the
keyring. The fast version is currently just a synonym.
There are a few other options which control how this command works.
Most notable here is the @option{--import-options merge-only} option
which does not insert new keys but does only the merging of new
signatures, user-IDs and subkeys.
@item --receive-keys @var{keyIDs}
@opindex receive-keys
@itemx --recv-keys @var{keyIDs}
@opindex recv-keys
Import the keys with the given @var{keyIDs} from a keyserver.
@item --refresh-keys
@opindex refresh-keys
Request updates from a keyserver for keys that already exist on the
local keyring. This is useful for updating a key with the latest
signatures, user IDs, etc. Calling this with no arguments will refresh
the entire keyring.
@item --search-keys @var{names}
@opindex search-keys
Search the keyserver for the given @var{names}. Multiple names given
here will be joined together to create the search string for the
keyserver. Note that keyservers search for @var{names} in a different
and simpler way than gpg does. The best choice is to use a mail
address. Due to data privacy reasons keyservers may even not even
allow searching by user id or mail address and thus may only return
results when being used with the @option{--recv-key} command to
search by key fingerprint or keyid.
@item --fetch-keys @var{URIs}
@opindex fetch-keys
Retrieve keys located at the specified @var{URIs}. Note that different
installations of GnuPG may support different protocols (HTTP, FTP,
LDAP, etc.). When using HTTPS the system provided root certificates
are used by this command.
@item --update-trustdb
@opindex update-trustdb
Do trust database maintenance. This command iterates over all keys and
builds the Web of Trust. This is an interactive command because it may
have to ask for the "ownertrust" values for keys. The user has to give
an estimation of how far she trusts the owner of the displayed key to
correctly certify (sign) other keys. GnuPG only asks for the ownertrust
value if it has not yet been assigned to a key. Using the
@option{--edit-key} menu, the assigned value can be changed at any time.
@item --check-trustdb
@opindex check-trustdb
Do trust database maintenance without user interaction. From time to
time the trust database must be updated so that expired keys or
signatures and the resulting changes in the Web of Trust can be
tracked. Normally, GnuPG will calculate when this is required and do it
automatically unless @option{--no-auto-check-trustdb} is set. This
command can be used to force a trust database check at any time. The
processing is identical to that of @option{--update-trustdb} but it
skips keys with a not yet defined "ownertrust".
For use with cron jobs, this command can be used together with
@option{--batch} in which case the trust database check is done only if
a check is needed. To force a run even in batch mode add the option
@option{--yes}.
@anchor{option --export-ownertrust}
@item --export-ownertrust
@opindex export-ownertrust
Send the ownertrust values to STDOUT. This is useful for backup purposes
as these values are the only ones which can't be re-created from a
corrupted trustdb. Example:
@c man:.RS
@example
@gpgname{} --export-ownertrust > otrust.txt
@end example
@c man:.RE
@item --import-ownertrust
@opindex import-ownertrust
Update the trustdb with the ownertrust values stored in @code{files} (or
STDIN if not given); existing values will be overwritten. In case of a
severely damaged trustdb and if you have a recent backup of the
ownertrust values (e.g. in the file @file{otrust.txt}), you may re-create
the trustdb using these commands:
@c man:.RS
@example
cd ~/.gnupg
rm trustdb.gpg
@gpgname{} --import-ownertrust < otrust.txt
@end example
@c man:.RE
@item --rebuild-keydb-caches
@opindex rebuild-keydb-caches
When updating from version 1.0.6 to 1.0.7 this command should be used
to create signature caches in the keyring. It might be handy in other
situations too.
@item --print-md @var{algo}
@itemx --print-mds
@opindex print-md
Print message digest of algorithm @var{algo} for all given files or STDIN.
With the second form (or a deprecated "*" for @var{algo}) digests for all
available algorithms are printed.
@item --gen-random @var{0|1|2} @var{count}
@opindex gen-random
Emit @var{count} random bytes of the given quality level 0, 1 or 2. If
@var{count} is not given or zero, an endless sequence of random bytes
will be emitted. If used with @option{--armor} the output will be
base64 encoded. PLEASE, don't use this command unless you know what
you are doing; it may remove precious entropy from the system!
@item --gen-prime @var{mode} @var{bits}
@opindex gen-prime
Use the source, Luke :-). The output format is subject to change
with ant release.
@item --enarmor
@itemx --dearmor
@opindex enarmor
@opindex dearmor
Pack or unpack an arbitrary input into/from an OpenPGP ASCII armor.
This is a GnuPG extension to OpenPGP and in general not very useful.
@item --unwrap
@opindex unwrap
This command is similar to @option{--decrypt} with the change that the
output is not the usual plaintext but the original message with the
decryption layer removed. Thus the output will be an OpenPGP data
structure which often means a signed OpenPGP message. Note that this
command may or may not remove a compression layer which is often found
beneath the encryption layer.
@item --tofu-policy @{auto|good|unknown|bad|ask@} @var{keys}
@opindex tofu-policy
Set the TOFU policy for all the bindings associated with the specified
@var{keys}. For more information about the meaning of the policies,
@pxref{trust-model-tofu}. The @var{keys} may be specified either by their
fingerprint (preferred) or their keyid.
@c @item --server
@c @opindex server
@c Run gpg in server mode. This feature is not yet ready for use and
@c thus not documented.
@end table
@c ********************************************
@c ******* KEY MANAGEMENT COMMANDS **********
@c ********************************************
@node OpenPGP Key Management
@subsection How to manage your keys
This section explains the main commands for key management.
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --quick-generate-key @var{user-id} [@var{algo} [@var{usage} [@var{expire}]]]
@itemx --quick-gen-key
@opindex quick-generate-key
@opindex quick-gen-key
This is a simple command to generate a standard key with one user id.
In contrast to @option{--generate-key} the key is generated directly
without the need to answer a bunch of prompts. Unless the option
@option{--yes} is given, the key creation will be canceled if the
given user id already exists in the keyring.
If invoked directly on the console without any special options an
answer to a ``Continue?'' style confirmation prompt is required. In
case the user id already exists in the keyring a second prompt to
force the creation of the key will show up.
If @var{algo} or @var{usage} are given, only the primary key is
created and no prompts are shown. To specify an expiration date but
still create a primary and subkey use ``default'' or
``future-default'' for @var{algo} and ``default'' for @var{usage}.
For a description of these optional arguments see the command
@code{--quick-add-key}. The @var{usage} accepts also the value
``cert'' which can be used to create a certification only primary key;
the default is to a create certification and signing key.
The @var{expire} argument can be used to specify an expiration date
for the key. Several formats are supported; commonly the ISO formats
``YYYY-MM-DD'' or ``YYYYMMDDThhmmss'' are used. To make the key
expire in N seconds, N days, N weeks, N months, or N years use
``seconds=N'', ``Nd'', ``Nw'', ``Nm'', or ``Ny'' respectively. Not
specifying a value, or using ``-'' results in a key expiring in a
reasonable default interval. The values ``never'', ``none'' can be
used for no expiration date.
If this command is used with @option{--batch},
@option{--pinentry-mode} has been set to @code{loopback}, and one of
the passphrase options (@option{--passphrase},
@option{--passphrase-fd}, or @option{--passphrase-file}) is used, the
supplied passphrase is used for the new key and the agent does not ask
for it. To create a key without any protection @code{--passphrase ''}
may be used.
To create an OpenPGP key from the keys available on the currently
inserted smartcard, the special string ``card'' can be used for
@var{algo}. If the card features an encryption and a signing key, gpg
will figure them out and creates an OpenPGP key consisting of the
usual primary key and one subkey. This works only with certain
smartcards. Note that the interactive @option{--full-gen-key} command
allows to do the same but with greater flexibility in the selection of
the smartcard keys.
Note that it is possible to create a primary key and a subkey using
non-default algorithms by using ``default'' and changing the default
parameters using the option @option{--default-new-key-algo}.
@item --quick-set-expire @var{fpr} @var{expire} [*|@var{subfprs}]
@opindex quick-set-expire
With two arguments given, directly set the expiration time of the
primary key identified by @var{fpr} to @var{expire}. To remove the
expiration time @code{0} can be used. With three arguments and the
third given as an asterisk, the expiration time of all non-revoked and
not yet expired subkeys are set to @var{expire}. With more than two
arguments and a list of fingerprints given for @var{subfprs}, all
non-revoked subkeys matching these fingerprints are set to
@var{expire}.
@item --quick-add-key @var{fpr} [@var{algo} [@var{usage} [@var{expire}]]]
@opindex quick-add-key
Directly add a subkey to the key identified by the fingerprint
@var{fpr}. Without the optional arguments an encryption subkey is
added. If any of the arguments are given a more specific subkey is
added.
@var{algo} may be any of the supported algorithms or curve names
given in the format as used by key listings. To use the default
algorithm the string ``default'' or ``-'' can be used. Supported
algorithms are ``rsa'', ``dsa'', ``elg'', ``ed25519'', ``cv25519'',
and other ECC curves. For example the string ``rsa'' adds an RSA key
with the default key length; a string ``rsa4096'' requests that the
key length is 4096 bits. The string ``future-default'' is an alias
for the algorithm which will likely be used as default algorithm in
future versions of gpg. To list the supported ECC curves the command
@code{gpg --with-colons --list-config curve} can be used.
Depending on the given @var{algo} the subkey may either be an
encryption subkey or a signing subkey. If an algorithm is capable of
signing and encryption and such a subkey is desired, a @var{usage}
string must be given. This string is either ``default'' or ``-'' to
keep the default or a comma delimited list (or space delimited list)
of keywords: ``sign'' for a signing subkey, ``auth'' for an
authentication subkey, and ``encr'' for an encryption subkey
(``encrypt'' can be used as alias for ``encr''). The valid
combinations depend on the algorithm.
The @var{expire} argument can be used to specify an expiration date
for the key. Several formats are supported; commonly the ISO formats
``YYYY-MM-DD'' or ``YYYYMMDDThhmmss'' are used. To make the key
expire in N seconds, N days, N weeks, N months, or N years use
``seconds=N'', ``Nd'', ``Nw'', ``Nm'', or ``Ny'' respectively. Not
specifying a value, or using ``-'' results in a key expiring in a
reasonable default interval. The values ``never'', ``none'' can be
used for no expiration date.
@item --generate-key
@opindex generate-key
@itemx --gen-key
@opindex gen-key
Generate a new key pair using the current default parameters. This is
the standard command to create a new key. In addition to the key a
revocation certificate is created and stored in the
@file{openpgp-revocs.d} directory below the GnuPG home directory.
@item --full-generate-key
@opindex full-generate-key
@itemx --full-gen-key
@opindex full-gen-key
Generate a new key pair with dialogs for all options. This is an
extended version of @option{--generate-key}.
There is also a feature which allows you to create keys in batch
mode. See the manual section ``Unattended key generation'' on how
to use this.
@item --generate-revocation @var{name}
@opindex generate-revocation
@itemx --gen-revoke @var{name}
@opindex gen-revoke
Generate a revocation certificate for the complete key. To only revoke
a subkey or a key signature, use the @option{--edit} command.
This command merely creates the revocation certificate so that it can
be used to revoke the key if that is ever needed. To actually revoke
a key the created revocation certificate needs to be merged with the
key to revoke. This is done by importing the revocation certificate
using the @option{--import} command. Then the revoked key needs to be
published, which is best done by sending the key to a keyserver
(command @option{--send-key}) and by exporting (@option{--export}) it
to a file which is then send to frequent communication partners.
@item --generate-designated-revocation @var{name}
@opindex generate-designated-revocation
@itemx --desig-revoke @var{name}
@opindex desig-revoke
Generate a designated revocation certificate for a key. This allows a
user (with the permission of the keyholder) to revoke someone else's
key.
@item --edit-key
@opindex edit-key
Present a menu which enables you to do most of the key management
related tasks. It expects the specification of a key on the command
line.
@c ******** Begin Edit-key Options **********
@table @asis
@item uid @var{n}
@opindex keyedit:uid
Toggle selection of user ID or photographic user ID with index @var{n}.
Use @code{*} to select all and @code{0} to deselect all.
@item key @var{n}
@opindex keyedit:key
Toggle selection of subkey with index @var{n} or key ID @var{n}.
Use @code{*} to select all and @code{0} to deselect all.
@item sign
@opindex keyedit:sign
Make a signature on key of user @code{name}. If the key is not yet
signed by the default user (or the users given with @option{-u}), the program
displays the information of the key again, together with its
fingerprint and asks whether it should be signed. This question is
repeated for all users specified with
@option{-u}.
@item lsign
@opindex keyedit:lsign
Same as "sign" but the signature is marked as non-exportable and will
therefore never be used by others. This may be used to make keys
valid only in the local environment.
@item nrsign
@opindex keyedit:nrsign
Same as "sign" but the signature is marked as non-revocable and can
therefore never be revoked.
@item tsign
@opindex keyedit:tsign
Make a trust signature. This is a signature that combines the notions
of certification (like a regular signature), and trust (like the
"trust" command). It is generally only useful in distinct communities
or groups. For more information please read the sections
``Trust Signature'' and ``Regular Expression'' in RFC-4880.
@end table
@c man:.RS
Note that "l" (for local / non-exportable), "nr" (for non-revocable,
and "t" (for trust) may be freely mixed and prefixed to "sign" to
create a signature of any type desired.
@c man:.RE
If the option @option{--only-sign-text-ids} is specified, then any
non-text based user ids (e.g., photo IDs) will not be selected for
signing.
@table @asis
@item delsig
@opindex keyedit:delsig
Delete a signature. Note that it is not possible to retract a signature,
once it has been send to the public (i.e. to a keyserver). In that case
you better use @code{revsig}.
@item revsig
@opindex keyedit:revsig
Revoke a signature. For every signature which has been generated by
one of the secret keys, GnuPG asks whether a revocation certificate
should be generated.
@item check
@opindex keyedit:check
Check the signatures on all selected user IDs. With the extra
option @code{selfsig} only self-signatures are shown.
@item adduid
@opindex keyedit:adduid
Create an additional user ID.
@item addphoto
@opindex keyedit:addphoto
Create a photographic user ID. This will prompt for a JPEG file that
will be embedded into the user ID. Note that a very large JPEG will make
for a very large key. Also note that some programs will display your
JPEG unchanged (GnuPG), and some programs will scale it to fit in a
dialog box (PGP).
@item showphoto
@opindex keyedit:showphoto
Display the selected photographic user ID.
@item deluid
@opindex keyedit:deluid
Delete a user ID or photographic user ID. Note that it is not
possible to retract a user id, once it has been send to the public
(i.e. to a keyserver). In that case you better use @code{revuid}.
@item revuid
@opindex keyedit:revuid
Revoke a user ID or photographic user ID.
@item primary
@opindex keyedit:primary
Flag the current user id as the primary one, removes the primary user
id flag from all other user ids and sets the timestamp of all affected
self-signatures one second ahead. Note that setting a photo user ID
as primary makes it primary over other photo user IDs, and setting a
regular user ID as primary makes it primary over other regular user
IDs.
@item keyserver
@opindex keyedit:keyserver
Set a preferred keyserver for the specified user ID(s). This allows
other users to know where you prefer they get your key from. See
@option{--keyserver-options honor-keyserver-url} for more on how this
works. Setting a value of "none" removes an existing preferred
keyserver.
@item notation
@opindex keyedit:notation
Set a name=value notation for the specified user ID(s). See
@option{--cert-notation} for more on how this works. Setting a value of
"none" removes all notations, setting a notation prefixed with a minus
sign (-) removes that notation, and setting a notation name (without the
=value) prefixed with a minus sign removes all notations with that name.
@item pref
@opindex keyedit:pref
List preferences from the selected user ID. This shows the actual
preferences, without including any implied preferences.
@item showpref
@opindex keyedit:showpref
More verbose preferences listing for the selected user ID. This shows
the preferences in effect by including the implied preferences of 3DES
(cipher), SHA-1 (digest), and Uncompressed (compression) if they are
not already included in the preference list. In addition, the
preferred keyserver and signature notations (if any) are shown.
@item setpref @var{string}
@opindex keyedit:setpref
Set the list of user ID preferences to @var{string} for all (or just
the selected) user IDs. Calling setpref with no arguments sets the
preference list to the default (either built-in or set via
@option{--default-preference-list}), and calling setpref with "none"
as the argument sets an empty preference list. Use @command{@gpgname
--version} to get a list of available algorithms. Note that while you
can change the preferences on an attribute user ID (aka "photo ID"),
GnuPG does not select keys via attribute user IDs so these preferences
will not be used by GnuPG.
When setting preferences, you should list the algorithms in the order
which you'd like to see them used by someone else when encrypting a
message to your key. If you don't include 3DES, it will be
automatically added at the end. Note that there are many factors that
go into choosing an algorithm (for example, your key may not be the
only recipient), and so the remote OpenPGP application being used to
send to you may or may not follow your exact chosen order for a given
message. It will, however, only choose an algorithm that is present
on the preference list of every recipient key. See also the
INTEROPERABILITY WITH OTHER OPENPGP PROGRAMS section below.
@item addkey
@opindex keyedit:addkey
Add a subkey to this key.
@item addcardkey
@opindex keyedit:addcardkey
Generate a subkey on a card and add it to this key.
@item keytocard
@opindex keyedit:keytocard
Transfer the selected secret subkey (or the primary key if no subkey
has been selected) to a smartcard. The secret key in the keyring will
be replaced by a stub if the key could be stored successfully on the
card and you use the save command later. Only certain key types may be
transferred to the card. A sub menu allows you to select on what card
to store the key. Note that it is not possible to get that key back
from the card - if the card gets broken your secret key will be lost
unless you have a backup somewhere.
@item bkuptocard @var{file}
@opindex keyedit:bkuptocard
Restore the given @var{file} to a card. This command may be used to restore a
backup key (as generated during card initialization) to a new card. In
almost all cases this will be the encryption key. You should use this
command only with the corresponding public key and make sure that the
file given as argument is indeed the backup to restore. You should then
select 2 to restore as encryption key. You will first be asked to enter
the passphrase of the backup key and then for the Admin PIN of the card.
@item keytotpm
@opindex keyedit:keytotpm
Transfer the selected secret subkey (or the primary key if no subkey
has been selected) to TPM form. The secret key in the keyring will
be replaced by the TPM representation of that key, which can only be
read by the particular TPM that created it (so the keyfile now
becomes locked to the laptop containing the TPM). Only certain key
types may be transferred to the TPM (all TPM 2.0 systems are
mandated to have the rsa2048 and nistp256 algorithms but newer TPMs
may have more). Note that the key itself is not transferred into the
TPM, merely encrypted by the TPM in-place, so if the keyfile is
deleted, the key will be lost. Once transferred to TPM
representation, the key file can never be converted back to non-TPM
form and the key will die when the TPM does, so you should first
have a backup on secure offline storage of the actual secret key
file before conversion. It is essential to use the physical system
TPM that you have rw permission on the TPM resource manager device
(/dev/tpmrm0). Usually this means you must be a member of the tss
group.
@item delkey
@opindex keyedit:delkey
Remove a subkey (secondary key). Note that it is not possible to retract
a subkey, once it has been send to the public (i.e. to a keyserver). In
that case you better use @code{revkey}. Also note that this only
deletes the public part of a key.
@item revkey
@opindex keyedit:revkey
Revoke a subkey.
@item expire
@opindex keyedit:expire
Change the key or subkey expiration time. If a subkey is selected, the
expiration time of this subkey will be changed. With no selection, the
key expiration of the primary key is changed.
@item trust
@opindex keyedit:trust
Change the owner trust value for the key. This updates the trust-db
immediately and no save is required.
@item disable
@itemx enable
@opindex keyedit:disable
@opindex keyedit:enable
Disable or enable an entire key. A disabled key can not normally be
used for encryption.
@item addrevoker
@opindex keyedit:addrevoker
Add a designated revoker to the key. This takes one optional argument:
"sensitive". If a designated revoker is marked as sensitive, it will
not be exported by default (see export-options).
@item passwd
@opindex keyedit:passwd
Change the passphrase of the secret key.
@item toggle
@opindex keyedit:toggle
This is dummy command which exists only for backward compatibility.
@item clean
@opindex keyedit:clean
Compact (by removing all signatures except the selfsig) any user ID
that is no longer usable (e.g. revoked, or expired). Then, remove any
signatures that are not usable by the trust calculations.
Specifically, this removes any signature that does not validate, any
signature that is superseded by a later signature, revoked signatures,
and signatures issued by keys that are not present on the keyring.
@item minimize
@opindex keyedit:minimize
Make the key as small as possible. This removes all signatures from
each user ID except for the most recent self-signature.
@item change-usage
@opindex keyedit:change-usage
Change the usage flags (capabilities) of the primary key or of
subkeys. These usage flags (e.g. Certify, Sign, Authenticate,
Encrypt) are set during key creation. Sometimes it is useful to
have the opportunity to change them (for example to add
Authenticate) after they have been created. Please take care when
doing this; the allowed usage flags depend on the key algorithm.
@item cross-certify
@opindex keyedit:cross-certify
Add cross-certification signatures to signing subkeys that may not
currently have them. Cross-certification signatures protect against a
subtle attack against signing subkeys. See
@option{--require-cross-certification}. All new keys generated have
this signature by default, so this command is only useful to bring
older keys up to date.
@item save
@opindex keyedit:save
Save all changes to the keyrings and quit.
@item quit
@opindex keyedit:quit
Quit the program without updating the
keyrings.
@end table
@c man:.RS
The listing shows you the key with its secondary keys and all user
IDs. The primary user ID is indicated by a dot, and selected keys or
user IDs are indicated by an asterisk. The trust
value is displayed with the primary key: "trust" is the assigned owner
trust and "validity" is the calculated validity of the key. Validity
values are also displayed for all user IDs.
For possible values of trust, @pxref{trust-values}.
@c man:.RE
@c ******** End Edit-key Options **********
@item --sign-key @var{name}
@opindex sign-key
Signs a public key with your secret key. This is a shortcut version of
the subcommand "sign" from @option{--edit-key}.
@item --lsign-key @var{name}
@opindex lsign-key
Signs a public key with your secret key but marks it as
non-exportable. This is a shortcut version of the subcommand "lsign"
from @option{--edit-key}.
@item --quick-sign-key @var{fpr} [@var{names}]
@itemx --quick-lsign-key @var{fpr} [@var{names}]
@opindex quick-sign-key
@opindex quick-lsign-key
Directly sign a key from the passphrase without any further user
interaction. The @var{fpr} must be the verified primary fingerprint
of a key in the local keyring. If no @var{names} are given, all
useful user ids are signed; with given [@var{names}] only useful user
ids matching one of these names are signed. By default, or if a name
is prefixed with a '*', a case insensitive substring match is used.
If a name is prefixed with a '=' a case sensitive exact match is done.
The command @option{--quick-lsign-key} marks the signatures as
non-exportable. If such a non-exportable signature already exists the
@option{--quick-sign-key} turns it into a exportable signature. If
you need to update an existing signature, for example to add or change
notation data, you need to use the option @option{--force-sign-key}.
This command uses reasonable defaults and thus does not provide the
full flexibility of the "sign" subcommand from @option{--edit-key}.
Its intended use is to help unattended key signing by utilizing a list
of verified fingerprints.
@item --quick-add-uid @var{user-id} @var{new-user-id}
@opindex quick-add-uid
This command adds a new user id to an existing key. In contrast to
the interactive sub-command @code{adduid} of @option{--edit-key} the
@var{new-user-id} is added verbatim with only leading and trailing
white space removed, it is expected to be UTF-8 encoded, and no checks
on its form are applied.
@item --quick-revoke-uid @var{user-id} @var{user-id-to-revoke}
@opindex quick-revoke-uid
This command revokes a user ID on an existing key. It cannot be used
to revoke the last user ID on key (some non-revoked user ID must
remain), with revocation reason ``User ID is no longer valid''. If
you want to specify a different revocation reason, or to supply
supplementary revocation text, you should use the interactive
sub-command @code{revuid} of @option{--edit-key}.
@item --quick-revoke-sig @var{fpr} @var{signing-fpr} [@var{names}]
@opindex quick-revoke-sig
This command revokes the key signatures made by @var{signing-fpr} from
the key specified by the fingerprint @var{fpr}. With @var{names}
given only the signatures on user ids of the key matching any of the
given names are affected (see @option{--quick-sign-key}). If a
revocation already exists a notice is printed instead of creating a
new revocation; no error is returned in this case. Note that key
signature revocations may be superseded by a newer key signature and
in turn again revoked.
@item --quick-set-primary-uid @var{user-id} @var{primary-user-id}
@opindex quick-set-primary-uid
This command sets or updates the primary user ID flag on an existing
key. @var{user-id} specifies the key and @var{primary-user-id} the
user ID which shall be flagged as the primary user ID. The primary
user ID flag is removed from all other user ids and the timestamp of
all affected self-signatures is set one second ahead.
@item --change-passphrase @var{user-id}
@opindex change-passphrase
@itemx --passwd @var{user-id}
@opindex passwd
Change the passphrase of the secret key belonging to the certificate
specified as @var{user-id}. This is a shortcut for the sub-command
@code{passwd} of the @option{--edit-key} menu. When using together with the
option @option{--dry-run} this will not actually change the passphrase
but check that the current passphrase is correct.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c *************** ****************
@c *************** OPTIONS ****************
@c *************** ****************
@c *******************************************
@mansect options
@node GPG Options
@section Option Summary
@command{@gpgname} features a bunch of options to control the exact
behaviour and to change the default configuration.
@menu
* GPG Configuration Options:: How to change the configuration.
* GPG Key related Options:: Key related options.
* GPG Input and Output:: Input and Output.
* OpenPGP Options:: OpenPGP protocol specific options.
* Compliance Options:: Compliance options.
* GPG Esoteric Options:: Doing things one usually doesn't want to do.
* Deprecated Options:: Deprecated options.
@end menu
Long options can be put in an options file (default
"~/.gnupg/gpg.conf"). Short option names will not work - for example,
"armor" is a valid option for the options file, while "a" is not. Do not
write the 2 dashes, but simply the name of the option and any required
arguments. Lines with a hash ('#') as the first non-white-space
character are ignored. Commands may be put in this file too, but that is
not generally useful as the command will execute automatically with
every execution of gpg.
Please remember that option parsing stops as soon as a non-option is
encountered, you can explicitly stop parsing by using the special option
@option{--}.
@c *******************************************
@c ******** CONFIGURATION OPTIONS **********
@c *******************************************
@node GPG Configuration Options
@subsection How to change the configuration
These options are used to change the configuration and most of them
are usually found in the option file.
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --default-key @var{name}
@opindex default-key
Use @var{name} as the default key to sign with. If this option is not
used, the default key is the first key found in the secret keyring.
Note that @option{-u} or @option{--local-user} overrides this option.
This option may be given multiple times. In this case, the last key
for which a secret key is available is used. If there is no secret
key available for any of the specified values, GnuPG will not emit an
error message but continue as if this option wasn't given.
@item --default-recipient @var{name}
@opindex default-recipient
Use @var{name} as default recipient if option @option{--recipient} is
not used and don't ask if this is a valid one. @var{name} must be
non-empty.
@item --default-recipient-self
@opindex default-recipient-self
Use the default key as default recipient if option @option{--recipient} is not
used and don't ask if this is a valid one. The default key is the first
one from the secret keyring or the one set with @option{--default-key}.
@item --no-default-recipient
@opindex no-default-recipient
Reset @option{--default-recipient} and @option{--default-recipient-self}.
Should not be used in an option file.
@item -v, --verbose
@opindex verbose
Give more information during processing. If used
twice, the input data is listed in detail.
@item --no-verbose
@opindex no-verbose
Reset verbose level to 0. Should not be used in an option file.
@item -q, --quiet
@opindex quiet
Try to be as quiet as possible. Should not be used in an option file.
@item --batch
@itemx --no-batch
@opindex batch
@opindex no-batch
Use batch mode. Never ask, do not allow interactive commands.
@option{--no-batch} disables this option. Note that even with a
filename given on the command line, gpg might still need to read from
STDIN (in particular if gpg figures that the input is a
detached signature and no data file has been specified). Thus if you
do not want to feed data via STDIN, you should connect STDIN to
@file{/dev/null}.
It is highly recommended to use this option along with the options
@option{--status-fd} and @option{--with-colons} for any unattended use of
@command{gpg}. Should not be used in an option file.
@item --no-tty
@opindex no-tty
Make sure that the TTY (terminal) is never used for any output.
This option is needed in some cases because GnuPG sometimes prints
warnings to the TTY even if @option{--batch} is used.
@item --yes
@opindex yes
Assume "yes" on most questions. Should not be used in an option file.
@item --no
@opindex no
Assume "no" on most questions. Should not be used in an option file.
@item --list-options @var{parameters}
@opindex list-options
This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options used when
listing keys and signatures (that is, @option{--list-keys},
@option{--check-signatures}, @option{--list-public-keys},
@option{--list-secret-keys}, and the @option{--edit-key} functions).
Options can be prepended with a @option{no-} (after the two dashes) to
give the opposite meaning. The options are:
@table @asis
@item show-photos
@opindex list-options:show-photos
Causes @option{--list-keys}, @option{--check-signatures},
@option{--list-public-keys}, and @option{--list-secret-keys} to
display any photo IDs attached to the key. Defaults to no. See also
@option{--photo-viewer}. Does not work with @option{--with-colons}:
see @option{--attribute-fd} for the appropriate way to get photo data
for scripts and other frontends.
@item show-usage
@opindex list-options:show-usage
Show usage information for keys and subkeys in the standard key
listing. This is a list of letters indicating the allowed usage for a
key (@code{E}=encryption, @code{S}=signing, @code{C}=certification,
@code{A}=authentication). Defaults to yes.
@item show-policy-urls
@opindex list-options:show-policy-urls
Show policy URLs in the @option{--check-signatures}
listings. Defaults to no.
@item show-notations
@itemx show-std-notations
@itemx show-user-notations
@opindex list-options:show-notations
@opindex list-options:show-std-notations
@opindex list-options:show-user-notations
Show all, IETF standard, or user-defined signature notations in the
@option{--check-signatures} listings. Defaults to no.
@item show-keyserver-urls
@opindex list-options:show-keyserver-urls
Show any preferred keyserver URL in the
@option{--check-signatures} listings. Defaults to no.
@item show-uid-validity
@opindex list-options:show-uid-validity
Display the calculated validity of user IDs during key listings.
Defaults to yes.
@item show-unusable-uids
@opindex list-options:show-unusable-uids
Show revoked and expired user IDs in key listings. Defaults to no.
@item show-unusable-subkeys
@opindex list-options:show-unusable-subkeys
Show revoked and expired subkeys in key listings. Defaults to no.
@item show-keyring
@opindex list-options:show-keyring
Display the keyring name at the head of key listings to show which
keyring a given key resides on. Defaults to no.
@item show-sig-expire
@opindex list-options:show-sig-expire
Show signature expiration dates (if any) during
@option{--check-signatures} listings. Defaults to no.
@item show-sig-subpackets
@opindex list-options:show-sig-subpackets
Include signature subpackets in the key listing. This option can take an
optional argument list of the subpackets to list. If no argument is
passed, list all subpackets. Defaults to no. This option is only
meaningful when using @option{--with-colons} along with
@option{--check-signatures}.
@item show-only-fpr-mbox
@opindex list-options:show-only-fpr-mbox
For each user-id which has a valid mail address print
only the fingerprint followed by the mail address.
@item sort-sigs
@opindex list-options:sort-sigs
With --list-sigs and --check-sigs sort the signatures by keyID and
creation time to make it easier to view the history of these
signatures. The self-signature is also listed before other
signatures. Defaults to yes.
@end table
@item --verify-options @var{parameters}
@opindex verify-options
This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options used when
verifying signatures. Options can be prepended with a `no-' to give
the opposite meaning. The options are:
@table @asis
@item show-photos
@opindex verify-options:show-photos
Display any photo IDs present on the key that issued the signature.
Defaults to no. See also @option{--photo-viewer}.
@item show-policy-urls
@opindex verify-options:show-policy-urls
Show policy URLs in the signature being verified. Defaults to yes.
@item show-notations
@itemx show-std-notations
@itemx show-user-notations
@opindex verify-options:show-notations
@opindex verify-options:show-std-notations
@opindex verify-options:show-user-notations
Show all, IETF standard, or user-defined signature notations in the
signature being verified. Defaults to IETF standard.
@item show-keyserver-urls
@opindex verify-options:show-keyserver-urls
Show any preferred keyserver URL in the signature being verified.
Defaults to yes.
@item show-uid-validity
@opindex verify-options:show-uid-validity
Display the calculated validity of the user IDs on the key that issued
the signature. Defaults to yes.
@item show-unusable-uids
@opindex verify-options:show-unusable-uids
Show revoked and expired user IDs during signature verification.
Defaults to no.
@item show-primary-uid-only
@opindex verify-options:show-primary-uid-only
Show only the primary user ID during signature verification. That is
all the AKA lines as well as photo Ids are not shown with the signature
verification status.
@end table
@item --enable-large-rsa
@itemx --disable-large-rsa
@opindex enable-large-rsa
@opindex disable-large-rsa
With --generate-key and --batch, enable the creation of RSA secret keys as
large as 8192 bit. Note: 8192 bit is more than is generally
recommended. These large keys don't significantly improve security,
but they are more expensive to use, and their signatures and
certifications are larger. This option is only available if the
binary was build with large-secmem support.
@item --enable-dsa2
@itemx --disable-dsa2
@opindex enable-dsa2
@opindex disable-dsa2
Enable hash truncation for all DSA keys even for old DSA Keys up to
1024 bit. This is also the default with @option{--openpgp}. Note
that older versions of GnuPG also required this flag to allow the
generation of DSA larger than 1024 bit.
@item --photo-viewer @var{string}
@opindex photo-viewer
This is the command line that should be run to view a photo ID. "%i"
will be expanded to a filename containing the photo. "%I" does the
same, except the file will not be deleted once the viewer exits.
Other flags are "%k" for the key ID, "%K" for the long key ID, "%f"
for the key fingerprint, "%t" for the extension of the image type
(e.g. "jpg"), "%T" for the MIME type of the image (e.g. "image/jpeg"),
"%v" for the single-character calculated validity of the image being
viewed (e.g. "f"), "%V" for the calculated validity as a string (e.g.
"full"), "%U" for a base32 encoded hash of the user ID,
and "%%" for an actual percent sign. If neither %i or %I are present,
then the photo will be supplied to the viewer on standard input.
On Unix the default viewer is
@code{xloadimage -fork -quiet -title 'KeyID 0x%k' STDIN}
with a fallback to
@code{display -title 'KeyID 0x%k' %i}
and finally to
@code{xdg-open %i}.
On Windows
@code{!ShellExecute 400 %i} is used; here the command is a meta
command to use that API call followed by a wait time in milliseconds
which is used to give the viewer time to read the temporary image file
before gpg deletes it again. Note that if your image viewer program
is not secure, then executing it from gpg does not make it secure.
@item --exec-path @var{string}
@opindex exec-path
@efindex PATH
Sets a list of directories to search for photo viewers If not provided
photo viewers use the @code{PATH} environment variable.
@item --keyring @var{file}
@opindex keyring
Add @var{file} to the current list of keyrings. If @var{file} begins
with a tilde and a slash, these are replaced by the $HOME directory. If
the filename does not contain a slash, it is assumed to be in the GnuPG
home directory ("~/.gnupg" if @option{--homedir} or $GNUPGHOME is not
used).
Note that this adds a keyring to the current list. If the intent is to
use the specified keyring alone, use @option{--keyring} along with
@option{--no-default-keyring}.
If the option @option{--no-keyring} has been used no keyrings will
be used at all.
@item --secret-keyring @var{file}
@opindex secret-keyring
This is an obsolete option and ignored. All secret keys are stored in
the @file{private-keys-v1.d} directory below the GnuPG home directory.
@item --primary-keyring @var{file}
@opindex primary-keyring
Designate @var{file} as the primary public keyring. This means that
newly imported keys (via @option{--import} or keyserver
@option{--recv-from}) will go to this keyring.
@item --trustdb-name @var{file}
@opindex trustdb-name
Use @var{file} instead of the default trustdb. If @var{file} begins
with a tilde and a slash, these are replaced by the $HOME directory. If
the filename does not contain a slash, it is assumed to be in the GnuPG
home directory (@file{~/.gnupg} if @option{--homedir} or $GNUPGHOME is
not used).
@include opt-homedir.texi
@item --display-charset @var{name}
@opindex display-charset
Set the name of the native character set. This is used to convert some
informational strings like user IDs to the proper UTF-8 encoding.
Note that this has nothing to do with the character set of data to be
encrypted or signed; GnuPG does not recode user-supplied data. If this
option is not used, the default character set is determined from the
current locale. A verbosity level of 3 shows the chosen set. This
option should not be used on Windows. Valid values for @var{name}
are:
@table @asis
@item iso-8859-1
@opindex display-charset:iso-8859-1
This is the Latin 1 set.
@item iso-8859-2
@opindex display-charset:iso-8859-2
The Latin 2 set.
@item iso-8859-15
@opindex display-charset:iso-8859-15
This is currently an alias for
the Latin 1 set.
@item koi8-r
@opindex display-charset:koi8-r
The usual Russian set (RFC-1489).
@item utf-8
@opindex display-charset:utf-8
Bypass all translations and assume
that the OS uses native UTF-8 encoding.
@end table
@item --utf8-strings
@itemx --no-utf8-strings
@opindex utf8-strings
Assume that command line arguments are given as UTF-8 strings. The
default (@option{--no-utf8-strings}) is to assume that arguments are
encoded in the character set as specified by
@option{--display-charset}. These options affect all following
arguments. Both options may be used multiple times.
This option should not be used in an option file.
This option has no effect on Windows. There the internal used UTF-8
encoding is translated for console input and output. The command line
arguments are expected as Unicode and translated to UTF-8. Thus when
calling this program from another, make sure to use the Unicode
version of CreateProcess.
@anchor{gpg-option --options}
@item --options @var{file}
@opindex options
Read options from @var{file} and do not try to read them from the
default options file in the homedir (see @option{--homedir}). This
option is ignored if used in an options file.
@item --no-options
@opindex no-options
Shortcut for @option{--options /dev/null}. This option is detected
before an attempt to open an option file. Using this option will also
prevent the creation of a @file{~/.gnupg} homedir.
@item -z @var{n}
@itemx --compress-level @var{n}
@itemx --bzip2-compress-level @var{n}
@opindex compress-level
@opindex bzip2-compress-level
Set compression level to @var{n} for the ZIP and ZLIB compression
algorithms. The default is to use the default compression level of zlib
(normally 6). @option{--bzip2-compress-level} sets the compression level
for the BZIP2 compression algorithm (defaulting to 6 as well). This is a
different option from @option{--compress-level} since BZIP2 uses a
significant amount of memory for each additional compression level.
@option{-z} sets both. A value of 0 for @var{n} disables compression.
@item --bzip2-decompress-lowmem
@opindex bzip2-decompress-lowmem
Use a different decompression method for BZIP2 compressed files. This
alternate method uses a bit more than half the memory, but also runs
at half the speed. This is useful under extreme low memory
circumstances when the file was originally compressed at a high
@option{--bzip2-compress-level}.
@item --mangle-dos-filenames
@itemx --no-mangle-dos-filenames
@opindex mangle-dos-filenames
@opindex no-mangle-dos-filenames
Older version of Windows cannot handle filenames with more than one
dot. @option{--mangle-dos-filenames} causes GnuPG to replace (rather
than add to) the extension of an output filename to avoid this
problem. This option is off by default and has no effect on non-Windows
platforms.
@item --ask-cert-level
@itemx --no-ask-cert-level
@opindex ask-cert-level
When making a key signature, prompt for a certification level. If this
option is not specified, the certification level used is set via
@option{--default-cert-level}. See @option{--default-cert-level} for
information on the specific levels and how they are
used. @option{--no-ask-cert-level} disables this option. This option
defaults to no.
@item --default-cert-level @var{n}
@opindex default-cert-level
The default to use for the check level when signing a key.
0 means you make no particular claim as to how carefully you verified
the key.
1 means you believe the key is owned by the person who claims to own
it but you could not, or did not verify the key at all. This is
useful for a "persona" verification, where you sign the key of a
pseudonymous user.
2 means you did casual verification of the key. For example, this
could mean that you verified the key fingerprint and checked the
user ID on the key against a photo ID.
3 means you did extensive verification of the key. For example, this
could mean that you verified the key fingerprint with the owner of the
key in person, and that you checked, by means of a hard to forge
document with a photo ID (such as a passport) that the name of the key
owner matches the name in the user ID on the key, and finally that you
verified (by exchange of email) that the email address on the key
belongs to the key owner.
Note that the examples given above for levels 2 and 3 are just that:
examples. In the end, it is up to you to decide just what "casual"
and "extensive" mean to you.
This option defaults to 0 (no particular claim).
@item --min-cert-level
@opindex min-cert-level
When building the trust database, treat any signatures with a
certification level below this as invalid. Defaults to 2, which
disregards level 1 signatures. Note that level 0 "no particular
claim" signatures are always accepted.
@item --trusted-key @var{long key ID or fingerprint}
@opindex trusted-key
Assume that the specified key (which must be given
as a full 8 byte key ID, a 20 byte, or 32 byte fingerprint)
is as trustworthy as one of
your own secret keys. This option is useful if you
don't want to keep your secret keys (or one of them)
online but still want to be able to check the validity of a given
recipient's or signator's key.
@item --trust-model @{pgp|classic|tofu|tofu+pgp|direct|always|auto@}
@opindex trust-model
Set what trust model GnuPG should follow. The models are:
@table @asis
@item pgp
@opindex trust-model:pgp
This is the Web of Trust combined with trust signatures as used in PGP
5.x and later. This is the default trust model when creating a new
trust database.
@item classic
@opindex trust-model:classic
This is the standard Web of Trust as introduced by PGP 2.
@item tofu
@opindex trust-model:tofu
@anchor{trust-model-tofu}
TOFU stands for Trust On First Use. In this trust model, the first
time a key is seen, it is memorized. If later another key with a
user id with the same email address is seen, both keys are marked as
suspect. In that case, the next time either is used, a warning is
displayed describing the conflict, why it might have occurred
(either the user generated a new key and failed to cross sign the
old and new keys, the key is forgery, or a man-in-the-middle attack
is being attempted), and the user is prompted to manually confirm
the validity of the key in question.
Because a potential attacker is able to control the email address
and thereby circumvent the conflict detection algorithm by using an
email address that is similar in appearance to a trusted email
address, whenever a message is verified, statistics about the number
of messages signed with the key are shown. In this way, a user can
easily identify attacks using fake keys for regular correspondents.
When compared with the Web of Trust, TOFU offers significantly
weaker security guarantees. In particular, TOFU only helps ensure
consistency (that is, that the binding between a key and email
address doesn't change). A major advantage of TOFU is that it
requires little maintenance to use correctly. To use the web of
trust properly, you need to actively sign keys and mark users as
trusted introducers. This is a time-consuming process and anecdotal
evidence suggests that even security-conscious users rarely take the
time to do this thoroughly and instead rely on an ad-hoc TOFU
process.
In the TOFU model, policies are associated with bindings between
keys and email addresses (which are extracted from user ids and
normalized). There are five policies, which can be set manually
using the @option{--tofu-policy} option. The default policy can be
set using the @option{--tofu-default-policy} option.
The TOFU policies are: @code{auto}, @code{good}, @code{unknown},
@code{bad} and @code{ask}. The @code{auto} policy is used by
default (unless overridden by @option{--tofu-default-policy}) and
marks a binding as marginally trusted. The @code{good},
@code{unknown} and @code{bad} policies mark a binding as fully
trusted, as having unknown trust or as having trust never,
respectively. The @code{unknown} policy is useful for just using
TOFU to detect conflicts, but to never assign positive trust to a
binding. The final policy, @code{ask} prompts the user to indicate
the binding's trust. If batch mode is enabled (or input is
inappropriate in the context), then the user is not prompted and the
@code{undefined} trust level is returned.
@item tofu+pgp
@opindex trust-model:tofu+pgp
This trust model combines TOFU with the Web of Trust. This is done
by computing the trust level for each model and then taking the
maximum trust level where the trust levels are ordered as follows:
@code{unknown < undefined < marginal < fully < ultimate < expired <
never}.
By setting @option{--tofu-default-policy=unknown}, this model can be
used to implement the web of trust with TOFU's conflict detection
algorithm, but without its assignment of positive trust values,
which some security-conscious users don't like.
@item direct
@opindex trust-model:direct
Key validity is set directly by the user and not calculated via the
Web of Trust. This model is solely based on the key and does
not distinguish user IDs. Note that when changing to another trust
model the trust values assigned to a key are transformed into
ownertrust values, which also indicate how you trust the owner of
the key to sign other keys.
@item always
@opindex trust-model:always
Skip key validation and assume that used keys are always fully
valid. You generally won't use this unless you are using some
external validation scheme. This option also suppresses the
"[uncertain]" tag printed with signature checks when there is no
evidence that the user ID is bound to the key. Note that this
trust model still does not allow the use of expired, revoked, or
disabled keys.
@item auto
@opindex trust-model:auto
Select the trust model depending on whatever the internal trust
database says. This is the default model if such a database already
exists. Note that a tofu trust model is not considered here and
must be enabled explicitly.
@end table
@item --auto-key-locate @var{mechanisms}
@itemx --no-auto-key-locate
@opindex auto-key-locate
GnuPG can automatically locate and retrieve keys as needed using this
option. This happens when encrypting to an email address (in the
"user@@example.com" form), and there are no "user@@example.com" keys
on the local keyring. This option takes any number of the mechanisms
listed below, in the order they are to be tried. Instead of listing
the mechanisms as comma delimited arguments, the option may also be
given several times to add more mechanism. The option
@option{--no-auto-key-locate} or the mechanism "clear" resets the
list. The default is "local,wkd".
@table @asis
@item cert
Locate a key using DNS CERT, as specified in RFC-4398.
@item dane
Locate a key using DANE, as specified
in draft-ietf-dane-openpgpkey-05.txt.
@item wkd
Locate a key using the Web Key Directory protocol.
@item ldap
Using DNS Service Discovery, check the domain in question for any LDAP
keyservers to use. If this fails, attempt to locate the key using the
PGP Universal method of checking @samp{ldap://keys.(thedomain)}.
@item ntds
Locate the key using the Active Directory (Windows only).
@item keyserver
Locate a key using a keyserver.
@item keyserver-URL
In addition, a keyserver URL as used in the @command{dirmngr}
configuration may be used here to query that particular keyserver.
@item local
Locate the key using the local keyrings. This mechanism allows the user to
select the order a local key lookup is done. Thus using
@samp{--auto-key-locate local} is identical to
@option{--no-auto-key-locate}.
@item nodefault
This flag disables the standard local key lookup, done before any of the
mechanisms defined by the @option{--auto-key-locate} are tried. The
position of this mechanism in the list does not matter. It is not
required if @code{local} is also used.
@item clear
Clear all defined mechanisms. This is useful to override
mechanisms given in a config file. Note that a @code{nodefault} in
@var{mechanisms} will also be cleared unless it is given after the
@code{clear}.
@end table
@item --auto-key-import
@itemx --no-auto-key-import
@opindex auto-key-import
@opindex no-auto-key-import
This is an offline mechanism to get a missing key for signature
verification and for later encryption to this key. If this option is
enabled and a signature includes an embedded key, that key is
used to verify the signature and on verification success the key is
imported. The default is @option{--no-auto-key-import}.
On the sender (signing) site the option @option{--include-key-block}
needs to be used to put the public part of the signing key as “Key
Block subpacket” into the signature.
@item --auto-key-retrieve
@itemx --no-auto-key-retrieve
@opindex auto-key-retrieve
@opindex no-auto-key-retrieve
These options enable or disable the automatic retrieving of keys from
a keyserver when verifying signatures made by keys that are not on the
local keyring. The default is @option{--no-auto-key-retrieve}.
The order of methods tried to lookup the key is:
1. If the option @option{--auto-key-import} is set and the signatures
includes an embedded key, that key is used to verify the signature and
on verification success that key is imported.
2. If a preferred keyserver is specified in the signature and the
option @option{honor-keyserver-url} is active (which is not the
default), that keyserver is tried. Note that the creator of the
signature uses the option @option{--sig-keyserver-url} to specify the
preferred keyserver for data signatures.
3. If the signature has the Signer's UID set (e.g. using
@option{--sender} while creating the signature) a Web Key Directory
(WKD) lookup is done. This is the default configuration but can be
disabled by removing WKD from the auto-key-locate list or by using the
option @option{--disable-signer-uid}.
4. If any keyserver is configured and the Issuer Fingerprint is part
of the signature (since GnuPG 2.1.16), the configured keyservers are
tried.
Note that this option makes a "web bug" like behavior possible.
Keyserver or Web Key Directory operators can see which keys you
request, so by sending you a message signed by a brand new key (which
you naturally will not have on your local keyring), the operator can
tell both your IP address and the time when you verified the
signature.
@item --keyid-format @{none|short|0xshort|long|0xlong@}
@opindex keyid-format
Select how to display key IDs. "none" does not show the key ID at all
but shows the fingerprint in a separate line. "short" is the
traditional 8-character key ID. "long" is the more accurate (but less
convenient) 16-character key ID. Add an "0x" to either to include an
"0x" at the beginning of the key ID, as in 0x99242560. Note that this
option is ignored if the option @option{--with-colons} is used.
@item --keyserver @var{name}
@opindex keyserver
This option is deprecated - please use the @option{--keyserver} in
@file{dirmngr.conf} instead.
Use @var{name} as your keyserver. This is the server that
@option{--receive-keys}, @option{--send-keys}, and @option{--search-keys}
will communicate with to receive keys from, send keys to, and search for
keys on. The format of the @var{name} is a URI:
`scheme:[//]keyservername[:port]' The scheme is the type of keyserver:
"hkp"/"hkps" for the HTTP (or compatible) keyservers or "ldap"/"ldaps"
for the LDAP keyservers. Note that your particular installation of
GnuPG may have other keyserver types available as well. Keyserver
schemes are case-insensitive. After the keyserver name, optional
keyserver configuration options may be provided. These are the same as
the global @option{--keyserver-options} from below, but apply only to
this particular keyserver.
Most keyservers synchronize with each other, so there is generally no
need to send keys to more than one server. The keyserver
@code{hkp://keys.gnupg.net} uses round robin DNS to give a different
keyserver each time you use it.
@item --keyserver-options @{@var{name}=@var{value}@}
@opindex keyserver-options
This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options for the
keyserver. Options can be prefixed with a `no-' to give the opposite
meaning. Valid import-options or export-options may be used here as
well to apply to importing (@option{--recv-key}) or exporting
(@option{--send-key}) a key from a keyserver. While not all options
are available for all keyserver types, some common options are:
@table @asis
@item include-revoked
When searching for a key with @option{--search-keys}, include keys that
are marked on the keyserver as revoked. Note that not all keyservers
differentiate between revoked and unrevoked keys, and for such
keyservers this option is meaningless. Note also that most keyservers do
not have cryptographic verification of key revocations, and so turning
this option off may result in skipping keys that are incorrectly marked
as revoked.
@item include-disabled
When searching for a key with @option{--search-keys}, include keys that
are marked on the keyserver as disabled. Note that this option is not
used with HKP keyservers.
@item auto-key-retrieve
This is an obsolete alias for the option @option{auto-key-retrieve}.
Please do not use it; it will be removed in future versions..
@item honor-keyserver-url
When using @option{--refresh-keys}, if the key in question has a preferred
keyserver URL, then use that preferred keyserver to refresh the key
from. In addition, if auto-key-retrieve is set, and the signature
being verified has a preferred keyserver URL, then use that preferred
keyserver to fetch the key from. Note that this option introduces a
"web bug": The creator of the key can see when the keys is
refreshed. Thus this option is not enabled by default.
@item include-subkeys
When receiving a key, include subkeys as potential targets. Note that
this option is not used with HKP keyservers, as they do not support
retrieving keys by subkey id.
@item timeout
@itemx http-proxy=@var{value}
@itemx verbose
@itemx debug
@itemx check-cert
@item ca-cert-file
These options have no more function since GnuPG 2.1. Use the
@code{dirmngr} configuration options instead.
@end table
The default list of options is: "self-sigs-only, import-clean,
-repair-keys, repair-pks-subkey-bug, export-attributes".
+repair-keys, repair-pks-subkey-bug, export-attributes". However, if
+the actual used source is an LDAP server "no-self-sigs-only" is
+assumed unless "self-sigs-only" has been explictly configured.
@item --completes-needed @var{n}
@opindex compliant-needed
Number of completely trusted users to introduce a new
key signer (defaults to 1).
@item --marginals-needed @var{n}
@opindex marginals-needed
Number of marginally trusted users to introduce a new
key signer (defaults to 3)
@item --tofu-default-policy @{auto|good|unknown|bad|ask@}
@opindex tofu-default-policy
The default TOFU policy (defaults to @code{auto}). For more
information about the meaning of this option, @pxref{trust-model-tofu}.
@item --max-cert-depth @var{n}
@opindex max-cert-depth
Maximum depth of a certification chain (default is 5).
@item --no-sig-cache
@opindex no-sig-cache
Do not cache the verification status of key signatures.
Caching gives a much better performance in key listings. However, if
you suspect that your public keyring is not safe against write
modifications, you can use this option to disable the caching. It
probably does not make sense to disable it because all kind of damage
can be done if someone else has write access to your public keyring.
@item --auto-check-trustdb
@itemx --no-auto-check-trustdb
@opindex auto-check-trustdb
If GnuPG feels that its information about the Web of Trust has to be
updated, it automatically runs the @option{--check-trustdb} command
internally. This may be a time consuming
process. @option{--no-auto-check-trustdb} disables this option.
@item --use-agent
@itemx --no-use-agent
@opindex use-agent
This is dummy option. @command{@gpgname} always requires the agent.
@item --gpg-agent-info
@opindex gpg-agent-info
This is dummy option. It has no effect when used with @command{@gpgname}.
@item --agent-program @var{file}
@opindex agent-program
Specify an agent program to be used for secret key operations. The
default value is determined by running @command{gpgconf} with the
option @option{--list-dirs}. Note that the pipe symbol (@code{|}) is
used for a regression test suite hack and may thus not be used in the
file name.
@item --dirmngr-program @var{file}
@opindex dirmngr-program
Specify a dirmngr program to be used for keyserver access. The
default value is @file{@value{BINDIR}/dirmngr}.
@item --disable-dirmngr
Entirely disable the use of the Dirmngr.
@item --no-autostart
@opindex no-autostart
Do not start the gpg-agent or the dirmngr if it has not yet been
started and its service is required. This option is mostly useful on
machines where the connection to gpg-agent has been redirected to
another machines. If dirmngr is required on the remote machine, it
may be started manually using @command{gpgconf --launch dirmngr}.
@item --lock-once
@opindex lock-once
Lock the databases the first time a lock is requested
and do not release the lock until the process
terminates.
@item --lock-multiple
@opindex lock-multiple
Release the locks every time a lock is no longer
needed. Use this to override a previous @option{--lock-once}
from a config file.
@item --lock-never
@opindex lock-never
Disable locking entirely. This option should be used only in very
special environments, where it can be assured that only one process
is accessing those files. A bootable floppy with a stand-alone
encryption system will probably use this. Improper usage of this
option may lead to data and key corruption.
@item --exit-on-status-write-error
@opindex exit-on-status-write-error
This option will cause write errors on the status FD to immediately
terminate the process. That should in fact be the default but it never
worked this way and thus we need an option to enable this, so that the
change won't break applications which close their end of a status fd
connected pipe too early. Using this option along with
@option{--enable-progress-filter} may be used to cleanly cancel long
running gpg operations.
@item --limit-card-insert-tries @var{n}
@opindex limit-card-insert-tries
With @var{n} greater than 0 the number of prompts asking to insert a
smartcard gets limited to N-1. Thus with a value of 1 gpg won't at
all ask to insert a card if none has been inserted at startup. This
option is useful in the configuration file in case an application does
not know about the smartcard support and waits ad infinitum for an
inserted card.
@item --no-random-seed-file
@opindex no-random-seed-file
GnuPG uses a file to store its internal random pool over invocations.
This makes random generation faster; however sometimes write operations
are not desired. This option can be used to achieve that with the cost of
slower random generation.
@item --no-greeting
@opindex no-greeting
Suppress the initial copyright message.
@item --no-secmem-warning
@opindex no-secmem-warning
Suppress the warning about "using insecure memory".
@item --no-permission-warning
@opindex permission-warning
Suppress the warning about unsafe file and home directory (@option{--homedir})
permissions. Note that the permission checks that GnuPG performs are
not intended to be authoritative, but rather they simply warn about
certain common permission problems. Do not assume that the lack of a
warning means that your system is secure.
Note that the warning for unsafe @option{--homedir} permissions cannot be
suppressed in the gpg.conf file, as this would allow an attacker to
place an unsafe gpg.conf file in place, and use this file to suppress
warnings about itself. The @option{--homedir} permissions warning may only be
suppressed on the command line.
@item --require-secmem
@itemx --no-require-secmem
@opindex require-secmem
Refuse to run if GnuPG cannot get secure memory. Defaults to no
(i.e. run, but give a warning).
@item --require-cross-certification
@itemx --no-require-cross-certification
@opindex require-cross-certification
When verifying a signature made from a subkey, ensure that the cross
certification "back signature" on the subkey is present and valid. This
protects against a subtle attack against subkeys that can sign.
Defaults to @option{--require-cross-certification} for
@command{@gpgname}.
@item --expert
@itemx --no-expert
@opindex expert
Allow the user to do certain nonsensical or "silly" things like
signing an expired or revoked key, or certain potentially incompatible
things like generating unusual key types. This also disables certain
warning messages about potentially incompatible actions. As the name
implies, this option is for experts only. If you don't fully
understand the implications of what it allows you to do, leave this
off. @option{--no-expert} disables this option.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c ******** KEY RELATED OPTIONS ************
@c *******************************************
@node GPG Key related Options
@subsection Key related options
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --recipient @var{name}
@itemx -r
@opindex recipient
Encrypt for user id @var{name}. If this option or
@option{--hidden-recipient} is not specified, GnuPG asks for the user-id
unless @option{--default-recipient} is given.
@item --hidden-recipient @var{name}
@itemx -R
@opindex hidden-recipient
Encrypt for user ID @var{name}, but hide the key ID of this user's
key. This option helps to hide the receiver of the message and is a
limited countermeasure against traffic analysis. If this option or
@option{--recipient} is not specified, GnuPG asks for the user ID unless
@option{--default-recipient} is given.
@item --recipient-file @var{file}
@itemx -f
@opindex recipient-file
This option is similar to @option{--recipient} except that it
encrypts to a key stored in the given file. @var{file} must be the
name of a file containing exactly one key. @command{@gpgname} assumes that
the key in this file is fully valid.
@item --hidden-recipient-file @var{file}
@itemx -F
@opindex hidden-recipient-file
This option is similar to @option{--hidden-recipient} except that it
encrypts to a key stored in the given file. @var{file} must be the
name of a file containing exactly one key. @command{@gpgname} assumes that
the key in this file is fully valid.
@item --encrypt-to @var{name}
@opindex encrypt-to
Same as @option{--recipient} but this one is intended for use in the
options file and may be used with your own user-id as an
"encrypt-to-self". These keys are only used when there are other
recipients given either by use of @option{--recipient} or by the asked
user id. No trust checking is performed for these user ids and even
disabled keys can be used.
@item --hidden-encrypt-to @var{name}
@opindex hidden-encrypt-to
Same as @option{--hidden-recipient} but this one is intended for use in the
options file and may be used with your own user-id as a hidden
"encrypt-to-self". These keys are only used when there are other
recipients given either by use of @option{--recipient} or by the asked user id.
No trust checking is performed for these user ids and even disabled
keys can be used.
@item --no-encrypt-to
@opindex no-encrypt-to
Disable the use of all @option{--encrypt-to} and
@option{--hidden-encrypt-to} keys.
@item --group @{@var{name}=@var{value}@}
@opindex group
Sets up a named group, which is similar to aliases in email programs.
Any time the group name is a recipient (@option{-r} or
@option{--recipient}), it will be expanded to the values
specified. Multiple groups with the same name are automatically merged
into a single group.
The values are @code{key IDs} or fingerprints, but any key description
is accepted. Note that a value with spaces in it will be treated as
two different values. Note also there is only one level of expansion
--- you cannot make an group that points to another group. When used
from the command line, it may be necessary to quote the argument to
this option to prevent the shell from treating it as multiple
arguments.
@item --ungroup @var{name}
@opindex ungroup
Remove a given entry from the @option{--group} list.
@item --no-groups
@opindex no-groups
Remove all entries from the @option{--group} list.
@item --local-user @var{name}
@itemx -u
@opindex local-user
Use @var{name} as the key to sign with. Note that this option overrides
@option{--default-key}.
@item --sender @var{mbox}
@opindex sender
This option has two purposes. @var{mbox} must either be a complete
user ID containing a proper mail address or just a plain mail address.
The option can be given multiple times.
When creating a signature this option tells gpg the signing key's user
id used to make the signature and embeds that user ID into the created
signature (using OpenPGP's ``Signer's User ID'' subpacket). If the
option is given multiple times a suitable user ID is picked. However,
if the signing key was specified directly by using a mail address
(i.e. not by using a fingerprint or key ID) this option is used and
the mail address is embedded in the created signature.
When verifying a signature @var{mbox} is used to restrict the
information printed by the TOFU code to matching user IDs. If the
option is used and the signature contains a ``Signer's User ID''
subpacket that information is is also used to restrict the printed
information. Note that GnuPG considers only the mail address part of
a User ID.
If this option or the said subpacket is available the TRUST lines as
printed by option @option{status-fd} correspond to the corresponding
User ID; if no User ID is known the TRUST lines are computed directly
on the key and do not give any information about the User ID. In the
latter case it his highly recommended to scripts and other frontends
to evaluate the VALIDSIG line, retrieve the key and print all User IDs
along with their validity (trust) information.
@item --try-secret-key @var{name}
@opindex try-secret-key
For hidden recipients GPG needs to know the keys to use for trial
decryption. The key set with @option{--default-key} is always tried
first, but this is often not sufficient. This option allows setting more
keys to be used for trial decryption. Although any valid user-id
specification may be used for @var{name} it makes sense to use at least
the long keyid to avoid ambiguities. Note that gpg-agent might pop up a
pinentry for a lot keys to do the trial decryption. If you want to stop
all further trial decryption you may use close-window button instead of
the cancel button.
@item --try-all-secrets
@opindex try-all-secrets
Don't look at the key ID as stored in the message but try all secret
keys in turn to find the right decryption key. This option forces the
behaviour as used by anonymous recipients (created by using
@option{--throw-keyids} or @option{--hidden-recipient}) and might come
handy in case where an encrypted message contains a bogus key ID.
@item --skip-hidden-recipients
@itemx --no-skip-hidden-recipients
@opindex skip-hidden-recipients
@opindex no-skip-hidden-recipients
During decryption skip all anonymous recipients. This option helps in
the case that people use the hidden recipients feature to hide their
own encrypt-to key from others. If one has many secret keys this
may lead to a major annoyance because all keys are tried in turn to
decrypt something which was not really intended for it. The drawback
of this option is that it is currently not possible to decrypt a
message which includes real anonymous recipients.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c ******** INPUT AND OUTPUT ***************
@c *******************************************
@node GPG Input and Output
@subsection Input and Output
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --armor
@itemx -a
@opindex armor
Create ASCII armored output. The default is to create the binary
OpenPGP format.
@item --no-armor
@opindex no-armor
Assume the input data is not in ASCII armored format.
@item --output @var{file}
@itemx -o @var{file}
@opindex output
Write output to @var{file}. To write to stdout use @code{-} as the
filename.
@item --max-output @var{n}
@opindex max-output
This option sets a limit on the number of bytes that will be generated
when processing a file. Since OpenPGP supports various levels of
compression, it is possible that the plaintext of a given message may be
significantly larger than the original OpenPGP message. While GnuPG
works properly with such messages, there is often a desire to set a
maximum file size that will be generated before processing is forced to
stop by the OS limits. Defaults to 0, which means "no limit".
@item --chunk-size @var{n}
@opindex chunk-size
The AEAD encryption mode encrypts the data in chunks so that a
receiving side can check for transmission errors or tampering at the
end of each chunk and does not need to delay this until all data has
been received. The used chunk size is 2^@var{n} byte. The lowest
allowed value for @var{n} is 6 (64 byte) and the largest is the
default of 27 which creates chunks not larger than 128 MiB.
@item --input-size-hint @var{n}
@opindex input-size-hint
This option can be used to tell GPG the size of the input data in
bytes. @var{n} must be a positive base-10 number. This option is
only useful if the input is not taken from a file. GPG may use this
hint to optimize its buffer allocation strategy. It is also used by
the @option{--status-fd} line ``PROGRESS'' to provide a value for
``total'' if that is not available by other means.
@item --key-origin @var{string}[,@var{url}]
@opindex key-origin
gpg can track the origin of a key. Certain origins are implicitly
known (e.g. keyserver, web key directory) and set. For a standard
import the origin of the keys imported can be set with this option.
To list the possible values use "help" for @var{string}. Some origins
can store an optional @var{url} argument. That URL can appended to
@var{string} after a comma.
@item --import-options @var{parameters}
@opindex import-options
This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options for
importing keys. Options can be prepended with a `no-' to give the
opposite meaning. The options are:
@table @asis
@item import-local-sigs
Allow importing key signatures marked as "local". This is not
generally useful unless a shared keyring scheme is being used.
Defaults to no.
@item keep-ownertrust
Normally possible still existing ownertrust values of a key are
cleared if a key is imported. This is in general desirable so that
a formerly deleted key does not automatically gain an ownertrust
values merely due to import. On the other hand it is sometimes
necessary to re-import a trusted set of keys again but keeping
already assigned ownertrust values. This can be achieved by using
this option.
@item repair-pks-subkey-bug
During import, attempt to repair the damage caused by the PKS keyserver
bug (pre version 0.9.6) that mangles keys with multiple subkeys. Note
that this cannot completely repair the damaged key as some crucial data
is removed by the keyserver, but it does at least give you back one
subkey. Defaults to no for regular @option{--import} and to yes for
keyserver @option{--receive-keys}.
@item import-show
@itemx show-only
Show a listing of the key as imported right before it is stored.
This can be combined with the option @option{--dry-run} to only look
at keys; the option @option{show-only} is a shortcut for this
combination. The command @option{--show-keys} is another shortcut
for this. Note that suffixes like '#' for "sec" and "sbb" lines
may or may not be printed.
@item import-export
Run the entire import code but instead of storing the key to the
local keyring write it to the output. The export option
@option{export-dane} affect the output. This option can for example
be used to remove all invalid parts from a key without the
need to store it.
@item merge-only
During import, allow key updates to existing keys, but do not allow
any new keys to be imported. Defaults to no.
@item import-clean
After import, compact (remove all signatures except the
self-signature) any user IDs from the new key that are not usable.
Then, remove any signatures from the new key that are not usable.
This includes signatures that were issued by keys that are not present
on the keyring. This option is the same as running the @option{--edit-key}
command "clean" after import. Defaults to no.
@item self-sigs-only
Accept only self-signatures while importing a key. All other key
signatures are skipped at an early import stage. This option can be
used with @code{keyserver-options} to mitigate attempts to flood a
key with bogus signatures from a keyserver. The drawback is that
all other valid key signatures, as required by the Web of Trust are
also not imported. Note that when using this option along with
import-clean it suppresses the final clean step after merging the
imported key into the existing key.
@item repair-keys
After import, fix various problems with the
keys. For example, this reorders signatures, and strips duplicate
signatures. Defaults to yes.
@item bulk-import
When used with --use-keyboxd do the import within a single
transaction. This is an experimental feature.
@item import-minimal
Import the smallest key possible. This removes all signatures except
the most recent self-signature on each user ID. This option is the
same as running the @option{--edit-key} command "minimize" after import.
Defaults to no.
@item restore
@itemx import-restore
Import in key restore mode. This imports all data which is usually
skipped during import; including all GnuPG specific data. All other
contradicting options are overridden.
@end table
@item --import-filter @{@var{name}=@var{expr}@}
@itemx --export-filter @{@var{name}=@var{expr}@}
@opindex import-filter
@opindex export-filter
These options define an import/export filter which are applied to the
imported/exported keyblock right before it will be stored/written.
@var{name} defines the type of filter to use, @var{expr} the
expression to evaluate. The option can be used several times which
then appends more expression to the same @var{name}.
@noindent
The available filter types are:
@table @asis
@item keep-uid
This filter will keep a user id packet and its dependent packets in
the keyblock if the expression evaluates to true.
@item drop-subkey
This filter drops the selected subkeys.
Currently only implemented for --export-filter.
@item drop-sig
This filter drops the selected key signatures on user ids.
Self-signatures are not considered.
Currently only implemented for --import-filter.
@end table
For the syntax of the expression see the chapter "FILTER EXPRESSIONS".
The property names for the expressions depend on the actual filter
type and are indicated in the following table.
The available properties are:
@table @asis
@item uid
A string with the user id. (keep-uid)
@item mbox
The addr-spec part of a user id with mailbox or the empty string.
(keep-uid)
@item key_algo
A number with the public key algorithm of a key or subkey packet.
(drop-subkey)
@item key_created
@itemx key_created_d
The first is the timestamp a public key or subkey packet was
created. The second is the same but given as an ISO string,
e.g. "2016-08-17". (drop-subkey)
@item fpr
The hexified fingerprint of the current subkey or primary key.
(drop-subkey)
@item primary
Boolean indicating whether the user id is the primary one. (keep-uid)
@item expired
Boolean indicating whether a user id (keep-uid), a key (drop-subkey), or a
signature (drop-sig) expired.
@item revoked
Boolean indicating whether a user id (keep-uid) or a key (drop-subkey) has
been revoked.
@item disabled
Boolean indicating whether a primary key is disabled. (not used)
@item secret
Boolean indicating whether a key or subkey is a secret one.
(drop-subkey)
@item usage
A string indicating the usage flags for the subkey, from the
sequence ``ecsa?''. For example, a subkey capable of just signing
and authentication would be an exact match for ``sa''. (drop-subkey)
@item sig_created
@itemx sig_created_d
The first is the timestamp a signature packet was created. The
second is the same but given as an ISO date string,
e.g. "2016-08-17". (drop-sig)
@item sig_algo
A number with the public key algorithm of a signature packet. (drop-sig)
@item sig_digest_algo
A number with the digest algorithm of a signature packet. (drop-sig)
@end table
@item --export-options @var{parameters}
@opindex export-options
This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options for
exporting keys. Options can be prepended with a `no-' to give the
opposite meaning. The options are:
@table @asis
@item export-local-sigs
Allow exporting key signatures marked as "local". This is not
generally useful unless a shared keyring scheme is being used.
Defaults to no.
@item export-attributes
Include attribute user IDs (photo IDs) while exporting. Not
including attribute user IDs is useful to export keys that are going
to be used by an OpenPGP program that does not accept attribute user
IDs. Defaults to yes.
@item export-sensitive-revkeys
Include designated revoker information that was marked as
"sensitive". Defaults to no.
@c Since GnuPG 2.1 gpg-agent manages the secret key and thus the
@c export-reset-subkey-passwd hack is not anymore justified. Such use
@c cases may be implemented using a specialized secret key export
@c tool.
@c @item export-reset-subkey-passwd
@c When using the @option{--export-secret-subkeys} command, this option resets
@c the passphrases for all exported subkeys to empty. This is useful
@c when the exported subkey is to be used on an unattended machine where
@c a passphrase doesn't necessarily make sense. Defaults to no.
@item backup
@itemx export-backup
Export for use as a backup. The exported data includes all data
which is needed to restore the key or keys later with GnuPG. The
format is basically the OpenPGP format but enhanced with GnuPG
specific data. All other contradicting options are overridden.
@item export-clean
Compact (remove all signatures from) user IDs on the key being
exported if the user IDs are not usable. Also, do not export any
signatures that are not usable. This includes signatures that were
issued by keys that are not present on the keyring. This option is
the same as running the @option{--edit-key} command "clean" before export
except that the local copy of the key is not modified. Defaults to
no.
@item export-minimal
Export the smallest key possible. This removes all signatures except the
most recent self-signature on each user ID. This option is the same as
running the @option{--edit-key} command "minimize" before export except
that the local copy of the key is not modified. Defaults to no.
@item export-dane
Instead of outputting the key material output OpenPGP DANE records
suitable to put into DNS zone files. An ORIGIN line is printed before
each record to allow diverting the records to the corresponding zone
file.
@end table
@item --with-colons
@opindex with-colons
Print key listings delimited by colons. Note that the output will be
encoded in UTF-8 regardless of any @option{--display-charset} setting. This
format is useful when GnuPG is called from scripts and other programs
as it is easily machine parsed. The details of this format are
documented in the file @file{doc/DETAILS}, which is included in the GnuPG
source distribution.
@item --fixed-list-mode
@opindex fixed-list-mode
Do not merge primary user ID and primary key in @option{--with-colon}
listing mode and print all timestamps as seconds since 1970-01-01.
Since GnuPG 2.0.10, this mode is always used and thus this option is
obsolete; it does not harm to use it though.
@item --legacy-list-mode
@opindex legacy-list-mode
Revert to the pre-2.1 public key list mode. This only affects the
human readable output and not the machine interface
(i.e. @code{--with-colons}). Note that the legacy format does not
convey suitable information for elliptic curves.
@item --with-fingerprint
@opindex with-fingerprint
Same as the command @option{--fingerprint} but changes only the format
of the output and may be used together with another command.
@item --with-subkey-fingerprint
@opindex with-subkey-fingerprint
If a fingerprint is printed for the primary key, this option forces
printing of the fingerprint for all subkeys. This could also be
achieved by using the @option{--with-fingerprint} twice but by using
this option along with keyid-format "none" a compact fingerprint is
printed.
@item --with-icao-spelling
@opindex with-icao-spelling
Print the ICAO spelling of the fingerprint in addition to the hex digits.
@item --with-keygrip
@opindex with-keygrip
Include the keygrip in the key listings. In @code{--with-colons} mode
this is implicitly enable for secret keys.
@item --with-key-origin
@opindex with-key-origin
Include the locally held information on the origin and last update of
a key in a key listing. In @code{--with-colons} mode this is always
printed. This data is currently experimental and shall not be
considered part of the stable API.
@item --with-wkd-hash
@opindex with-wkd-hash
Print a Web Key Directory identifier along with each user ID in key
listings. This is an experimental feature and semantics may change.
@item --with-secret
@opindex with-secret
Include info about the presence of a secret key in public key listings
done with @code{--with-colons}.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c ******** OPENPGP OPTIONS ****************
@c *******************************************
@node OpenPGP Options
@subsection OpenPGP protocol specific options
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item -t, --textmode
@itemx --no-textmode
@opindex textmode
Treat input files as text and store them in the OpenPGP canonical text
form with standard "CRLF" line endings. This also sets the necessary
flags to inform the recipient that the encrypted or signed data is text
and may need its line endings converted back to whatever the local
system uses. This option is useful when communicating between two
platforms that have different line ending conventions (UNIX-like to Mac,
Mac to Windows, etc). @option{--no-textmode} disables this option, and
is the default.
@item --force-v3-sigs
@itemx --no-force-v3-sigs
@item --force-v4-certs
@itemx --no-force-v4-certs
These options are obsolete and have no effect since GnuPG 2.1.
@item --force-aead
@opindex force-aead
Force the use of AEAD encryption over MDC encryption. AEAD is a
modern and faster way to do authenticated encryption than the old MDC
method. See also options @option{--aead-algo} and
@option{--chunk-size}.
@item --force-mdc
@itemx --disable-mdc
@opindex force-mdc
@opindex disable-mdc
These options are obsolete and have no effect since GnuPG 2.2.8. The
MDC is always used unless the keys indicate that an AEAD algorithm can
be used in which case AEAD is used. But note: If the creation of a
legacy non-MDC message is exceptionally required, the option
@option{--rfc2440} allows for this.
@item --disable-signer-uid
@opindex disable-signer-uid
By default the user ID of the signing key is embedded in the data signature.
As of now this is only done if the signing key has been specified with
@option{local-user} using a mail address, or with @option{sender}. This
information can be helpful for verifier to locate the key; see option
@option{--auto-key-retrieve}.
@item --include-key-block
@itemx --no-include-key-block
@opindex include-key-block
@opindex no-include-key-block
This option is used to embed the actual signing key into a data
signature. The embedded key is stripped down to a single user id and
includes only the signing subkey used to create the signature as well
as as valid encryption subkeys. All other info is removed from the
key to keep it and thus the signature small. This option is the
OpenPGP counterpart to the @command{gpgsm} option
@option{--include-certs} and allows the recipient of a signed message
to reply encrypted to the sender without using any online directories
to lookup the key. The default is @option{--no-include-key-block}.
See also the option @option{--auto-key-import}.
@item --personal-cipher-preferences @var{string}
@opindex personal-cipher-preferences
Set the list of personal cipher preferences to @var{string}. Use
@command{@gpgname --version} to get a list of available algorithms,
and use @code{none} to set no preference at all. This allows the user
to safely override the algorithm chosen by the recipient key
preferences, as GPG will only select an algorithm that is usable by
all recipients. The most highly ranked cipher in this list is also
used for the @option{--symmetric} encryption command.
@item --personal-aead-preferences @var{string}
@opindex personal-aead-preferences
Set the list of personal AEAD preferences to @var{string}. Use
@command{@gpgname --version} to get a list of available algorithms,
and use @code{none} to set no preference at all. This allows the user
to safely override the algorithm chosen by the recipient key
preferences, as GPG will only select an algorithm that is usable by
all recipients. The most highly ranked cipher in this list is also
used for the @option{--symmetric} encryption command.
@item --personal-digest-preferences @var{string}
@opindex personal-digest-preferences
Set the list of personal digest preferences to @var{string}. Use
@command{@gpgname --version} to get a list of available algorithms,
and use @code{none} to set no preference at all. This allows the user
to safely override the algorithm chosen by the recipient key
preferences, as GPG will only select an algorithm that is usable by
all recipients. The most highly ranked digest algorithm in this list
is also used when signing without encryption
(e.g. @option{--clear-sign} or @option{--sign}).
@item --personal-compress-preferences @var{string}
@opindex personal-compress-preferences
Set the list of personal compression preferences to @var{string}.
Use @command{@gpgname --version} to get a list of available
algorithms, and use @code{none} to set no preference at all. This
allows the user to safely override the algorithm chosen by the
recipient key preferences, as GPG will only select an algorithm that
is usable by all recipients. The most highly ranked compression
algorithm in this list is also used when there are no recipient keys
to consider (e.g. @option{--symmetric}).
@item --s2k-cipher-algo @var{name}
@opindex s2k-cipher-algo
Use @var{name} as the cipher algorithm for symmetric encryption with
a passphrase if @option{--personal-cipher-preferences} and
@option{--cipher-algo} are not given. The default is @value{GPGSYMENCALGO}.
@item --s2k-digest-algo @var{name}
@opindex s2k-digest-algo
Use @var{name} as the digest algorithm used to mangle the passphrases
for symmetric encryption. The default is SHA-1.
@item --s2k-mode @var{n}
@opindex s2k-mode
Selects how passphrases for symmetric encryption are mangled. If
@var{n} is 0 a plain passphrase (which is in general not recommended)
will be used, a 1 adds a salt (which should not be used) to the
passphrase and a 3 (the default) iterates the whole process a number
of times (see @option{--s2k-count}).
@item --s2k-count @var{n}
@opindex s2k-count
Specify how many times the passphrases mangling for symmetric
encryption is repeated. This value may range between 1024 and
65011712 inclusive. The default is inquired from gpg-agent. Note
that not all values in the 1024-65011712 range are legal and if an
illegal value is selected, GnuPG will round up to the nearest legal
value. This option is only meaningful if @option{--s2k-mode} is set
to the default of 3.
@end table
@c ***************************
@c ******* Compliance ********
@c ***************************
@node Compliance Options
@subsection Compliance options
These options control what GnuPG is compliant to. Only one of these
options may be active at a time. Note that the default setting of
this is nearly always the correct one. See the INTEROPERABILITY WITH
OTHER OPENPGP PROGRAMS section below before using one of these
options.
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --gnupg
@opindex gnupg
Use standard GnuPG behavior. This is essentially OpenPGP behavior (see
@option{--openpgp}), but with extension from the proposed update to
OpenPGP and with some additional workarounds for common compatibility
problems in different versions of PGP. This is the default option, so
it is not generally needed, but it may be useful to override a
different compliance option in the gpg.conf file.
@item --openpgp
@opindex openpgp
Reset all packet, cipher and digest options to strict OpenPGP
behavior. This option implies @option{--allow-old-cipher-algos}. Use
this option to reset all previous options like @option{--s2k-*},
@option{--cipher-algo}, @option{--digest-algo} and
@option{--compress-algo} to OpenPGP compliant values. All PGP
workarounds are disabled.
@item --rfc4880
@opindex rfc4880
Reset all packet, cipher and digest options to strict RFC-4880
behavior. This option implies @option{--allow-old-cipher-algos}.
Note that this is currently the same thing as @option{--openpgp}.
@item --rfc4880bis
@opindex rfc4880bis
Reset all packet, cipher and digest options to strict according to the
proposed updates of RFC-4880.
@item --rfc2440
@opindex rfc2440
Reset all packet, cipher and digest options to strict RFC-2440
behavior. Note that by using this option encryption packets are
created in a legacy mode without MDC protection. This is dangerous
and should thus only be used for experiments. This option implies
@option{--allow-old-cipher-algos}. See also option
@option{--ignore-mdc-error}.
@item --pgp6
@opindex pgp6
This option is obsolete; it is handled as an alias for @option{--pgp7}
@item --pgp7
@opindex pgp7
Set up all options to be as PGP 7 compliant as possible. This allowed
the ciphers IDEA, 3DES, CAST5,AES128, AES192, AES256, and TWOFISH.,
the hashes MD5, SHA1 and RIPEMD160, and the compression algorithms
none and ZIP. This option implies @option{--escape-from-lines} and
disables @option{--throw-keyids},
@item --pgp8
@opindex pgp8
Set up all options to be as PGP 8 compliant as possible. PGP 8 is a lot
closer to the OpenPGP standard than previous versions of PGP, so all
this does is disable @option{--throw-keyids} and set
@option{--escape-from-lines}. All algorithms are allowed except for the
SHA224, SHA384, and SHA512 digests.
@item --compliance @var{string}
@opindex compliance
This option can be used instead of one of the options above. Valid
values for @var{string} are the above option names (without the double
dash) and possibly others as shown when using "help" for @var{value}.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c ******** ESOTERIC OPTIONS ***************
@c *******************************************
@node GPG Esoteric Options
@subsection Doing things one usually doesn't want to do
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item -n
@itemx --dry-run
@opindex dry-run
Don't make any changes (this is not completely implemented).
@item --list-only
@opindex list-only
Changes the behaviour of some commands. This is like @option{--dry-run} but
different in some cases. The semantic of this option may be extended in
the future. Currently it only skips the actual decryption pass and
therefore enables a fast listing of the encryption keys.
@item -i
@itemx --interactive
@opindex interactive
Prompt before overwriting any files.
@item --debug-level @var{level}
@opindex debug-level
Select the debug level for investigating problems. @var{level} may be
a numeric value or by a keyword:
@table @code
@item none
No debugging at all. A value of less than 1 may be used instead of
the keyword.
@item basic
Some basic debug messages. A value between 1 and 2 may be used
instead of the keyword.
@item advanced
More verbose debug messages. A value between 3 and 5 may be used
instead of the keyword.
@item expert
Even more detailed messages. A value between 6 and 8 may be used
instead of the keyword.
@item guru
All of the debug messages you can get. A value greater than 8 may be
used instead of the keyword. The creation of hash tracing files is
only enabled if the keyword is used.
@end table
How these messages are mapped to the actual debugging flags is not
specified and may change with newer releases of this program. They are
however carefully selected to best aid in debugging.
@item --debug @var{flags}
@opindex debug
Set debug flags. All flags are or-ed and @var{flags} may be given
in C syntax (e.g. 0x0042) or as a comma separated list of flag names.
To get a list of all supported flags the single word "help" can be
used. This option is only useful for debugging and the behavior may
change at any time without notice.
@item --debug-all
@opindex debug-all
Set all useful debugging flags.
@item --debug-iolbf
@opindex debug-iolbf
Set stdout into line buffered mode. This option is only honored when
given on the command line.
@item --debug-set-iobuf-size @var{n}
@opindex debug-iolbf
Change the buffer size of the IOBUFs to @var{n} kilobyte. Using 0
prints the current size. Note well: This is a maintainer only option
and may thus be changed or removed at any time without notice.
@item --debug-allow-large-chunks
@opindex debug-allow-large-chunks
To facilitate in-memory decryption on the receiving site, the largest
recommended chunk size is 128 MiB (@code{--chunk-size 27}). This
option allows to specify a limit of up to 4 EiB (@code{--chunk-size
62}) for experiments.
@item --faked-system-time @var{epoch}
@opindex faked-system-time
This option is only useful for testing; it sets the system time back or
forth to @var{epoch} which is the number of seconds elapsed since the year
1970. Alternatively @var{epoch} may be given as a full ISO time string
(e.g. "20070924T154812").
If you suffix @var{epoch} with an exclamation mark (!), the system time
will appear to be frozen at the specified time.
@item --full-timestrings
@opindex full-timestrings
Change the format of printed creation and expiration times from just
the date to the date and time. This is in general not useful and the
same information is anyway available in @option{--with-colons} mode.
These longer strings are also not well aligned with other printed
data.
@item --enable-progress-filter
@opindex enable-progress-filter
Enable certain PROGRESS status outputs. This option allows frontends
to display a progress indicator while gpg is processing larger files.
There is a slight performance overhead using it.
@item --status-fd @var{n}
@opindex status-fd
Write special status strings to the file descriptor @var{n}.
See the file DETAILS in the documentation for a listing of them.
@item --status-file @var{file}
@opindex status-file
Same as @option{--status-fd}, except the status data is written to file
@var{file}.
@item --logger-fd @var{n}
@opindex logger-fd
Write log output to file descriptor @var{n} and not to STDERR.
@item --log-file @var{file}
@itemx --logger-file @var{file}
@opindex log-file
Same as @option{--logger-fd}, except the logger data is written to
file @var{file}. Use @file{socket://} to log to s socket.
@item --attribute-fd @var{n}
@opindex attribute-fd
Write attribute subpackets to the file descriptor @var{n}. This is most
useful for use with @option{--status-fd}, since the status messages are
needed to separate out the various subpackets from the stream delivered
to the file descriptor.
@item --attribute-file @var{file}
@opindex attribute-file
Same as @option{--attribute-fd}, except the attribute data is written to
file @var{file}.
@item --comment @var{string}
@itemx --no-comments
@opindex comment
Use @var{string} as a comment string in cleartext signatures and ASCII
armored messages or keys (see @option{--armor}). The default behavior is
not to use a comment string. @option{--comment} may be repeated multiple
times to get multiple comment strings. @option{--no-comments} removes
all comments. It is a good idea to keep the length of a single comment
below 60 characters to avoid problems with mail programs wrapping such
lines. Note that comment lines, like all other header lines, are not
protected by the signature.
@item --emit-version
@itemx --no-emit-version
@opindex emit-version
Force inclusion of the version string in ASCII armored output. If
given once only the name of the program and the major number is
emitted, given twice the minor is also emitted, given thrice
the micro is added, and given four times an operating system identification
is also emitted. @option{--no-emit-version} (default) disables the version
line.
@item --sig-notation @{@var{name}=@var{value}@}
@itemx --cert-notation @{@var{name}=@var{value}@}
@itemx -N, --set-notation @{@var{name}=@var{value}@}
@opindex sig-notation
@opindex cert-notation
@opindex set-notation
Put the name value pair into the signature as notation data.
@var{name} must consist only of printable characters or spaces, and
must contain a '@@' character in the form keyname@@domain.example.com
(substituting the appropriate keyname and domain name, of course). This
is to help prevent pollution of the IETF reserved notation
namespace. The @option{--expert} flag overrides the '@@'
check. @var{value} may be any printable string; it will be encoded in
UTF-8, so you should check that your @option{--display-charset} is set
correctly. If you prefix @var{name} with an exclamation mark (!), the
notation data will be flagged as critical
(rfc4880:5.2.3.16). @option{--sig-notation} sets a notation for data
signatures. @option{--cert-notation} sets a notation for key signatures
(certifications). @option{--set-notation} sets both.
There are special codes that may be used in notation names. "%k" will
be expanded into the key ID of the key being signed, "%K" into the
long key ID of the key being signed, "%f" into the fingerprint of the
key being signed, "%s" into the key ID of the key making the
signature, "%S" into the long key ID of the key making the signature,
"%g" into the fingerprint of the key making the signature (which might
be a subkey), "%p" into the fingerprint of the primary key of the key
making the signature, "%c" into the signature count from the OpenPGP
smartcard, and "%%" results in a single "%". %k, %K, and %f are only
meaningful when making a key signature (certification), and %c is only
meaningful when using the OpenPGP smartcard.
@item --known-notation @var{name}
@opindex known-notation
Adds @var{name} to a list of known critical signature notations. The
effect of this is that gpg will not mark a signature with a critical
signature notation of that name as bad. Note that gpg already knows
by default about a few critical signatures notation names.
@item --sig-policy-url @var{string}
@itemx --cert-policy-url @var{string}
@itemx --set-policy-url @var{string}
@opindex sig-policy-url
@opindex cert-policy-url
@opindex set-policy-url
Use @var{string} as a Policy URL for signatures (rfc4880:5.2.3.20). If
you prefix it with an exclamation mark (!), the policy URL packet will
be flagged as critical. @option{--sig-policy-url} sets a policy url for
data signatures. @option{--cert-policy-url} sets a policy url for key
signatures (certifications). @option{--set-policy-url} sets both.
The same %-expandos used for notation data are available here as well.
@item --sig-keyserver-url @var{string}
@opindex sig-keyserver-url
Use @var{string} as a preferred keyserver URL for data signatures. If
you prefix it with an exclamation mark (!), the keyserver URL packet
will be flagged as critical.
The same %-expandos used for notation data are available here as well.
@item --set-filename @var{string}
@opindex set-filename
Use @var{string} as the filename which is stored inside messages.
This overrides the default, which is to use the actual filename of the
file being encrypted. Using the empty string for @var{string}
effectively removes the filename from the output.
@item --for-your-eyes-only
@itemx --no-for-your-eyes-only
@opindex for-your-eyes-only
Set the `for your eyes only' flag in the message. This causes GnuPG to
refuse to save the file unless the @option{--output} option is given,
and PGP to use a "secure viewer" with a claimed Tempest-resistant font
to display the message. This option overrides @option{--set-filename}.
@option{--no-for-your-eyes-only} disables this option.
@item --use-embedded-filename
@itemx --no-use-embedded-filename
@opindex use-embedded-filename
Try to create a file with a name as embedded in the data. This can be
a dangerous option as it enables overwriting files. Defaults to no.
Note that the option @option{--output} overrides this option.
@item --cipher-algo @var{name}
@opindex cipher-algo
Use @var{name} as cipher algorithm. Running the program with the
command @option{--version} yields a list of supported algorithms. If
this is not used the cipher algorithm is selected from the preferences
stored with the key. In general, you do not want to use this option as
it allows you to violate the OpenPGP standard. The option
@option{--personal-cipher-preferences} is the safe way to accomplish the
same thing.
@item --aead-algo @var{name}
@opindex aead-algo
Specify that the AEAD algorithm @var{name} is to be used. This is
useful for symmetric encryption where no key preference are available
to select the AEAD algorithm. Running @command{@gpgname} with option
@option{--version} shows the available AEAD algorithms. In general,
you do not want to use this option as it allows you to violate the
OpenPGP standard. The option @option{--personal-aead-preferences} is
the safe way to accomplish the same thing.
@item --digest-algo @var{name}
@opindex digest-algo
Use @var{name} as the message digest algorithm. Running the program
with the command @option{--version} yields a list of supported
algorithms. In general, you do not want to use this option as it
allows you to violate the OpenPGP standard. The option
@option{--personal-digest-preferences} is the safe way to accomplish
the same thing.
@item --compress-algo @var{name}
@opindex compress-algo
Use compression algorithm @var{name}. "zlib" is RFC-1950 ZLIB
compression. "zip" is RFC-1951 ZIP compression which is used by PGP.
"bzip2" is a more modern compression scheme that can compress some
things better than zip or zlib, but at the cost of more memory used
during compression and decompression. "uncompressed" or "none"
disables compression. If this option is not used, the default
behavior is to examine the recipient key preferences to see which
algorithms the recipient supports. If all else fails, ZIP is used for
maximum compatibility.
ZLIB may give better compression results than ZIP, as the compression
window size is not limited to 8k. BZIP2 may give even better
compression results than that, but will use a significantly larger
amount of memory while compressing and decompressing. This may be
significant in low memory situations. Note, however, that PGP (all
versions) only supports ZIP compression. Using any algorithm other
than ZIP or "none" will make the message unreadable with PGP. In
general, you do not want to use this option as it allows you to
violate the OpenPGP standard. The option
@option{--personal-compress-preferences} is the safe way to accomplish
the same thing.
@item --cert-digest-algo @var{name}
@opindex cert-digest-algo
Use @var{name} as the message digest algorithm used when signing a
key. Running the program with the command @option{--version} yields a
list of supported algorithms. Be aware that if you choose an
algorithm that GnuPG supports but other OpenPGP implementations do
not, then some users will not be able to use the key signatures you
make, or quite possibly your entire key. Note also that a public key
algorithm must be compatible with the specified digest algorithm; thus
selecting an arbitrary digest algorithm may result in error messages
from lower crypto layers or lead to security flaws.
@item --disable-cipher-algo @var{name}
@opindex disable-cipher-algo
Never allow the use of @var{name} as cipher algorithm.
The given name will not be checked so that a later loaded algorithm
will still get disabled.
@item --disable-pubkey-algo @var{name}
@opindex disable-pubkey-algo
Never allow the use of @var{name} as public key algorithm.
The given name will not be checked so that a later loaded algorithm
will still get disabled.
@item --throw-keyids
@itemx --no-throw-keyids
@opindex throw-keyids
Do not put the recipient key IDs into encrypted messages. This helps to
hide the receivers of the message and is a limited countermeasure
against traffic analysis.@footnote{Using a little social engineering
anyone who is able to decrypt the message can check whether one of the
other recipients is the one he suspects.} On the receiving side, it may
slow down the decryption process because all available secret keys must
be tried. @option{--no-throw-keyids} disables this option. This option
is essentially the same as using @option{--hidden-recipient} for all
recipients.
@item --not-dash-escaped
@opindex not-dash-escaped
This option changes the behavior of cleartext signatures
so that they can be used for patch files. You should not
send such an armored file via email because all spaces
and line endings are hashed too. You can not use this
option for data which has 5 dashes at the beginning of a
line, patch files don't have this. A special armor header
line tells GnuPG about this cleartext signature option.
@item --escape-from-lines
@itemx --no-escape-from-lines
@opindex escape-from-lines
Because some mailers change lines starting with "From " to ">From " it
is good to handle such lines in a special way when creating cleartext
signatures to prevent the mail system from breaking the signature. Note
that all other PGP versions do it this way too. Enabled by
default. @option{--no-escape-from-lines} disables this option.
@item --passphrase-repeat @var{n}
@opindex passphrase-repeat
Specify how many times @command{@gpgname} will request a new
passphrase be repeated. This is useful for helping memorize a
passphrase. Defaults to 1 repetition; can be set to 0 to disable any
passphrase repetition. Note that a @var{n} greater than 1 will pop up
the pinentry window @var{n}+1 times even if a modern pinentry with
two entry fields is used.
@item --passphrase-fd @var{n}
@opindex passphrase-fd
Read the passphrase from file descriptor @var{n}. Only the first line
will be read from file descriptor @var{n}. If you use 0 for @var{n},
the passphrase will be read from STDIN. This can only be used if only
one passphrase is supplied.
Note that since Version 2.0 this passphrase is only used if the
option @option{--batch} has also been given. Since Version 2.1
the @option{--pinentry-mode} also needs to be set to @code{loopback}.
@item --passphrase-file @var{file}
@opindex passphrase-file
Read the passphrase from file @var{file}. Only the first line will
be read from file @var{file}. This can only be used if only one
passphrase is supplied. Obviously, a passphrase stored in a file is
of questionable security if other users can read this file. Don't use
this option if you can avoid it.
Note that since Version 2.0 this passphrase is only used if the
option @option{--batch} has also been given. Since Version 2.1
the @option{--pinentry-mode} also needs to be set to @code{loopback}.
@item --passphrase @var{string}
@opindex passphrase
Use @var{string} as the passphrase. This can only be used if only one
passphrase is supplied. Obviously, this is of very questionable
security on a multi-user system. Don't use this option if you can
avoid it.
Note that since Version 2.0 this passphrase is only used if the
option @option{--batch} has also been given. Since Version 2.1
the @option{--pinentry-mode} also needs to be set to @code{loopback}.
@item --pinentry-mode @var{mode}
@opindex pinentry-mode
Set the pinentry mode to @var{mode}. Allowed values for @var{mode}
are:
@table @asis
@item default
Use the default of the agent, which is @code{ask}.
@item ask
Force the use of the Pinentry.
@item cancel
Emulate use of Pinentry's cancel button.
@item error
Return a Pinentry error (``No Pinentry'').
@item loopback
Redirect Pinentry queries to the caller. Note that in contrast to
Pinentry the user is not prompted again if he enters a bad password.
@end table
@item --no-symkey-cache
@opindex no-symkey-cache
Disable the passphrase cache used for symmetrical en- and decryption.
This cache is based on the message specific salt value
(cf. @option{--s2k-mode}).
@item --request-origin @var{origin}
@opindex request-origin
Tell gpg to assume that the operation ultimately originated at
@var{origin}. Depending on the origin certain restrictions are applied
and the Pinentry may include an extra note on the origin. Supported
values for @var{origin} are: @code{local} which is the default,
@code{remote} to indicate a remote origin or @code{browser} for an
operation requested by a web browser.
@item --command-fd @var{n}
@opindex command-fd
This is a replacement for the deprecated shared-memory IPC mode.
If this option is enabled, user input on questions is not expected
from the TTY but from the given file descriptor. It should be used
together with @option{--status-fd}. See the file doc/DETAILS in the source
distribution for details on how to use it.
@item --command-file @var{file}
@opindex command-file
Same as @option{--command-fd}, except the commands are read out of file
@var{file}
@item --allow-non-selfsigned-uid
@itemx --no-allow-non-selfsigned-uid
@opindex allow-non-selfsigned-uid
Allow the import and use of keys with user IDs which are not
self-signed. This is not recommended, as a non self-signed user ID is
trivial to forge. @option{--no-allow-non-selfsigned-uid} disables.
@item --allow-freeform-uid
@opindex allow-freeform-uid
Disable all checks on the form of the user ID while generating a new
one. This option should only be used in very special environments as
it does not ensure the de-facto standard format of user IDs.
@item --ignore-time-conflict
@opindex ignore-time-conflict
GnuPG normally checks that the timestamps associated with keys and
signatures have plausible values. However, sometimes a signature
seems to be older than the key due to clock problems. This option
makes these checks just a warning. See also @option{--ignore-valid-from} for
timestamp issues on subkeys.
@item --ignore-valid-from
@opindex ignore-valid-from
GnuPG normally does not select and use subkeys created in the future.
This option allows the use of such keys and thus exhibits the
pre-1.0.7 behaviour. You should not use this option unless there
is some clock problem. See also @option{--ignore-time-conflict} for timestamp
issues with signatures.
@item --ignore-crc-error
@opindex ignore-crc-error
The ASCII armor used by OpenPGP is protected by a CRC checksum against
transmission errors. Occasionally the CRC gets mangled somewhere on
the transmission channel but the actual content (which is protected by
the OpenPGP protocol anyway) is still okay. This option allows GnuPG
to ignore CRC errors.
@item --ignore-mdc-error
@opindex ignore-mdc-error
This option changes a MDC integrity protection failure into a warning.
It is required to decrypt old messages which did not use an MDC. It
may also be useful if a message is partially garbled, but it is
necessary to get as much data as possible out of that garbled message.
Be aware that a missing or failed MDC can be an indication of an
attack. Use with great caution; see also option @option{--rfc2440}.
@item --allow-old-cipher-algos
@opindex allow-old-cipher-algos
Old cipher algorithms like 3DES, IDEA, or CAST5 encrypt data using
blocks of 64 bits; modern algorithms use blocks of 128 bit instead.
To avoid certain attack on these old algorithms it is suggested not to
encrypt more than 150 MiByte using the same key. For this reason gpg
does not allow the use of 64 bit block size algorithms for encryption
unless this option is specified.
@item --allow-weak-digest-algos
@opindex allow-weak-digest-algos
Signatures made with known-weak digest algorithms are normally
rejected with an ``invalid digest algorithm'' message. This option
allows the verification of signatures made with such weak algorithms.
MD5 is the only digest algorithm considered weak by default. See also
@option{--weak-digest} to reject other digest algorithms.
@item --weak-digest @var{name}
@opindex weak-digest
Treat the specified digest algorithm as weak. Signatures made over
weak digests algorithms are normally rejected. This option can be
supplied multiple times if multiple algorithms should be considered
weak. See also @option{--allow-weak-digest-algos} to disable
rejection of weak digests. MD5 is always considered weak, and does
not need to be listed explicitly.
@item --allow-weak-key-signatures
@opindex allow-weak-key-signatures
To avoid a minor risk of collision attacks on third-party key
signatures made using SHA-1, those key signatures are considered
invalid. This options allows to override this restriction.
@item --no-default-keyring
@opindex no-default-keyring
Do not add the default keyrings to the list of keyrings. Note that
GnuPG will not operate without any keyrings, so if you use this option
and do not provide alternate keyrings via @option{--keyring} or
@option{--secret-keyring}, then GnuPG will still use the default public or
secret keyrings.
@item --no-keyring
@opindex no-keyring
Do not use any keyring at all. This overrides the default and all
options which specify keyrings.
@item --skip-verify
@opindex skip-verify
Skip the signature verification step. This may be
used to make the decryption faster if the signature
verification is not needed.
@item --with-key-data
@opindex with-key-data
Print key listings delimited by colons (like @option{--with-colons}) and
print the public key data.
@item --list-signatures
@opindex list-signatures
@itemx --list-sigs
@opindex list-sigs
Same as @option{--list-keys}, but the signatures are listed too. This
command has the same effect as using @option{--list-keys} with
@option{--with-sig-list}. Note that in contrast to
@option{--check-signatures} the key signatures are not verified. This
command can be used to create a list of signing keys missing in the
local keyring; for example:
@example
gpg --list-sigs --with-colons USERID | \
awk -F: '$1=="sig" && $2=="?" @{if($13)@{print $13@}else@{print $5@}@}'
@end example
@item --fast-list-mode
@opindex fast-list-mode
Changes the output of the list commands to work faster; this is achieved
by leaving some parts empty. Some applications don't need the user ID
and the trust information given in the listings. By using this options
they can get a faster listing. The exact behaviour of this option may
change in future versions. If you are missing some information, don't
use this option.
@item --no-literal
@opindex no-literal
This is not for normal use. Use the source to see for what it might be useful.
@item --set-filesize
@opindex set-filesize
This is not for normal use. Use the source to see for what it might be useful.
@item --show-session-key
@opindex show-session-key
Display the session key used for one message. See
@option{--override-session-key} for the counterpart of this option.
We think that Key Escrow is a Bad Thing; however the user should have
the freedom to decide whether to go to prison or to reveal the content
of one specific message without compromising all messages ever
encrypted for one secret key.
You can also use this option if you receive an encrypted message which
is abusive or offensive, to prove to the administrators of the
messaging system that the ciphertext transmitted corresponds to an
inappropriate plaintext so they can take action against the offending
user.
@item --override-session-key @var{string}
@itemx --override-session-key-fd @var{fd}
@opindex override-session-key
Don't use the public key but the session key @var{string} respective
the session key taken from the first line read from file descriptor
@var{fd}. The format of this string is the same as the one printed by
@option{--show-session-key}. This option is normally not used but
comes handy in case someone forces you to reveal the content of an
encrypted message; using this option you can do this without handing
out the secret key. Note that using @option{--override-session-key}
may reveal the session key to all local users via the global process
table. Often it is useful to combine this option with
@option{--no-keyring}.
@item --ask-sig-expire
@itemx --no-ask-sig-expire
@opindex ask-sig-expire
When making a data signature, prompt for an expiration time. If this
option is not specified, the expiration time set via
@option{--default-sig-expire} is used. @option{--no-ask-sig-expire}
disables this option.
@item --default-sig-expire
@opindex default-sig-expire
The default expiration time to use for signature expiration. Valid
values are "0" for no expiration, a number followed by the letter d
(for days), w (for weeks), m (for months), or y (for years) (for
example "2m" for two months, or "5y" for five years), or an absolute
date in the form YYYY-MM-DD. Defaults to "0".
@item --ask-cert-expire
@itemx --no-ask-cert-expire
@opindex ask-cert-expire
When making a key signature, prompt for an expiration time. If this
option is not specified, the expiration time set via
@option{--default-cert-expire} is used. @option{--no-ask-cert-expire}
disables this option.
@item --default-cert-expire
@opindex default-cert-expire
The default expiration time to use for key signature expiration.
Valid values are "0" for no expiration, a number followed by the
letter d (for days), w (for weeks), m (for months), or y (for years)
(for example "2m" for two months, or "5y" for five years), or an
absolute date in the form YYYY-MM-DD. Defaults to "0".
@item --default-new-key-algo @var{string}
@opindex default-new-key-algo @var{string}
This option can be used to change the default algorithms for key
generation. The @var{string} is similar to the arguments required for
the command @option{--quick-add-key} but slightly different. For
example the current default of @code{"rsa2048/cert,sign+rsa2048/encr"}
(or @code{"rsa3072"}) can be changed to the value of what we currently
call future default, which is @code{"ed25519/cert,sign+cv25519/encr"}.
You need to consult the source code to learn the details. Note that
the advanced key generation commands can always be used to specify a
key algorithm directly.
@item --no-auto-trust-new-key
@opindex no-auto-trust-new-key
When creating a new key the ownertrust of the new key is set to
ultimate. This option disables this and the user needs to manually
assign an ownertrust value.
@item --force-sign-key
@opindex force-sign-key
This option modifies the behaviour of the commands
@option{--quick-sign-key}, @option{--quick-lsign-key}, and the "sign"
sub-commands of @option{--edit-key} by forcing the creation of a key
signature, even if one already exists.
@item --allow-secret-key-import
@opindex allow-secret-key-import
This is an obsolete option and is not used anywhere.
@item --allow-multiple-messages
@item --no-allow-multiple-messages
These are obsolete options; they have no more effect since GnuPG 2.2.8.
@item --enable-special-filenames
@opindex enable-special-filenames
This option enables a mode in which filenames of the form
@file{-&n}, where n is a non-negative decimal number,
refer to the file descriptor n and not to a file with that name.
@item --no-expensive-trust-checks
@opindex no-expensive-trust-checks
Experimental use only.
@item --preserve-permissions
@opindex preserve-permissions
Don't change the permissions of a secret keyring back to user
read/write only. Use this option only if you really know what you are doing.
@item --default-preference-list @var{string}
@opindex default-preference-list
Set the list of default preferences to @var{string}. This preference
list is used for new keys and becomes the default for "setpref" in the
@option{--edit-key} menu.
@item --default-keyserver-url @var{name}
@opindex default-keyserver-url
Set the default keyserver URL to @var{name}. This keyserver will be
used as the keyserver URL when writing a new self-signature on a key,
which includes key generation and changing preferences.
@item --list-config
@opindex list-config
Display various internal configuration parameters of GnuPG. This option
is intended for external programs that call GnuPG to perform tasks, and
is thus not generally useful. See the file @file{doc/DETAILS} in the
source distribution for the details of which configuration items may be
listed. @option{--list-config} is only usable with
@option{--with-colons} set.
@item --list-gcrypt-config
@opindex list-gcrypt-config
Display various internal configuration parameters of Libgcrypt.
@item --gpgconf-list
@opindex gpgconf-list
This command is similar to @option{--list-config} but in general only
internally used by the @command{gpgconf} tool.
@item --gpgconf-test
@opindex gpgconf-test
This is more or less dummy action. However it parses the configuration
file and returns with failure if the configuration file would prevent
@command{@gpgname} from startup. Thus it may be used to run a syntax check
on the configuration file.
@c @item --use-only-openpgp-card
@c @opindex use-only-openpgp-card
@c Only access OpenPGP card's and no other cards. This is a hidden
@c option which could be used in case an old use case required the
@c OpenPGP card while several cards are available. This option might be
@c removed if it turns out that nobody requires it.
@item --chuid @var{uid}
@opindex chuid
Change the current user to @var{uid} which may either be a number or a
name. This can be used from the root account to run gpg for
another user. If @var{uid} is not the current UID a standard PATH is
set and the envvar GNUPGHOME is unset. To override the latter the
option @option{--homedir} can be used. This option has only an effect
when used on the command line. This option has currently no effect at
all on Windows.
@end table
@c *******************************
@c ******* Deprecated ************
@c *******************************
@node Deprecated Options
@subsection Deprecated options
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --show-photos
@itemx --no-show-photos
@opindex show-photos
Causes @option{--list-keys}, @option{--list-signatures},
@option{--list-public-keys}, @option{--list-secret-keys}, and verifying
a signature to also display the photo ID attached to the key, if
any. See also @option{--photo-viewer}. These options are deprecated. Use
@option{--list-options [no-]show-photos} and/or @option{--verify-options
[no-]show-photos} instead.
@item --show-keyring
@opindex show-keyring
Display the keyring name at the head of key listings to show which
keyring a given key resides on. This option is deprecated: use
@option{--list-options [no-]show-keyring} instead.
@item --always-trust
@opindex always-trust
Identical to @option{--trust-model always}. This option is deprecated.
@item --show-notation
@itemx --no-show-notation
@opindex show-notation
Show signature notations in the @option{--list-signatures} or @option{--check-signatures} listings
as well as when verifying a signature with a notation in it. These
options are deprecated. Use @option{--list-options [no-]show-notation}
and/or @option{--verify-options [no-]show-notation} instead.
@item --show-policy-url
@itemx --no-show-policy-url
@opindex show-policy-url
Show policy URLs in the @option{--list-signatures} or @option{--check-signatures}
listings as well as when verifying a signature with a policy URL in
it. These options are deprecated. Use @option{--list-options
[no-]show-policy-url} and/or @option{--verify-options
[no-]show-policy-url} instead.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c *************** ****************
@c *************** FILES ****************
@c *************** ****************
@c *******************************************
@mansect files
@node GPG Configuration
@section Configuration files
There are a few configuration files to control certain aspects of
@command{@gpgname}'s operation. Unless noted, they are expected in the
current home directory (@pxref{option --homedir}).
@table @file
@item gpg.conf
@efindex gpg.conf
This is the standard configuration file read by @command{@gpgname} on
startup. It may contain any valid long option; the leading two dashes
may not be entered and the option may not be abbreviated. This default
name may be changed on the command line (@pxref{gpg-option --options}).
You should backup this file.
@end table
Note that on larger installations, it is useful to put predefined files
into the directory @file{@value{SYSCONFSKELDIR}} so that
newly created users start up with a working configuration.
For existing users a small
helper script is provided to create these files (@pxref{addgnupghome}).
For internal purposes @command{@gpgname} creates and maintains a few other
files; They all live in the current home directory (@pxref{option
--homedir}). Only the @command{@gpgname} program may modify these files.
@table @file
@item ~/.gnupg
@efindex ~/.gnupg
This is the default home directory which is used if neither the
environment variable @code{GNUPGHOME} nor the option
@option{--homedir} is given.
@item ~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg
@efindex pubring.gpg
The public keyring using a legacy format. You should backup this file.
If this file is not available, @command{gpg} defaults to the new
keybox format and creates a file @file{pubring.kbx} unless that file
already exists in which case that file will also be used for OpenPGP
keys.
Note that in the case that both files, @file{pubring.gpg} and
@file{pubring.kbx} exists but the latter has no OpenPGP keys, the
legacy file @file{pubring.gpg} will be used. Take care: GnuPG
versions before 2.1 will always use the file @file{pubring.gpg}
because they do not know about the new keybox format. In the case
that you have to use GnuPG 1.4 to decrypt archived data you should
keep this file.
@item ~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg.lock
The lock file for the public keyring.
@item ~/.gnupg/pubring.kbx
@efindex pubring.kbx
The public keyring using the new keybox format. This file is shared
with @command{gpgsm}. You should backup this file. See above for
the relation between this file and it predecessor.
To convert an existing @file{pubring.gpg} file to the keybox format, you
first backup the ownertrust values, then rename @file{pubring.gpg} to
@file{publickeys.backup}, so it won’t be recognized by any GnuPG version,
run import, and finally restore the ownertrust values:
@example
$ cd ~/.gnupg
$ gpg --export-ownertrust >otrust.lst
$ mv pubring.gpg publickeys.backup
$ gpg --import-options restore --import publickeys.backups
$ gpg --import-ownertrust otrust.lst
@end example
@item ~/.gnupg/pubring.kbx.lock
The lock file for @file{pubring.kbx}.
@item ~/.gnupg/secring.gpg
@efindex secring.gpg
The legacy secret keyring as used by GnuPG versions before 2.1. It is not
used by GnuPG 2.1 and later. You may want to keep it in case you
have to use GnuPG 1.4 to decrypt archived data.
@item ~/.gnupg/secring.gpg.lock
The lock file for the legacy secret keyring.
@item ~/.gnupg/.gpg-v21-migrated
@efindex .gpg-v21-migrated
File indicating that a migration to GnuPG 2.1 has been done.
@item ~/.gnupg/trustdb.gpg
@efindex trustdb.gpg
The trust database. There is no need to backup this file; it is better
to backup the ownertrust values (@pxref{option --export-ownertrust}).
@item ~/.gnupg/trustdb.gpg.lock
The lock file for the trust database.
@item ~/.gnupg/random_seed
@efindex random_seed
A file used to preserve the state of the internal random pool.
@item ~/.gnupg/openpgp-revocs.d/
@efindex openpgp-revocs.d
This is the directory where gpg stores pre-generated revocation
certificates. The file name corresponds to the OpenPGP fingerprint of
the respective key. It is suggested to backup those certificates and
if the primary private key is not stored on the disk to move them to
an external storage device. Anyone who can access these files is
able to revoke the corresponding key. You may want to print them out.
You should backup all files in this directory and take care to keep
this backup closed away.
@end table
Operation is further controlled by a few environment variables:
@table @asis
@item HOME
@efindex HOME
Used to locate the default home directory.
@item GNUPGHOME
@efindex GNUPGHOME
If set directory used instead of "~/.gnupg".
@item GPG_AGENT_INFO
This variable is obsolete; it was used by GnuPG versions before 2.1.
@item PINENTRY_USER_DATA
@efindex PINENTRY_USER_DATA
This value is passed via gpg-agent to pinentry. It is useful to convey
extra information to a custom pinentry.
@item COLUMNS
@itemx LINES
@efindex COLUMNS
@efindex LINES
Used to size some displays to the full size of the screen.
@item LANGUAGE
@efindex LANGUAGE
Apart from its use by GNU, it is used in the W32 version to override the
language selection done through the Registry. If used and set to a
valid and available language name (@var{langid}), the file with the
translation is loaded from
@code{@var{gpgdir}/gnupg.nls/@var{langid}.mo}. Here @var{gpgdir} is the
directory out of which the gpg binary has been loaded. If it can't be
loaded the Registry is tried and as last resort the native Windows
locale system is used.
@end table
When calling the gpg-agent component @command{@gpgname} sends a set of
environment variables to gpg-agent. The names of these variables can
be listed using the command:
@example
gpg-connect-agent 'getinfo std_env_names' /bye | awk '$1=="D" @{print $2@}'
@end example
@c *******************************************
@c *************** ****************
@c *************** EXAMPLES ****************
@c *************** ****************
@c *******************************************
@mansect examples
@node GPG Examples
@section Examples
@table @asis
@item gpg -se -r @code{Bob} @code{file}
sign and encrypt for user Bob
@item gpg --clear-sign @code{file}
make a cleartext signature
@item gpg -sb @code{file}
make a detached signature
@item gpg -u 0x12345678 -sb @code{file}
make a detached signature with the key 0x12345678
@item gpg --list-keys @code{user_ID}
show keys
@item gpg --fingerprint @code{user_ID}
show fingerprint
@item gpg --verify @code{pgpfile}
@itemx gpg --verify @code{sigfile} [@code{datafile}]
Verify the signature of the file but do not output the data unless
requested. The second form is used for detached signatures, where
@code{sigfile} is the detached signature (either ASCII armored or
binary) and @code{datafile} are the signed data; if this is not given, the name of the
file holding the signed data is constructed by cutting off the
extension (".asc" or ".sig") of @code{sigfile} or by asking the user
for the filename. If the option @option{--output} is also used the
signed data is written to the file specified by that option; use
@code{-} to write the signed data to stdout.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c *************** ****************
@c *************** USER ID ****************
@c *************** ****************
@c *******************************************
@mansect how to specify a user id
@ifset isman
@include specify-user-id.texi
@end ifset
@mansect filter expressions
@chapheading FILTER EXPRESSIONS
The options @option{--import-filter} and @option{--export-filter} use
expressions with this syntax (square brackets indicate an optional
part and curly braces a repetition, white space between the elements
are allowed):
@c man:.RS
@example
[lc] @{[@{flag@}] PROPNAME op VALUE [lc]@}
@end example
@c man:.RE
The name of a property (@var{PROPNAME}) may only consist of letters,
digits and underscores. The description for the filter type
describes which properties are defined. If an undefined property is
used it evaluates to the empty string. Unless otherwise noted, the
@var{VALUE} must always be given and may not be the empty string. No
quoting is defined for the value, thus the value may not contain the
strings @code{&&} or @code{||}, which are used as logical connection
operators. The flag @code{--} can be used to remove this restriction.
Numerical values are computed as long int; standard C notation
applies. @var{lc} is the logical connection operator; either
@code{&&} for a conjunction or @code{||} for a disjunction. A
conjunction is assumed at the begin of an expression. Conjunctions
have higher precedence than disjunctions. If @var{VALUE} starts with
one of the characters used in any @var{op} a space after the
@var{op} is required.
@noindent
The supported operators (@var{op}) are:
@table @asis
@item =~
Substring must match.
@item !~
Substring must not match.
@item =
The full string must match.
@item <>
The full string must not match.
@item ==
The numerical value must match.
@item !=
The numerical value must not match.
@item <=
The numerical value of the field must be LE than the value.
@item <
The numerical value of the field must be LT than the value.
@item >
The numerical value of the field must be GT than the value.
@item >=
The numerical value of the field must be GE than the value.
@item -le
The string value of the field must be less or equal than the value.
@item -lt
The string value of the field must be less than the value.
@item -gt
The string value of the field must be greater than the value.
@item -ge
The string value of the field must be greater or equal than the value.
@item -n
True if value is not empty (no value allowed).
@item -z
True if value is empty (no value allowed).
@item -t
Alias for "PROPNAME != 0" (no value allowed).
@item -f
Alias for "PROPNAME == 0" (no value allowed).
@end table
@noindent
Values for @var{flag} must be space separated. The supported flags
are:
@table @asis
@item --
@var{VALUE} spans to the end of the expression.
@item -c
The string match in this part is done case-sensitive.
@end table
The filter options concatenate several specifications for a filter of
the same type. For example the four options in this example:
@c man:.RS
@example
--import-filter keep-uid="uid =~ Alfa"
--import-filter keep-uid="&& uid !~ Test"
--import-filter keep-uid="|| uid =~ Alpha"
--import-filter keep-uid="uid !~ Test"
@end example
@c man:.RE
@noindent
which is equivalent to
@c man:.RS
@example
--import-filter \
keep-uid="uid =~ Alfa" && uid !~ Test" || uid =~ Alpha" && "uid !~ Test"
@end example
@c man:.RE
imports only the user ids of a key containing the strings "Alfa"
or "Alpha" but not the string "test".
@mansect trust values
@ifset isman
@include trust-values.texi
@end ifset
@mansect return value
@chapheading RETURN VALUE
The program returns 0 if there are no severe errors, 1 if at least a
signature was bad, and other error codes for fatal errors.
Note that signature verification requires exact knowledge of what has
been signed and by whom it has been signed. Using only the return code
is thus not an appropriate way to verify a signature by a script.
Either make proper use or the status codes or use the @command{gpgv}
tool which has been designed to make signature verification easy for
scripts.
@mansect warnings
@chapheading WARNINGS
Use a good password for your user account and make sure that all
security issues are always fixed on your machine. Also employ
diligent physical protection to your machine. Consider to use a good
passphrase as a last resort protection to your secret key in the case
your machine gets stolen. It is important that your secret key is
never leaked. Using an easy to carry around token or smartcard with
the secret key is often a advisable.
If you are going to verify detached signatures, make sure that the
program knows about it; either give both filenames on the command line
or use @samp{-} to specify STDIN.
For scripted or other unattended use of @command{gpg} make sure to use
the machine-parseable interface and not the default interface which is
intended for direct use by humans. The machine-parseable interface
provides a stable and well documented API independent of the locale or
future changes of @command{gpg}. To enable this interface use the
options @option{--with-colons} and @option{--status-fd}. For certain
operations the option @option{--command-fd} may come handy too. See
this man page and the file @file{DETAILS} for the specification of the
interface. Note that the GnuPG ``info'' pages as well as the PDF
version of the GnuPG manual features a chapter on unattended use of
GnuPG. As an alternative the library @command{GPGME} can be used as a
high-level abstraction on top of that interface.
@mansect interoperability
@chapheading INTEROPERABILITY WITH OTHER OPENPGP PROGRAMS
GnuPG tries to be a very flexible implementation of the OpenPGP
standard. In particular, GnuPG implements many of the optional parts
of the standard, such as the SHA-512 hash, and the ZLIB and BZIP2
compression algorithms. It is important to be aware that not all
OpenPGP programs implement these optional algorithms and that by
forcing their use via the @option{--cipher-algo},
@option{--digest-algo}, @option{--cert-digest-algo}, or
@option{--compress-algo} options in GnuPG, it is possible to create a
perfectly valid OpenPGP message, but one that cannot be read by the
intended recipient.
There are dozens of variations of OpenPGP programs available, and each
supports a slightly different subset of these optional algorithms.
For example, until recently, no (unhacked) version of PGP supported
the BLOWFISH cipher algorithm. A message using BLOWFISH simply could
not be read by a PGP user. By default, GnuPG uses the standard
OpenPGP preferences system that will always do the right thing and
create messages that are usable by all recipients, regardless of which
OpenPGP program they use. Only override this safe default if you
really know what you are doing.
If you absolutely must override the safe default, or if the preferences
on a given key are invalid for some reason, you are far better off using
the @option{--pgp6}, @option{--pgp7}, or @option{--pgp8} options. These
options are safe as they do not force any particular algorithms in
violation of OpenPGP, but rather reduce the available algorithms to a
"PGP-safe" list.
@mansect bugs
@chapheading BUGS
On older systems this program should be installed as setuid(root). This
is necessary to lock memory pages. Locking memory pages prevents the
operating system from writing memory pages (which may contain
passphrases or other sensitive material) to disk. If you get no
warning message about insecure memory your operating system supports
locking without being root. The program drops root privileges as soon
as locked memory is allocated.
Note also that some systems (especially laptops) have the ability to
``suspend to disk'' (also known as ``safe sleep'' or ``hibernate'').
This writes all memory to disk before going into a low power or even
powered off mode. Unless measures are taken in the operating system
to protect the saved memory, passphrases or other sensitive material
may be recoverable from it later.
Before you report a bug you should first search the mailing list
archives for similar problems and second check whether such a bug has
already been reported to our bug tracker at @url{https://bugs.gnupg.org}.
@c *******************************************
@c *************** **************
@c *************** UNATTENDED **************
@c *************** **************
@c *******************************************
@manpause
@node Unattended Usage of GPG
@section Unattended Usage
@command{@gpgname} is often used as a backend engine by other software. To help
with this a machine interface has been defined to have an unambiguous
way to do this. The options @option{--status-fd} and @option{--batch}
are almost always required for this.
@menu
* Programmatic use of GnuPG:: Programmatic use of GnuPG
* Ephemeral home directories:: Ephemeral home directories
* The quick key manipulation interface:: The quick key manipulation interface
* Unattended GPG key generation:: Unattended key generation
@end menu
@node Programmatic use of GnuPG
@subsection Programmatic use of GnuPG
Please consider using GPGME instead of calling @command{@gpgname}
directly. GPGME offers a stable, backend-independent interface for
many cryptographic operations. It supports OpenPGP and S/MIME, and
also allows interaction with various GnuPG components.
GPGME provides a C-API, and comes with bindings for C++, Qt, and
Python. Bindings for other languages are available.
@node Ephemeral home directories
@subsection Ephemeral home directories
Sometimes you want to contain effects of some operation, for example
you want to import a key to inspect it, but you do not want this key
to be added to your keyring. In earlier versions of GnuPG, it was
possible to specify alternate keyring files for both public and secret
keys. In modern GnuPG versions, however, we changed how secret keys
are stored in order to better protect secret key material, and it was
not possible to preserve this interface.
The preferred way to do this is to use ephemeral home directories.
This technique works across all versions of GnuPG.
Create a temporary directory, create (or copy) a configuration that
meets your needs, make @command{@gpgname} use this directory either
using the environment variable @var{GNUPGHOME}, or the option
@option{--homedir}. GPGME supports this too on a per-context basis,
by modifying the engine info of contexts. Now execute whatever
operation you like, import and export key material as necessary. Once
finished, you can delete the directory. All GnuPG backend services
that were started will detect this and shut down.
@node The quick key manipulation interface
@subsection The quick key manipulation interface
Recent versions of GnuPG have an interface to manipulate keys without
using the interactive command @option{--edit-key}. This interface was
added mainly for the benefit of GPGME (please consider using GPGME,
see the manual subsection ``Programmatic use of GnuPG''). This
interface is described in the subsection ``How to manage your keys''.
@node Unattended GPG key generation
@subsection Unattended key generation
The command @option{--generate-key} may be used along with the option
@option{--batch} for unattended key generation. This is the most
flexible way of generating keys, but it is also the most complex one.
Consider using the quick key manipulation interface described in the
previous subsection ``The quick key manipulation interface''.
The parameters for the key are either read from stdin or given as a
file on the command line. The format of the parameter file is as
follows:
@itemize @bullet
@item Text only, line length is limited to about 1000 characters.
@item UTF-8 encoding must be used to specify non-ASCII characters.
@item Empty lines are ignored.
@item Leading and trailing white space is ignored.
@item A hash sign as the first non white space character indicates
a comment line.
@item Control statements are indicated by a leading percent sign, the
arguments are separated by white space from the keyword.
@item Parameters are specified by a keyword, followed by a colon. Arguments
are separated by white space.
@item
The first parameter must be @samp{Key-Type}; control statements may be
placed anywhere.
@item
The order of the parameters does not matter except for @samp{Key-Type}
which must be the first parameter. The parameters are only used for
the generated keyblock (primary and subkeys); parameters from previous
sets are not used. Some syntactically checks may be performed.
@item
Key generation takes place when either the end of the parameter file
is reached, the next @samp{Key-Type} parameter is encountered or at the
control statement @samp{%commit} is encountered.
@end itemize
@noindent
Control statements:
@table @asis
@item %echo @var{text}
Print @var{text} as diagnostic.
@item %dry-run
Suppress actual key generation (useful for syntax checking).
@item %commit
Perform the key generation. Note that an implicit commit is done at
the next @asis{Key-Type} parameter.
@item %pubring @var{filename}
Do not write the key to the default or commandline given keyring but
to @var{filename}. This must be given before the first commit to take
place, duplicate specification of the same filename is ignored, the
last filename before a commit is used. The filename is used until a
new filename is used (at commit points) and all keys are written to
that file. If a new filename is given, this file is created (and
overwrites an existing one).
See the previous subsection ``Ephemeral home directories'' for a more
robust way to contain side-effects.
@item %secring @var{filename}
This option is a no-op for GnuPG 2.1 and later.
See the previous subsection ``Ephemeral home directories''.
@item %ask-passphrase
@itemx %no-ask-passphrase
This option is a no-op for GnuPG 2.1 and later.
@item %no-protection
Using this option allows the creation of keys without any passphrase
protection. This option is mainly intended for regression tests.
@item %transient-key
If given the keys are created using a faster and a somewhat less
secure random number generator. This option may be used for keys
which are only used for a short time and do not require full
cryptographic strength. It takes only effect if used together with
the control statement @samp{%no-protection}.
@end table
@noindent
General Parameters:
@table @asis
@item Key-Type: @var{algo}
Starts a new parameter block by giving the type of the primary
key. The algorithm must be capable of signing. This is a required
parameter. @var{algo} may either be an OpenPGP algorithm number or a
string with the algorithm name. The special value @samp{default} may
be used for @var{algo} to create the default key type; in this case a
@samp{Key-Usage} shall not be given and @samp{default} also be used
for @samp{Subkey-Type}.
@item Key-Length: @var{nbits}
The requested length of the generated key in bits. The default is
returned by running the command @samp{@gpgname --gpgconf-list}.
For ECC keys this parameter is ignored.
@item Key-Curve: @var{curve}
The requested elliptic curve of the generated key. This is a required
parameter for ECC keys. It is ignored for non-ECC keys.
@item Key-Grip: @var{hexstring}
This is optional and used to generate a CSR or certificate for an
already existing key. Key-Length will be ignored when given.
@item Key-Usage: @var{usage-list}
Space or comma delimited list of key usages. Allowed values are
@samp{encrypt}, @samp{sign}, and @samp{auth}. This is used to
generate the key flags. Please make sure that the algorithm is
capable of this usage. Note that OpenPGP requires that all primary
keys are capable of certification, so no matter what usage is given
here, the @samp{cert} flag will be on. If no @samp{Key-Usage} is
specified and the @samp{Key-Type} is not @samp{default}, all allowed
usages for that particular algorithm are used; if it is not given but
@samp{default} is used the usage will be @samp{sign}.
@item Subkey-Type: @var{algo}
This generates a secondary key (subkey). Currently only one subkey
can be handled. See also @samp{Key-Type} above.
@item Subkey-Length: @var{nbits}
Length of the secondary key (subkey) in bits. The default is returned
by running the command @samp{@gpgname --gpgconf-list}.
@item Subkey-Curve: @var{curve}
Key curve for a subkey; similar to @samp{Key-Curve}.
@item Subkey-Usage: @var{usage-list}
Key usage lists for a subkey; similar to @samp{Key-Usage}.
@item Passphrase: @var{string}
If you want to specify a passphrase for the secret key, enter it here.
Default is to use the Pinentry dialog to ask for a passphrase.
@item Name-Real: @var{name}
@itemx Name-Comment: @var{comment}
@itemx Name-Email: @var{email}
The three parts of a user name. Remember to use UTF-8 encoding here.
If you don't give any of them, no user ID is created.
@item Expire-Date: @var{iso-date}|(@var{number}[d|w|m|y])
Set the expiration date for the key (and the subkey). It may either
be entered in ISO date format (e.g. "20000815T145012") or as number of
days, weeks, month or years after the creation date. The special
notation "seconds=N" is also allowed to specify a number of seconds
since creation. Without a letter days are assumed. Note that there
is no check done on the overflow of the type used by OpenPGP for
timestamps. Thus you better make sure that the given value make
sense. Although OpenPGP works with time intervals, GnuPG uses an
absolute value internally and thus the last year we can represent is
2105.
@item Creation-Date: @var{iso-date}
Set the creation date of the key as stored in the key information and
which is also part of the fingerprint calculation. Either a date like
"1986-04-26" or a full timestamp like "19860426T042640" may be used.
The time is considered to be UTC. The special notation "seconds=N"
may be used to directly specify a the number of seconds since Epoch
(Unix time). If it is not given the current time is used.
@item Preferences: @var{string}
Set the cipher, hash, and compression preference values for this key.
This expects the same type of string as the sub-command @samp{setpref}
in the @option{--edit-key} menu.
@item Revoker: @var{algo}:@var{fpr} [sensitive]
Add a designated revoker to the generated key. Algo is the public key
algorithm of the designated revoker (i.e. RSA=1, DSA=17, etc.)
@var{fpr} is the fingerprint of the designated revoker. The optional
@samp{sensitive} flag marks the designated revoker as sensitive
information. Only v4 keys may be designated revokers.
@item Keyserver: @var{string}
This is an optional parameter that specifies the preferred keyserver
URL for the key.
@item Handle: @var{string}
This is an optional parameter only used with the status lines
KEY_CREATED and KEY_NOT_CREATED. @var{string} may be up to 100
characters and should not contain spaces. It is useful for batch key
generation to associate a key parameter block with a status line.
@end table
@noindent
Here is an example on how to create a key in an ephemeral home directory:
@smallexample
$ export GNUPGHOME="$(mktemp -d)"
$ cat >foo <
ssb elg1024 2016-12-16 [E]
@end smallexample
@noindent
If you want to create a key with the default algorithms you would use
these parameters:
@smallexample
%echo Generating a default key
Key-Type: default
Subkey-Type: default
Name-Real: Joe Tester
Name-Comment: with stupid passphrase
Name-Email: joe@@foo.bar
Expire-Date: 0
Passphrase: abc
# Do a commit here, so that we can later print "done" :-)
%commit
%echo done
@end smallexample
@mansect see also
@ifset isman
@command{gpgv}(1),
@command{gpgsm}(1),
@command{gpg-agent}(1)
@end ifset
@include see-also-note.texi
diff --git a/g10/import.c b/g10/import.c
index 8e82edec1..62ee2a46e 100644
--- a/g10/import.c
+++ b/g10/import.c
@@ -1,4662 +1,4674 @@
/* import.c - import a key into our key storage.
* Copyright (C) 1998-2007, 2010-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2014, 2016, 2017, 2019 Werner Koch
*
* This file is part of GnuPG.
*
* GnuPG is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GnuPG is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, see .
*/
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include "gpg.h"
#include "options.h"
#include "packet.h"
#include "../common/status.h"
#include "keydb.h"
#include "../common/util.h"
#include "trustdb.h"
#include "main.h"
#include "../common/i18n.h"
#include "../common/ttyio.h"
#include "../common/recsel.h"
#include "keyserver-internal.h"
#include "call-agent.h"
#include "../common/membuf.h"
#include "../common/init.h"
#include "../common/mbox-util.h"
#include "key-check.h"
#include "key-clean.h"
struct import_stats_s
{
ulong count;
ulong no_user_id;
ulong imported;
ulong n_uids;
ulong n_sigs;
ulong n_subk;
ulong unchanged;
ulong n_revoc;
ulong secret_read;
ulong secret_imported;
ulong secret_dups;
ulong skipped_new_keys;
ulong not_imported;
ulong n_sigs_cleaned;
ulong n_uids_cleaned;
ulong v3keys; /* Number of V3 keys seen. */
};
/* Node flag to indicate that a user ID or a subkey has a
* valid self-signature. */
#define NODE_GOOD_SELFSIG 1
/* Node flag to indicate that a user ID or subkey has
* an invalid self-signature. */
#define NODE_BAD_SELFSIG 2
/* Node flag to indicate that the node shall be deleted. */
#define NODE_DELETION_MARK 4
/* A node flag used to temporary mark a node. */
#define NODE_FLAG_A 8
/* A flag used by transfer_secret_keys. */
#define NODE_TRANSFER_SECKEY 16
/* An object and a global instance to store selectors created from
* --import-filter keep-uid=EXPR.
* --import-filter drop-sig=EXPR.
*
* FIXME: We should put this into the CTRL object but that requires a
* lot more changes right now. For now we use save and restore
* function to temporary change them.
*/
/* Definition of the import filters. */
struct import_filter_s
{
recsel_expr_t keep_uid;
recsel_expr_t drop_sig;
};
/* The current instance. */
struct import_filter_s import_filter;
static int import (ctrl_t ctrl,
IOBUF inp, const char* fname, struct import_stats_s *stats,
unsigned char **fpr, size_t *fpr_len, unsigned int options,
import_screener_t screener, void *screener_arg,
int origin, const char *url);
static int read_block (IOBUF a, unsigned int options,
PACKET **pending_pkt, kbnode_t *ret_root, int *r_v3keys);
static void revocation_present (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock);
static gpg_error_t import_one (ctrl_t ctrl,
kbnode_t keyblock,
struct import_stats_s *stats,
unsigned char **fpr, size_t *fpr_len,
unsigned int options, int from_sk, int silent,
import_screener_t screener, void *screener_arg,
int origin, const char *url, int *r_valid);
static gpg_error_t import_matching_seckeys (
ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t seckeys,
const byte *mainfpr, size_t mainfprlen,
struct import_stats_s *stats, int batch);
static gpg_error_t import_secret_one (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock,
struct import_stats_s *stats, int batch,
unsigned int options, int for_migration,
import_screener_t screener, void *screener_arg,
kbnode_t *r_secattic);
static int import_revoke_cert (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t node, unsigned int options,
struct import_stats_s *stats);
static int chk_self_sigs (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock, u32 *keyid,
int *non_self);
static int delete_inv_parts (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock,
u32 *keyid, unsigned int options);
static int any_uid_left (kbnode_t keyblock);
static void remove_all_non_self_sigs (kbnode_t *keyblock, u32 *keyid);
static int merge_blocks (ctrl_t ctrl, unsigned int options,
kbnode_t keyblock_orig,
kbnode_t keyblock, u32 *keyid,
u32 curtime, int origin, const char *url,
int *n_uids, int *n_sigs, int *n_subk );
static gpg_error_t append_new_uid (unsigned int options,
kbnode_t keyblock, kbnode_t node,
u32 curtime, int origin, const char *url,
int *n_sigs);
static int append_key (kbnode_t keyblock, kbnode_t node, int *n_sigs);
static int merge_sigs (kbnode_t dst, kbnode_t src, int *n_sigs);
static int merge_keysigs (kbnode_t dst, kbnode_t src, int *n_sigs);
static void
release_import_filter (import_filter_t filt)
{
recsel_release (filt->keep_uid);
filt->keep_uid = NULL;
recsel_release (filt->drop_sig);
filt->drop_sig = NULL;
}
static void
cleanup_import_globals (void)
{
release_import_filter (&import_filter);
}
int
parse_import_options(char *str,unsigned int *options,int noisy)
{
struct parse_options import_opts[]=
{
{"import-local-sigs",IMPORT_LOCAL_SIGS,NULL,
N_("import signatures that are marked as local-only")},
{"repair-pks-subkey-bug",IMPORT_REPAIR_PKS_SUBKEY_BUG,NULL,
N_("repair damage from the pks keyserver during import")},
{"keep-ownertrust", IMPORT_KEEP_OWNERTTRUST, NULL,
N_("do not clear the ownertrust values during import")},
{"fast-import",IMPORT_FAST,NULL,
N_("do not update the trustdb after import")},
{"bulk-import",IMPORT_BULK, NULL,
N_("enable bulk import mode")},
{"import-show",IMPORT_SHOW,NULL,
N_("show key during import")},
{"show-only", (IMPORT_SHOW | IMPORT_DRY_RUN), NULL,
N_("show key but do not actually import") },
{"merge-only",IMPORT_MERGE_ONLY,NULL,
N_("only accept updates to existing keys")},
{"import-clean",IMPORT_CLEAN,NULL,
N_("remove unusable parts from key after import")},
{"import-minimal",IMPORT_MINIMAL|IMPORT_CLEAN,NULL,
N_("remove as much as possible from key after import")},
{"self-sigs-only", IMPORT_SELF_SIGS_ONLY, NULL,
N_("ignore key-signatures which are not self-signatures")},
{"import-export", IMPORT_EXPORT, NULL,
N_("run import filters and export key immediately")},
{"restore", IMPORT_RESTORE, NULL,
N_("assume the GnuPG key backup format")},
{"import-restore", IMPORT_RESTORE, NULL, NULL},
{"repair-keys", IMPORT_REPAIR_KEYS, NULL,
N_("repair keys on import")},
/* Hidden options which are enabled by default and are provided
* in case of problems with the respective implementation. */
{"collapse-uids", IMPORT_COLLAPSE_UIDS, NULL, NULL},
{"collapse-subkeys", IMPORT_COLLAPSE_SUBKEYS, NULL, NULL},
/* Aliases for backward compatibility */
{"allow-local-sigs",IMPORT_LOCAL_SIGS,NULL,NULL},
{"repair-hkp-subkey-bug",IMPORT_REPAIR_PKS_SUBKEY_BUG,NULL,NULL},
/* dummy */
{"import-unusable-sigs",0,NULL,NULL},
{"import-clean-sigs",0,NULL,NULL},
{"import-clean-uids",0,NULL,NULL},
{"convert-sk-to-pk",0, NULL,NULL}, /* Not anymore needed due to
the new design. */
{NULL,0,NULL,NULL}
};
int rc;
+ int saved_self_sigs_only;
+
+ /* We need to set a flag indicating wether the user has set
+ * IMPORT_SELF_SIGS_ONLY or it came from the default. */
+ saved_self_sigs_only = (*options & IMPORT_SELF_SIGS_ONLY);
+ saved_self_sigs_only &= ~IMPORT_SELF_SIGS_ONLY;
rc = parse_options (str, options, import_opts, noisy);
+
+ if (rc && (*options & IMPORT_SELF_SIGS_ONLY))
+ opt.flags.expl_import_self_sigs_only = 1;
+ else
+ *options |= saved_self_sigs_only;
+
if (rc && (*options & IMPORT_RESTORE))
{
/* Alter other options we want or don't want for restore. */
*options |= (IMPORT_LOCAL_SIGS | IMPORT_KEEP_OWNERTTRUST);
*options &= ~(IMPORT_MINIMAL | IMPORT_CLEAN
| IMPORT_REPAIR_PKS_SUBKEY_BUG
| IMPORT_MERGE_ONLY);
}
return rc;
}
/* Parse and set an import filter from string. STRING has the format
* "NAME=EXPR" with NAME being the name of the filter. Spaces before
* and after NAME are not allowed. If this function is all called
* several times all expressions for the same NAME are concatenated.
* Supported filter names are:
*
* - keep-uid :: If the expression evaluates to true for a certain
* user ID packet, that packet and all it dependencies
* will be imported. The expression may use these
* variables:
*
* - uid :: The entire user ID.
* - mbox :: The mail box part of the user ID.
* - primary :: Evaluate to true for the primary user ID.
*/
gpg_error_t
parse_and_set_import_filter (const char *string)
{
gpg_error_t err;
/* Auto register the cleanup function. */
register_mem_cleanup_func (cleanup_import_globals);
if (!strncmp (string, "keep-uid=", 9))
err = recsel_parse_expr (&import_filter.keep_uid, string+9);
else if (!strncmp (string, "drop-sig=", 9))
err = recsel_parse_expr (&import_filter.drop_sig, string+9);
else
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_NAME);
return err;
}
/* Save the current import filters, return them, and clear the current
* filters. Returns NULL on error and sets ERRNO. */
import_filter_t
save_and_clear_import_filter (void)
{
import_filter_t filt;
filt = xtrycalloc (1, sizeof *filt);
if (!filt)
return NULL;
*filt = import_filter;
memset (&import_filter, 0, sizeof import_filter);
return filt;
}
/* Release the current import filters and restore them from NEWFILT.
* Ownership of NEWFILT is moved to this function. */
void
restore_import_filter (import_filter_t filt)
{
if (filt)
{
release_import_filter (&import_filter);
import_filter = *filt;
xfree (filt);
}
}
import_stats_t
import_new_stats_handle (void)
{
return xmalloc_clear ( sizeof (struct import_stats_s) );
}
void
import_release_stats_handle (import_stats_t p)
{
xfree (p);
}
/* Read a key from a file. Only the first key in the file is
* considered and stored at R_KEYBLOCK. FNAME is the name of the
* file.
*/
gpg_error_t
read_key_from_file_or_buffer (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *fname,
const void *buffer, size_t buflen,
kbnode_t *r_keyblock)
{
gpg_error_t err;
iobuf_t inp;
PACKET *pending_pkt = NULL;
kbnode_t keyblock = NULL;
u32 keyid[2];
int v3keys; /* Dummy */
int non_self; /* Dummy */
(void)ctrl;
*r_keyblock = NULL;
log_assert (!!fname ^ !!buffer);
if (fname)
{
inp = iobuf_open (fname);
if (!inp)
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else if (is_secured_file (iobuf_get_fd (inp)))
{
iobuf_close (inp);
inp = NULL;
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_EPERM);
}
else
err = 0;
if (err)
{
log_error (_("can't open '%s': %s\n"),
iobuf_is_pipe_filename (fname)? "[stdin]": fname,
gpg_strerror (err));
if (gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_ENOENT)
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY);
goto leave;
}
/* Push the armor filter. */
{
armor_filter_context_t *afx;
afx = new_armor_context ();
afx->only_keyblocks = 1;
push_armor_filter (afx, inp);
release_armor_context (afx);
}
}
else /* Read from buffer (No armor expected). */
{
inp = iobuf_temp_with_content (buffer, buflen);
}
/* Read the first non-v3 keyblock. */
while (!(err = read_block (inp, 0, &pending_pkt, &keyblock, &v3keys)))
{
if (keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY)
break;
log_info (_("skipping block of type %d\n"), keyblock->pkt->pkttype);
release_kbnode (keyblock);
keyblock = NULL;
}
if (err)
{
if (gpg_err_code (err) != GPG_ERR_INV_KEYRING)
log_error (_("error reading '%s': %s\n"),
fname? (iobuf_is_pipe_filename (fname)? "[stdin]": fname)
/* */ : "[buffer]",
gpg_strerror (err));
goto leave;
}
keyid_from_pk (keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key, keyid);
if (!find_next_kbnode (keyblock, PKT_USER_ID))
{
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_USER_ID);
goto leave;
}
/* We do the collapsing unconditionally although it is expected that
* clean keys are provided here. */
collapse_uids (&keyblock);
collapse_subkeys (&keyblock);
clear_kbnode_flags (keyblock);
if (chk_self_sigs (ctrl, keyblock, keyid, &non_self))
{
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_KEYRING);
goto leave;
}
if (!delete_inv_parts (ctrl, keyblock, keyid, 0) )
{
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_USER_ID);
goto leave;
}
*r_keyblock = keyblock;
keyblock = NULL;
leave:
if (inp)
{
iobuf_close (inp);
/* Must invalidate that ugly cache to actually close the file. */
if (fname)
iobuf_ioctl (NULL, IOBUF_IOCTL_INVALIDATE_CACHE, 0, (char*)fname);
}
release_kbnode (keyblock);
/* FIXME: Do we need to free PENDING_PKT ? */
return err;
}
/* Import an already checked public key which was included in a
* signature and the signature verified out using this key. */
gpg_error_t
import_included_key_block (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock)
{
gpg_error_t err;
struct import_stats_s *stats;
import_filter_t save_filt;
int save_armor = opt.armor;
opt.armor = 0;
stats = import_new_stats_handle ();
save_filt = save_and_clear_import_filter ();
if (!save_filt)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto leave;
}
/* FIXME: Should we introduce a dedicated KEYORG ? */
err = import_one (ctrl, keyblock,
stats, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0,
NULL, NULL, KEYORG_UNKNOWN, NULL, NULL);
leave:
restore_import_filter (save_filt);
import_release_stats_handle (stats);
opt.armor = save_armor;
return err;
}
/*
* Import the public keys from the given filename. Input may be armored.
* This function rejects all keys which are not validly self signed on at
* least one userid. Only user ids which are self signed will be imported.
* Other signatures are not checked.
*
* Actually this function does a merge. It works like this:
*
* - get the keyblock
* - check self-signatures and remove all userids and their signatures
* without/invalid self-signatures.
* - reject the keyblock, if we have no valid userid.
* - See whether we have this key already in one of our pubrings.
* If not, simply add it to the default keyring.
* - Compare the key and the self-signatures of the new and the one in
* our keyring. If they are different something weird is going on;
* ask what to do.
* - See whether we have only non-self-signature on one user id; if not
* ask the user what to do.
* - compare the signatures: If we already have this signature, check
* that they compare okay; if not, issue a warning and ask the user.
* (consider looking at the timestamp and use the newest?)
* - Simply add the signature. Can't verify here because we may not have
* the signature's public key yet; verification is done when putting it
* into the trustdb, which is done automagically as soon as this pubkey
* is used.
* - Proceed with next signature.
*
* Key revocation certificates have special handling.
*/
static gpg_error_t
import_keys_internal (ctrl_t ctrl, iobuf_t inp, char **fnames, int nnames,
import_stats_t stats_handle,
unsigned char **fpr, size_t *fpr_len,
unsigned int options,
import_screener_t screener, void *screener_arg,
int origin, const char *url)
{
int i;
gpg_error_t err = 0;
struct import_stats_s *stats = stats_handle;
if (!stats)
stats = import_new_stats_handle ();
if (inp)
{
err = import (ctrl, inp, "[stream]", stats, fpr, fpr_len, options,
screener, screener_arg, origin, url);
}
else
{
if (!fnames && !nnames)
nnames = 1; /* Ohh what a ugly hack to jump into the loop */
for (i=0; i < nnames; i++)
{
const char *fname = fnames? fnames[i] : NULL;
IOBUF inp2 = iobuf_open(fname);
if (!fname)
fname = "[stdin]";
if (inp2 && is_secured_file (iobuf_get_fd (inp2)))
{
iobuf_close (inp2);
inp2 = NULL;
gpg_err_set_errno (EPERM);
}
if (!inp2)
log_error (_("can't open '%s': %s\n"), fname, strerror (errno));
else
{
err = import (ctrl, inp2, fname, stats, fpr, fpr_len, options,
screener, screener_arg, origin, url);
iobuf_close (inp2);
/* Must invalidate that ugly cache to actually close it. */
iobuf_ioctl (NULL, IOBUF_IOCTL_INVALIDATE_CACHE, 0, (char*)fname);
if (err)
log_error ("import from '%s' failed: %s\n",
fname, gpg_strerror (err) );
}
if (!fname)
break;
}
}
if (!stats_handle)
{
if ((options & (IMPORT_SHOW | IMPORT_DRY_RUN))
!= (IMPORT_SHOW | IMPORT_DRY_RUN))
import_print_stats (stats);
import_release_stats_handle (stats);
}
/* If no fast import and the trustdb is dirty (i.e. we added a key
or userID that had something other than a selfsig, a signature
that was other than a selfsig, or any revocation), then
update/check the trustdb if the user specified by setting
interactive or by not setting no-auto-check-trustdb */
if (!(options & IMPORT_FAST))
check_or_update_trustdb (ctrl);
return err;
}
void
import_keys (ctrl_t ctrl, char **fnames, int nnames,
import_stats_t stats_handle, unsigned int options,
int origin, const char *url)
{
import_keys_internal (ctrl, NULL, fnames, nnames, stats_handle,
NULL, NULL, options, NULL, NULL, origin, url);
}
gpg_error_t
import_keys_es_stream (ctrl_t ctrl, estream_t fp,
import_stats_t stats_handle,
unsigned char **fpr, size_t *fpr_len,
unsigned int options,
import_screener_t screener, void *screener_arg,
int origin, const char *url)
{
gpg_error_t err;
iobuf_t inp;
inp = iobuf_esopen (fp, "rb", 1, 0);
if (!inp)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
log_error ("iobuf_esopen failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err));
return err;
}
err = import_keys_internal (ctrl, inp, NULL, 0, stats_handle,
fpr, fpr_len, options,
screener, screener_arg, origin, url);
iobuf_close (inp);
return err;
}
static int
import (ctrl_t ctrl, IOBUF inp, const char* fname,struct import_stats_s *stats,
unsigned char **fpr,size_t *fpr_len, unsigned int options,
import_screener_t screener, void *screener_arg,
int origin, const char *url)
{
PACKET *pending_pkt = NULL;
kbnode_t keyblock = NULL; /* Need to initialize because gcc can't
grasp the return semantics of
read_block. */
kbnode_t secattic = NULL; /* Kludge for PGP desktop percularity */
int rc = 0;
int v3keys;
getkey_disable_caches ();
if (!opt.no_armor) /* Armored reading is not disabled. */
{
armor_filter_context_t *afx;
afx = new_armor_context ();
afx->only_keyblocks = 1;
push_armor_filter (afx, inp);
release_armor_context (afx);
}
while (!(rc = read_block (inp, options, &pending_pkt, &keyblock, &v3keys)))
{
stats->v3keys += v3keys;
if (keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY)
{
rc = import_one (ctrl, keyblock,
stats, fpr, fpr_len, options, 0, 0,
screener, screener_arg, origin, url, NULL);
if (secattic)
{
byte tmpfpr[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN];
size_t tmpfprlen;
if (!rc && !(opt.dry_run || (options & IMPORT_DRY_RUN)))
{
/* Kudge for PGP desktop - see below. */
fingerprint_from_pk (keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key,
tmpfpr, &tmpfprlen);
rc = import_matching_seckeys (ctrl, secattic,
tmpfpr, tmpfprlen,
stats, opt.batch);
}
release_kbnode (secattic);
secattic = NULL;
}
}
else if (keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_KEY)
{
release_kbnode (secattic);
secattic = NULL;
rc = import_secret_one (ctrl, keyblock, stats,
opt.batch, options, 0,
screener, screener_arg, &secattic);
keyblock = NULL; /* Ownership was transferred. */
if (secattic)
{
if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY)
rc = 0; /* Try import after the next pubkey. */
/* The attic is a workaround for the peculiar PGP
* Desktop method of exporting a secret key: The
* exported file is the concatenation of two armored
* keyblocks; first the private one and then the public
* one. The strange thing is that the secret one has no
* binding signatures at all and thus we have not
* imported it. The attic stores that secret keys and
* we try to import it once after the very next public
* keyblock. */
}
}
else if (keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE
&& IS_KEY_REV (keyblock->pkt->pkt.signature) )
{
release_kbnode (secattic);
secattic = NULL;
rc = import_revoke_cert (ctrl, keyblock, options, stats);
}
else
{
release_kbnode (secattic);
secattic = NULL;
log_info (_("skipping block of type %d\n"), keyblock->pkt->pkttype);
}
release_kbnode (keyblock);
/* fixme: we should increment the not imported counter but
this does only make sense if we keep on going despite of
errors. For now we do this only if the imported key is too
large. */
if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_TOO_LARGE
&& gpg_err_source (rc) == GPG_ERR_SOURCE_KEYBOX)
{
stats->not_imported++;
}
else if (rc)
break;
if (!(++stats->count % 100) && !opt.quiet)
log_info (_("%lu keys processed so far\n"), stats->count );
if (origin == KEYORG_WKD && stats->count >= 5)
{
/* We limit the number of keys _received_ from the WKD to 5.
* In fact there should be only one key but some sites want
* to store a few expired keys there also. gpg's key
* selection will later figure out which key to use. Note
* that for WKD we always return the fingerprint of the
* first imported key. */
log_info ("import from WKD stopped after %d keys\n", 5);
break;
}
}
stats->v3keys += v3keys;
if (rc == -1)
rc = 0;
else if (rc && gpg_err_code (rc) != GPG_ERR_INV_KEYRING)
log_error (_("error reading '%s': %s\n"), fname, gpg_strerror (rc));
release_kbnode (secattic);
/* When read_block loop was stopped by error, we have PENDING_PKT left. */
if (pending_pkt)
{
free_packet (pending_pkt, NULL);
xfree (pending_pkt);
}
return rc;
}
/* Helper to migrate secring.gpg to GnuPG 2.1. */
gpg_error_t
import_old_secring (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *fname)
{
gpg_error_t err;
iobuf_t inp;
PACKET *pending_pkt = NULL;
kbnode_t keyblock = NULL; /* Need to initialize because gcc can't
grasp the return semantics of
read_block. */
struct import_stats_s *stats;
int v3keys;
inp = iobuf_open (fname);
if (inp && is_secured_file (iobuf_get_fd (inp)))
{
iobuf_close (inp);
inp = NULL;
gpg_err_set_errno (EPERM);
}
if (!inp)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
log_error (_("can't open '%s': %s\n"), fname, gpg_strerror (err));
return err;
}
getkey_disable_caches();
stats = import_new_stats_handle ();
while (!(err = read_block (inp, 0, &pending_pkt, &keyblock, &v3keys)))
{
if (keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_KEY)
{
err = import_secret_one (ctrl, keyblock, stats, 1, 0, 1,
NULL, NULL, NULL);
keyblock = NULL; /* Ownership was transferred. */
}
release_kbnode (keyblock);
if (err)
break;
}
import_release_stats_handle (stats);
if (err == -1)
err = 0;
else if (err && gpg_err_code (err) != GPG_ERR_INV_KEYRING)
log_error (_("error reading '%s': %s\n"), fname, gpg_strerror (err));
else if (err)
log_error ("import from '%s' failed: %s\n", fname, gpg_strerror (err));
iobuf_close (inp);
iobuf_ioctl (NULL, IOBUF_IOCTL_INVALIDATE_CACHE, 0, (char*)fname);
return err;
}
void
import_print_stats (import_stats_t stats)
{
if (!opt.quiet)
{
log_info(_("Total number processed: %lu\n"),
stats->count + stats->v3keys);
if (stats->v3keys)
log_info(_(" skipped PGP-2 keys: %lu\n"), stats->v3keys);
if (stats->skipped_new_keys )
log_info(_(" skipped new keys: %lu\n"),
stats->skipped_new_keys );
if (stats->no_user_id )
log_info(_(" w/o user IDs: %lu\n"), stats->no_user_id );
if (stats->imported)
{
log_info(_(" imported: %lu"), stats->imported );
log_printf ("\n");
}
if (stats->unchanged )
log_info(_(" unchanged: %lu\n"), stats->unchanged );
if (stats->n_uids )
log_info(_(" new user IDs: %lu\n"), stats->n_uids );
if (stats->n_subk )
log_info(_(" new subkeys: %lu\n"), stats->n_subk );
if (stats->n_sigs )
log_info(_(" new signatures: %lu\n"), stats->n_sigs );
if (stats->n_revoc )
log_info(_(" new key revocations: %lu\n"), stats->n_revoc );
if (stats->secret_read )
log_info(_(" secret keys read: %lu\n"), stats->secret_read );
if (stats->secret_imported )
log_info(_(" secret keys imported: %lu\n"), stats->secret_imported );
if (stats->secret_dups )
log_info(_(" secret keys unchanged: %lu\n"), stats->secret_dups );
if (stats->not_imported )
log_info(_(" not imported: %lu\n"), stats->not_imported );
if (stats->n_sigs_cleaned)
log_info(_(" signatures cleaned: %lu\n"),stats->n_sigs_cleaned);
if (stats->n_uids_cleaned)
log_info(_(" user IDs cleaned: %lu\n"),stats->n_uids_cleaned);
}
if (is_status_enabled ())
{
char buf[15*20];
snprintf (buf, sizeof buf,
"%lu %lu %lu 0 %lu %lu %lu %lu %lu %lu %lu %lu %lu %lu %lu",
stats->count + stats->v3keys,
stats->no_user_id,
stats->imported,
stats->unchanged,
stats->n_uids,
stats->n_subk,
stats->n_sigs,
stats->n_revoc,
stats->secret_read,
stats->secret_imported,
stats->secret_dups,
stats->skipped_new_keys,
stats->not_imported,
stats->v3keys );
write_status_text (STATUS_IMPORT_RES, buf);
}
}
/* Return true if PKTTYPE is valid in a keyblock. */
static int
valid_keyblock_packet (int pkttype)
{
switch (pkttype)
{
case PKT_PUBLIC_KEY:
case PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY:
case PKT_SECRET_KEY:
case PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY:
case PKT_SIGNATURE:
case PKT_USER_ID:
case PKT_ATTRIBUTE:
case PKT_RING_TRUST:
return 1;
default:
return 0;
}
}
/* Read the next keyblock from stream A. Meta data (ring trust
* packets) are only considered if OPTIONS has the IMPORT_RESTORE flag
* set. PENDING_PKT should be initialized to NULL and not changed by
* the caller.
*
* Returns 0 for okay, -1 no more blocks, or any other errorcode. The
* integer at R_V3KEY counts the number of unsupported v3 keyblocks.
*/
static int
read_block( IOBUF a, unsigned int options,
PACKET **pending_pkt, kbnode_t *ret_root, int *r_v3keys)
{
int rc;
struct parse_packet_ctx_s parsectx;
PACKET *pkt;
kbnode_t root = NULL;
kbnode_t lastnode = NULL;
int in_cert, in_v3key, skip_sigs;
u32 keyid[2];
int got_keyid = 0;
unsigned int dropped_nonselfsigs = 0;
*r_v3keys = 0;
if (*pending_pkt)
{
root = lastnode = new_kbnode( *pending_pkt );
*pending_pkt = NULL;
log_assert (root->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY
|| root->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_KEY);
in_cert = 1;
keyid_from_pk (root->pkt->pkt.public_key, keyid);
got_keyid = 1;
}
else
in_cert = 0;
pkt = xmalloc (sizeof *pkt);
init_packet (pkt);
init_parse_packet (&parsectx, a);
if (!(options & IMPORT_RESTORE))
parsectx.skip_meta = 1;
in_v3key = 0;
skip_sigs = 0;
while ((rc=parse_packet (&parsectx, pkt)) != -1)
{
if (rc && (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_LEGACY_KEY
&& (pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY
|| pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_KEY)))
{
in_v3key = 1;
++*r_v3keys;
free_packet (pkt, &parsectx);
init_packet (pkt);
continue;
}
else if (rc ) /* (ignore errors) */
{
skip_sigs = 0;
if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_PACKET)
; /* Do not show a diagnostic. */
else if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_INV_PACKET
&& (pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID
|| pkt->pkttype == PKT_ATTRIBUTE))
{
/* This indicates a too large user id or attribute
* packet. We skip this packet and all following
* signatures. Sure, this won't allow to repair a
* garbled keyring in case one of the signatures belong
* to another user id. However, this better mitigates
* DoS using inserted user ids. */
skip_sigs = 1;
}
else if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_INV_PACKET
&& (pkt->pkttype == PKT_OLD_COMMENT
|| pkt->pkttype == PKT_COMMENT))
; /* Ignore too large comment packets. */
else
{
log_error("read_block: read error: %s\n", gpg_strerror (rc) );
rc = GPG_ERR_INV_KEYRING;
goto ready;
}
free_packet (pkt, &parsectx);
init_packet(pkt);
continue;
}
if (skip_sigs)
{
if (pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE)
{
free_packet (pkt, &parsectx);
init_packet (pkt);
continue;
}
skip_sigs = 0;
}
if (in_v3key && !(pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY
|| pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_KEY))
{
free_packet (pkt, &parsectx);
init_packet(pkt);
continue;
}
in_v3key = 0;
if (!root && pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE
&& IS_KEY_REV (pkt->pkt.signature) )
{
/* This is a revocation certificate which is handled in a
* special way. */
root = new_kbnode( pkt );
pkt = NULL;
goto ready;
}
/* Make a linked list of all packets. */
switch (pkt->pkttype)
{
case PKT_COMPRESSED:
if (check_compress_algo (pkt->pkt.compressed->algorithm))
{
rc = GPG_ERR_COMPR_ALGO;
goto ready;
}
else
{
compress_filter_context_t *cfx = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *cfx );
pkt->pkt.compressed->buf = NULL;
if (push_compress_filter2 (a, cfx,
pkt->pkt.compressed->algorithm, 1))
xfree (cfx); /* e.g. in case of compression_algo NONE. */
}
free_packet (pkt, &parsectx);
init_packet(pkt);
break;
case PKT_RING_TRUST:
/* Skip those packets unless we are in restore mode. */
if ((opt.import_options & IMPORT_RESTORE))
goto x_default;
free_packet (pkt, &parsectx);
init_packet(pkt);
break;
case PKT_SIGNATURE:
if (!in_cert)
goto x_default;
if (!(options & IMPORT_SELF_SIGS_ONLY))
goto x_default;
log_assert (got_keyid);
if (pkt->pkt.signature->keyid[0] == keyid[0]
&& pkt->pkt.signature->keyid[1] == keyid[1])
{ /* This is likely a self-signature. We import this one.
* Eventually we should use the ISSUER_FPR to compare
* self-signatures, but that will work only for v5 keys
* which are currently not even deployed.
* Note that we do not do any crypto verify here because
* that would defeat this very mitigation of DoS by
* importing a key with a huge amount of faked
* key-signatures. A verification will be done later in
* the processing anyway. Here we want a cheap an early
* way to drop non-self-signatures. */
goto x_default;
}
/* Skip this signature. */
dropped_nonselfsigs++;
free_packet (pkt, &parsectx);
init_packet(pkt);
break;
case PKT_PUBLIC_KEY:
case PKT_SECRET_KEY:
if (!got_keyid)
{
keyid_from_pk (pkt->pkt.public_key, keyid);
got_keyid = 1;
}
if (in_cert) /* Store this packet. */
{
*pending_pkt = pkt;
pkt = NULL;
goto ready;
}
in_cert = 1;
goto x_default;
default:
x_default:
if (in_cert && valid_keyblock_packet (pkt->pkttype))
{
if (!root )
root = lastnode = new_kbnode (pkt);
else
{
lastnode->next = new_kbnode (pkt);
lastnode = lastnode->next;
}
pkt = xmalloc (sizeof *pkt);
}
else
free_packet (pkt, &parsectx);
init_packet(pkt);
break;
}
}
ready:
if (rc == -1 && root )
rc = 0;
if (rc )
release_kbnode( root );
else
*ret_root = root;
free_packet (pkt, &parsectx);
deinit_parse_packet (&parsectx);
xfree( pkt );
if (!rc && dropped_nonselfsigs && opt.verbose)
log_info ("key %s: number of dropped non-self-signatures: %u\n",
keystr (keyid), dropped_nonselfsigs);
return rc;
}
/* Walk through the subkeys on a pk to find if we have the PKS
disease: multiple subkeys with their binding sigs stripped, and the
sig for the first subkey placed after the last subkey. That is,
instead of "pk uid sig sub1 bind1 sub2 bind2 sub3 bind3" we have
"pk uid sig sub1 sub2 sub3 bind1". We can't do anything about sub2
and sub3, as they are already lost, but we can try and rescue sub1
by reordering the keyblock so that it reads "pk uid sig sub1 bind1
sub2 sub3". Returns TRUE if the keyblock was modified. */
static int
fix_pks_corruption (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock)
{
int changed = 0;
int keycount = 0;
kbnode_t node;
kbnode_t last = NULL;
kbnode_t sknode=NULL;
/* First determine if we have the problem at all. Look for 2 or
more subkeys in a row, followed by a single binding sig. */
for (node=keyblock; node; last=node, node=node->next)
{
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)
{
keycount++;
if(!sknode)
sknode=node;
}
else if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE
&& IS_SUBKEY_SIG (node->pkt->pkt.signature)
&& keycount >= 2
&& !node->next)
{
/* We might have the problem, as this key has two subkeys in
a row without any intervening packets. */
/* Sanity check */
if (!last)
break;
/* Temporarily attach node to sknode. */
node->next = sknode->next;
sknode->next = node;
last->next = NULL;
/* Note we aren't checking whether this binding sig is a
selfsig. This is not necessary here as the subkey and
binding sig will be rejected later if that is the
case. */
if (check_key_signature (ctrl, keyblock,node,NULL))
{
/* Not a match, so undo the changes. */
sknode->next = node->next;
last->next = node;
node->next = NULL;
break;
}
else
{
/* Mark it good so we don't need to check it again */
sknode->flag |= NODE_GOOD_SELFSIG;
changed = 1;
break;
}
}
else
keycount = 0;
}
return changed;
}
/* Versions of GnuPG before 1.4.11 and 2.0.16 allowed to import bogus
direct key signatures. A side effect of this was that a later
import of the same good direct key signatures was not possible
because the cmp_signature check in merge_blocks considered them
equal. Although direct key signatures are now checked during
import, there might still be bogus signatures sitting in a keyring.
We need to detect and delete them before doing a merge. This
function returns the number of removed sigs. */
static int
fix_bad_direct_key_sigs (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock, u32 *keyid)
{
gpg_error_t err;
kbnode_t node;
int count = 0;
for (node = keyblock->next; node; node=node->next)
{
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID)
break;
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE
&& IS_KEY_SIG (node->pkt->pkt.signature))
{
err = check_key_signature (ctrl, keyblock, node, NULL);
if (err && gpg_err_code (err) != GPG_ERR_PUBKEY_ALGO )
{
/* If we don't know the error, we can't decide; this is
not a problem because cmp_signature can't compare the
signature either. */
log_info ("key %s: invalid direct key signature removed\n",
keystr (keyid));
delete_kbnode (node);
count++;
}
}
}
return count;
}
static void
print_import_ok (PKT_public_key *pk, unsigned int reason)
{
byte array[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN], *s;
char buf[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN*2+30], *p;
size_t i, n;
snprintf (buf, sizeof buf, "%u ", reason);
p = buf + strlen (buf);
fingerprint_from_pk (pk, array, &n);
s = array;
for (i=0; i < n ; i++, s++, p += 2)
sprintf (p, "%02X", *s);
write_status_text (STATUS_IMPORT_OK, buf);
}
static void
print_import_check (PKT_public_key * pk, PKT_user_id * id)
{
byte hexfpr[2*MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN+1];
u32 keyid[2];
keyid_from_pk (pk, keyid);
hexfingerprint (pk, hexfpr, sizeof hexfpr);
write_status_printf (STATUS_IMPORT_CHECK, "%08X%08X %s %s",
keyid[0], keyid[1], hexfpr, id->name);
}
static void
check_prefs_warning(PKT_public_key *pk)
{
log_info(_("WARNING: key %s contains preferences for unavailable\n"
"algorithms on these user IDs:\n"), keystr_from_pk(pk));
}
static void
check_prefs (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock)
{
kbnode_t node;
PKT_public_key *pk;
int problem=0;
merge_keys_and_selfsig (ctrl, keyblock);
pk=keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key;
for(node=keyblock;node;node=node->next)
{
if(node->pkt->pkttype==PKT_USER_ID
&& node->pkt->pkt.user_id->created
&& node->pkt->pkt.user_id->prefs)
{
PKT_user_id *uid = node->pkt->pkt.user_id;
prefitem_t *prefs = uid->prefs;
char *user = utf8_to_native(uid->name,strlen(uid->name),0);
for(;prefs->type;prefs++)
{
char num[10]; /* prefs->value is a byte, so we're over
safe here */
sprintf(num,"%u",prefs->value);
if(prefs->type==PREFTYPE_SYM)
{
if (openpgp_cipher_test_algo (prefs->value))
{
const char *algo =
(openpgp_cipher_test_algo (prefs->value)
? num
: openpgp_cipher_algo_name (prefs->value));
if(!problem)
check_prefs_warning(pk);
log_info(_(" \"%s\": preference for cipher"
" algorithm %s\n"), user, algo);
problem=1;
}
}
else if(prefs->type==PREFTYPE_AEAD)
{
if (openpgp_aead_test_algo (prefs->value))
{
/* FIXME: The test below is wrong. We should
* check if ...algo_name yields a "?" and
* only in that case use NUM. */
const char *algo =
(openpgp_aead_test_algo (prefs->value)
? num
: openpgp_aead_algo_name (prefs->value));
if(!problem)
check_prefs_warning(pk);
log_info(_(" \"%s\": preference for AEAD"
" algorithm %s\n"), user, algo);
problem=1;
}
}
else if(prefs->type==PREFTYPE_HASH)
{
if(openpgp_md_test_algo(prefs->value))
{
const char *algo =
(gcry_md_test_algo (prefs->value)
? num
: gcry_md_algo_name (prefs->value));
if(!problem)
check_prefs_warning(pk);
log_info(_(" \"%s\": preference for digest"
" algorithm %s\n"), user, algo);
problem=1;
}
}
else if(prefs->type==PREFTYPE_ZIP)
{
if(check_compress_algo (prefs->value))
{
const char *algo=compress_algo_to_string(prefs->value);
if(!problem)
check_prefs_warning(pk);
log_info(_(" \"%s\": preference for compression"
" algorithm %s\n"),user,algo?algo:num);
problem=1;
}
}
}
xfree(user);
}
}
if(problem)
{
log_info(_("it is strongly suggested that you update"
" your preferences and\n"));
log_info(_("re-distribute this key to avoid potential algorithm"
" mismatch problems\n"));
if(!opt.batch)
{
strlist_t sl = NULL;
strlist_t locusr = NULL;
size_t fprlen=0;
byte fpr[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN], *p;
char username[(MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN*2)+1];
unsigned int i;
p = fingerprint_from_pk (pk,fpr,&fprlen);
for(i=0;ictrl;
kbnode_t node = parm->node;
static char numbuf[20];
const char *result;
log_assert (ctrl && ctrl->magic == SERVER_CONTROL_MAGIC);
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID
|| node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_ATTRIBUTE)
{
PKT_user_id *uid = node->pkt->pkt.user_id;
if (!strcmp (propname, "uid"))
result = uid->name;
else if (!strcmp (propname, "mbox"))
{
if (!uid->mbox)
{
uid->mbox = mailbox_from_userid (uid->name, 0);
}
result = uid->mbox;
}
else if (!strcmp (propname, "primary"))
{
result = uid->flags.primary? "1":"0";
}
else if (!strcmp (propname, "expired"))
{
result = uid->flags.expired? "1":"0";
}
else if (!strcmp (propname, "revoked"))
{
result = uid->flags.revoked? "1":"0";
}
else
result = NULL;
}
else if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE)
{
PKT_signature *sig = node->pkt->pkt.signature;
if (!strcmp (propname, "sig_created"))
{
snprintf (numbuf, sizeof numbuf, "%lu", (ulong)sig->timestamp);
result = numbuf;
}
else if (!strcmp (propname, "sig_created_d"))
{
result = dateonlystr_from_sig (sig);
}
else if (!strcmp (propname, "sig_algo"))
{
snprintf (numbuf, sizeof numbuf, "%d", sig->pubkey_algo);
result = numbuf;
}
else if (!strcmp (propname, "sig_digest_algo"))
{
snprintf (numbuf, sizeof numbuf, "%d", sig->digest_algo);
result = numbuf;
}
else if (!strcmp (propname, "expired"))
{
result = sig->flags.expired? "1":"0";
}
else
result = NULL;
}
else if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY
|| node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_KEY
|| node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY
|| node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY)
{
PKT_public_key *pk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
if (!strcmp (propname, "secret"))
{
result = (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_KEY
|| node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY)? "1":"0";
}
else if (!strcmp (propname, "key_algo"))
{
snprintf (numbuf, sizeof numbuf, "%d", pk->pubkey_algo);
result = numbuf;
}
else if (!strcmp (propname, "key_created"))
{
snprintf (numbuf, sizeof numbuf, "%lu", (ulong)pk->timestamp);
result = numbuf;
}
else if (!strcmp (propname, "key_created_d"))
{
result = dateonlystr_from_pk (pk);
}
else if (!strcmp (propname, "expired"))
{
result = pk->has_expired? "1":"0";
}
else if (!strcmp (propname, "revoked"))
{
result = pk->flags.revoked? "1":"0";
}
else if (!strcmp (propname, "disabled"))
{
result = pk_is_disabled (pk)? "1":"0";
}
else if (!strcmp (propname, "usage"))
{
snprintf (numbuf, sizeof numbuf, "%s%s%s%s%s",
(pk->pubkey_usage & PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC)?"e":"",
(pk->pubkey_usage & PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG)?"s":"",
(pk->pubkey_usage & PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT)?"c":"",
(pk->pubkey_usage & PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH)?"a":"",
(pk->pubkey_usage & PUBKEY_USAGE_UNKNOWN)?"?":"");
result = numbuf;
}
else if (!strcmp (propname, "fpr"))
{
hexfingerprint (pk, parm->hexfpr, sizeof parm->hexfpr);
result = parm->hexfpr;
}
else
result = NULL;
}
else
result = NULL;
return result;
}
/*
* Apply the keep-uid filter to the keyblock. The deleted nodes are
* marked and thus the caller should call commit_kbnode afterwards.
* KEYBLOCK must not have any blocks marked as deleted.
*/
static void
apply_keep_uid_filter (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock, recsel_expr_t selector)
{
kbnode_t node;
struct impex_filter_parm_s parm;
parm.ctrl = ctrl;
for (node = keyblock->next; node; node = node->next )
{
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID)
{
parm.node = node;
if (!recsel_select (selector, impex_filter_getval, &parm))
{
/* log_debug ("keep-uid: deleting '%s'\n", */
/* node->pkt->pkt.user_id->name); */
/* The UID packet and all following packets up to the
* next UID or a subkey. */
delete_kbnode (node);
for (; node->next
&& node->next->pkt->pkttype != PKT_USER_ID
&& node->next->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY
&& node->next->pkt->pkttype != PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY ;
node = node->next)
delete_kbnode (node->next);
}
/* else */
/* log_debug ("keep-uid: keeping '%s'\n", */
/* node->pkt->pkt.user_id->name); */
}
}
}
/*
* Apply the drop-sig filter to the keyblock. The deleted nodes are
* marked and thus the caller should call commit_kbnode afterwards.
* KEYBLOCK must not have any blocks marked as deleted.
*/
static void
apply_drop_sig_filter (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock, recsel_expr_t selector)
{
kbnode_t node;
int active = 0;
u32 main_keyid[2];
PKT_signature *sig;
struct impex_filter_parm_s parm;
parm.ctrl = ctrl;
keyid_from_pk (keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key, main_keyid);
/* Loop over all signatures for user id and attribute packets which
* are not self signatures. */
for (node = keyblock->next; node; node = node->next )
{
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY
|| node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY)
break; /* ready. */
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID
|| node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_ATTRIBUTE)
active = 1;
if (!active)
continue;
if (node->pkt->pkttype != PKT_SIGNATURE)
continue;
sig = node->pkt->pkt.signature;
if (main_keyid[0] == sig->keyid[0] || main_keyid[1] == sig->keyid[1])
continue; /* Skip self-signatures. */
if (IS_UID_SIG(sig) || IS_UID_REV(sig))
{
parm.node = node;
if (recsel_select (selector, impex_filter_getval, &parm))
delete_kbnode (node);
}
}
}
/* Insert a key origin into a public key packet. */
static gpg_error_t
insert_key_origin_pk (PKT_public_key *pk, u32 curtime,
int origin, const char *url)
{
if (origin == KEYORG_WKD || origin == KEYORG_DANE)
{
/* For WKD and DANE we insert origin information also for the
* key but we don't record the URL because we have have no use
* for that: An update using a keyserver has higher precedence
* and will thus update this origin info. For refresh using WKD
* or DANE we need to go via the User ID anyway. Recall that we
* are only inserting a new key. */
pk->keyorg = origin;
pk->keyupdate = curtime;
}
else if (origin == KEYORG_KS && url)
{
/* If the key was retrieved from a keyserver using a fingerprint
* request we add the meta information. Note that the use of a
* fingerprint needs to be enforced by the caller of the import
* function. This is commonly triggered by verifying a modern
* signature which has an Issuer Fingerprint signature
* subpacket. */
pk->keyorg = origin;
pk->keyupdate = curtime;
xfree (pk->updateurl);
pk->updateurl = xtrystrdup (url);
if (!pk->updateurl)
return gpg_error_from_syserror ();
}
else if (origin == KEYORG_FILE)
{
pk->keyorg = origin;
pk->keyupdate = curtime;
}
else if (origin == KEYORG_URL)
{
pk->keyorg = origin;
pk->keyupdate = curtime;
if (url)
{
xfree (pk->updateurl);
pk->updateurl = xtrystrdup (url);
if (!pk->updateurl)
return gpg_error_from_syserror ();
}
}
return 0;
}
/* Insert a key origin into a user id packet. */
static gpg_error_t
insert_key_origin_uid (PKT_user_id *uid, u32 curtime,
int origin, const char *url)
{
if (origin == KEYORG_WKD || origin == KEYORG_DANE)
{
/* We insert origin information on a UID only when we received
* them via the Web Key Directory or a DANE record. The key we
* receive here from the WKD has been filtered to contain only
* the user ID as looked up in the WKD. For a DANE origin we
* this should also be the case. Thus we will see here only one
* user id. */
uid->keyorg = origin;
uid->keyupdate = curtime;
if (url)
{
xfree (uid->updateurl);
uid->updateurl = xtrystrdup (url);
if (!uid->updateurl)
return gpg_error_from_syserror ();
}
}
else if (origin == KEYORG_KS && url)
{
/* If the key was retrieved from a keyserver using a fingerprint
* request we mark that also in the user ID. However we do not
* store the keyserver URL in the UID. A later update (merge)
* from a more trusted source will replace this info. */
uid->keyorg = origin;
uid->keyupdate = curtime;
}
else if (origin == KEYORG_FILE)
{
uid->keyorg = origin;
uid->keyupdate = curtime;
}
else if (origin == KEYORG_URL)
{
uid->keyorg = origin;
uid->keyupdate = curtime;
}
return 0;
}
/* Apply meta data to KEYBLOCK. This sets the origin of the key to
* ORIGIN and the updateurl to URL. Note that this function is only
* used for a new key, that is not when we are merging keys. */
static gpg_error_t
insert_key_origin (kbnode_t keyblock, int origin, const char *url)
{
gpg_error_t err;
kbnode_t node;
u32 curtime = make_timestamp ();
for (node = keyblock; node; node = node->next)
{
if (is_deleted_kbnode (node))
;
else if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY)
{
err = insert_key_origin_pk (node->pkt->pkt.public_key, curtime,
origin, url);
if (err)
return err;
}
else if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID)
{
err = insert_key_origin_uid (node->pkt->pkt.user_id, curtime,
origin, url);
if (err)
return err;
}
}
return 0;
}
/* Update meta data on KEYBLOCK. This updates the key origin on the
* public key according to ORIGIN and URL. The UIDs are already
* updated when this function is called. */
static gpg_error_t
update_key_origin (kbnode_t keyblock, u32 curtime, int origin, const char *url)
{
PKT_public_key *pk;
log_assert (keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY);
pk = keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key;
if (pk->keyupdate > curtime)
; /* Don't do it for a time warp. */
else if (origin == KEYORG_WKD || origin == KEYORG_DANE)
{
/* We only update the origin info if they either have never been
* set or are the origin was the same as the new one. If this
* is WKD we also update the UID to show from which user id this
* was updated. */
if (!pk->keyorg || pk->keyorg == KEYORG_WKD || pk->keyorg == KEYORG_DANE)
{
pk->keyorg = origin;
pk->keyupdate = curtime;
xfree (pk->updateurl);
pk->updateurl = NULL;
if (origin == KEYORG_WKD && url)
{
pk->updateurl = xtrystrdup (url);
if (!pk->updateurl)
return gpg_error_from_syserror ();
}
}
}
else if (origin == KEYORG_KS)
{
/* All updates from a keyserver are considered to have the
* freshed key. Thus we always set the new key origin. */
pk->keyorg = origin;
pk->keyupdate = curtime;
xfree (pk->updateurl);
pk->updateurl = NULL;
if (url)
{
pk->updateurl = xtrystrdup (url);
if (!pk->updateurl)
return gpg_error_from_syserror ();
}
}
else if (origin == KEYORG_FILE)
{
/* Updates from a file are considered to be fresh. */
pk->keyorg = origin;
pk->keyupdate = curtime;
xfree (pk->updateurl);
pk->updateurl = NULL;
}
else if (origin == KEYORG_URL)
{
/* Updates from a URL are considered to be fresh. */
pk->keyorg = origin;
pk->keyupdate = curtime;
xfree (pk->updateurl);
pk->updateurl = NULL;
if (url)
{
pk->updateurl = xtrystrdup (url);
if (!pk->updateurl)
return gpg_error_from_syserror ();
}
}
return 0;
}
/*
* Try to import one keyblock. Return an error only in serious cases,
* but never for an invalid keyblock. It uses log_error to increase
* the internal errorcount, so that invalid input can be detected by
* programs which called gpg. If SILENT is no messages are printed -
* even most error messages are suppressed. ORIGIN is the origin of
* the key (0 for unknown) and URL the corresponding URL. FROM_SK
* indicates that the key has been made from a secret key. If R_SAVED
* is not NULL a boolean will be stored indicating whether the keyblock
* has valid parts.
*/
static gpg_error_t
import_one_real (ctrl_t ctrl,
kbnode_t keyblock, struct import_stats_s *stats,
unsigned char **fpr, size_t *fpr_len, unsigned int options,
int from_sk, int silent,
import_screener_t screener, void *screener_arg,
int origin, const char *url, int *r_valid)
{
gpg_error_t err = 0;
PKT_public_key *pk;
kbnode_t node, uidnode;
kbnode_t keyblock_orig = NULL;
byte fpr2[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN];
size_t fpr2len;
u32 keyid[2];
int new_key = 0;
int mod_key = 0;
int same_key = 0;
int non_self = 0;
size_t an;
char pkstrbuf[PUBKEY_STRING_SIZE];
int merge_keys_done = 0;
int any_filter = 0;
KEYDB_HANDLE hd = NULL;
if (r_valid)
*r_valid = 0;
/* If show-only is active we don't won't any extra output. */
if ((options & (IMPORT_SHOW | IMPORT_DRY_RUN)))
silent = 1;
/* Get the key and print some info about it. */
node = find_kbnode( keyblock, PKT_PUBLIC_KEY );
if (!node )
BUG();
pk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
fingerprint_from_pk (pk, fpr2, &fpr2len);
for (an = fpr2len; an < MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN; an++)
fpr2[an] = 0;
keyid_from_pk( pk, keyid );
uidnode = find_next_kbnode( keyblock, PKT_USER_ID );
if (opt.verbose && !opt.interactive && !silent && !from_sk)
{
/* Note that we do not print this info in FROM_SK mode
* because import_secret_one already printed that. */
log_info ("pub %s/%s %s ",
pubkey_string (pk, pkstrbuf, sizeof pkstrbuf),
keystr_from_pk(pk), datestr_from_pk(pk) );
if (uidnode)
print_utf8_buffer (log_get_stream (),
uidnode->pkt->pkt.user_id->name,
uidnode->pkt->pkt.user_id->len );
log_printf ("\n");
}
if (!uidnode)
{
if (!silent)
log_error( _("key %s: no user ID\n"), keystr_from_pk(pk));
return 0;
}
if (screener && screener (keyblock, screener_arg))
{
log_error (_("key %s: %s\n"), keystr_from_pk (pk),
_("rejected by import screener"));
return 0;
}
if (opt.interactive && !silent)
{
if (is_status_enabled())
print_import_check (pk, uidnode->pkt->pkt.user_id);
merge_keys_and_selfsig (ctrl, keyblock);
tty_printf ("\n");
show_basic_key_info (ctrl, keyblock, from_sk);
tty_printf ("\n");
if (!cpr_get_answer_is_yes ("import.okay",
"Do you want to import this key? (y/N) "))
return 0;
}
/* Remove all non-self-sigs if requested. Note that this is a NOP if
* that option has been globally set but we may also be called
* latter with the already parsed keyblock and a locally changed
* option. This is why we need to remove them here as well. */
if ((options & IMPORT_SELF_SIGS_ONLY))
remove_all_non_self_sigs (&keyblock, keyid);
/* Remove or collapse the user ids. */
if ((options & IMPORT_COLLAPSE_UIDS))
collapse_uids (&keyblock);
if ((options & IMPORT_COLLAPSE_SUBKEYS))
collapse_subkeys (&keyblock);
/* Clean the key that we're about to import, to cut down on things
that we have to clean later. This has no practical impact on the
end result, but does result in less logging which might confuse
the user. */
if ((options & IMPORT_CLEAN))
{
merge_keys_and_selfsig (ctrl, keyblock);
clean_all_uids (ctrl, keyblock,
opt.verbose, (options&IMPORT_MINIMAL), NULL, NULL);
clean_all_subkeys (ctrl, keyblock, opt.verbose, KEY_CLEAN_NONE,
NULL, NULL);
}
clear_kbnode_flags( keyblock );
if ((options&IMPORT_REPAIR_PKS_SUBKEY_BUG)
&& fix_pks_corruption (ctrl, keyblock)
&& opt.verbose)
log_info (_("key %s: PKS subkey corruption repaired\n"),
keystr_from_pk(pk));
if ((options & IMPORT_REPAIR_KEYS))
key_check_all_keysigs (ctrl, 1, keyblock, 0, 0);
if (chk_self_sigs (ctrl, keyblock, keyid, &non_self))
return 0; /* Invalid keyblock - error already printed. */
/* If we allow such a thing, mark unsigned uids as valid */
if (opt.allow_non_selfsigned_uid)
{
for (node=keyblock; node; node = node->next )
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID
&& !(node->flag & NODE_GOOD_SELFSIG)
&& !(node->flag & NODE_BAD_SELFSIG) )
{
char *user=utf8_to_native(node->pkt->pkt.user_id->name,
node->pkt->pkt.user_id->len,0);
/* Fake a good signature status for the user id. */
node->flag |= NODE_GOOD_SELFSIG;
log_info( _("key %s: accepted non self-signed user ID \"%s\"\n"),
keystr_from_pk(pk),user);
xfree(user);
}
}
/* Delete invalid parts and bail out if there are no user ids left. */
if (!delete_inv_parts (ctrl, keyblock, keyid, options))
{
if (!silent)
{
log_error ( _("key %s: no valid user IDs\n"), keystr_from_pk(pk));
if (!opt.quiet)
log_info(_("this may be caused by a missing self-signature\n"));
}
stats->no_user_id++;
return 0;
}
/* Get rid of deleted nodes. */
commit_kbnode (&keyblock);
/* Apply import filter. */
if (import_filter.keep_uid)
{
apply_keep_uid_filter (ctrl, keyblock, import_filter.keep_uid);
commit_kbnode (&keyblock);
any_filter = 1;
}
if (import_filter.drop_sig)
{
apply_drop_sig_filter (ctrl, keyblock, import_filter.drop_sig);
commit_kbnode (&keyblock);
any_filter = 1;
}
/* If we ran any filter we need to check that at least one user id
* is left in the keyring. Note that we do not use log_error in
* this case. */
if (any_filter && !any_uid_left (keyblock))
{
if (!opt.quiet )
log_info ( _("key %s: no valid user IDs\n"), keystr_from_pk (pk));
stats->no_user_id++;
return 0;
}
/* The keyblock is valid and ready for real import. */
if (r_valid)
*r_valid = 1;
/* Show the key in the form it is merged or inserted. We skip this
* if "import-export" is also active without --armor or the output
* file has explicily been given. */
if ((options & IMPORT_SHOW)
&& !((options & IMPORT_EXPORT) && !opt.armor && !opt.outfile))
{
merge_keys_and_selfsig (ctrl, keyblock);
merge_keys_done = 1;
/* Note that we do not want to show the validity because the key
* has not yet imported. */
list_keyblock_direct (ctrl, keyblock, from_sk, 0,
opt.fingerprint || opt.with_fingerprint, 1);
es_fflush (es_stdout);
}
/* Write the keyblock to the output and do not actually import. */
if ((options & IMPORT_EXPORT))
{
if (!merge_keys_done)
{
merge_keys_and_selfsig (ctrl, keyblock);
merge_keys_done = 1;
}
err = write_keyblock_to_output (keyblock, opt.armor, opt.export_options);
goto leave;
}
if (opt.dry_run || (options & IMPORT_DRY_RUN))
goto leave;
/* Do we have this key already in one of our pubrings ? */
err = get_keyblock_byfprint_fast (ctrl, &keyblock_orig, &hd,
fpr2, fpr2len, 1/*locked*/);
if ((err
&& gpg_err_code (err) != GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY
&& gpg_err_code (err) != GPG_ERR_UNUSABLE_PUBKEY)
|| !hd)
{
/* The !hd above is to catch a misbehaving function which
* returns NO_PUBKEY for failing to allocate a handle. */
if (!silent)
log_error (_("key %s: public key not found: %s\n"),
keystr(keyid), gpg_strerror (err));
}
else if (err && (opt.import_options&IMPORT_MERGE_ONLY) )
{
if (opt.verbose && !silent )
log_info( _("key %s: new key - skipped\n"), keystr(keyid));
err = 0;
stats->skipped_new_keys++;
}
else if (err) /* Insert this key. */
{
/* Note: ERR can only be NO_PUBKEY or UNUSABLE_PUBKEY. */
int n_sigs_cleaned, n_uids_cleaned;
err = keydb_locate_writable (hd);
if (err)
{
log_error (_("no writable keyring found: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (err));
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_GENERAL);
goto leave;
}
if (opt.verbose > 1 )
log_info (_("writing to '%s'\n"), keydb_get_resource_name (hd) );
if ((options & IMPORT_CLEAN))
{
merge_keys_and_selfsig (ctrl, keyblock);
clean_all_uids (ctrl, keyblock, opt.verbose, (options&IMPORT_MINIMAL),
&n_uids_cleaned,&n_sigs_cleaned);
clean_all_subkeys (ctrl, keyblock, opt.verbose, KEY_CLEAN_NONE,
NULL, NULL);
}
/* Unless we are in restore mode apply meta data to the
* keyblock. Note that this will never change the first packet
* and thus the address of KEYBLOCK won't change. */
if ( !(options & IMPORT_RESTORE) )
{
err = insert_key_origin (keyblock, origin, url);
if (err)
{
log_error ("insert_key_origin failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err));
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_GENERAL);
goto leave;
}
}
err = keydb_insert_keyblock (hd, keyblock );
if (err)
log_error (_("error writing keyring '%s': %s\n"),
keydb_get_resource_name (hd), gpg_strerror (err));
else if (!(opt.import_options & IMPORT_KEEP_OWNERTTRUST))
{
/* This should not be possible since we delete the
ownertrust when a key is deleted, but it can happen if
the keyring and trustdb are out of sync. It can also
be made to happen with the trusted-key command and by
importing and locally exported key. */
clear_ownertrusts (ctrl, pk);
if (non_self)
revalidation_mark (ctrl);
}
/* Release the handle and thus unlock the keyring asap. */
keydb_release (hd);
hd = NULL;
/* We are ready. */
if (!err && !opt.quiet && !silent)
{
char *p = get_user_id_byfpr_native (ctrl, fpr2, fpr2len);
log_info (_("key %s: public key \"%s\" imported\n"),
keystr(keyid), p);
xfree(p);
}
if (!err && is_status_enabled())
{
char *us = get_long_user_id_string (ctrl, keyid);
write_status_text( STATUS_IMPORTED, us );
xfree(us);
print_import_ok (pk, 1);
}
if (!err)
{
stats->imported++;
new_key = 1;
}
}
else /* Key already exists - merge. */
{
int n_uids, n_sigs, n_subk, n_sigs_cleaned, n_uids_cleaned;
u32 curtime = make_timestamp ();
/* Compare the original against the new key; just to be sure nothing
* weird is going on */
if (cmp_public_keys (keyblock_orig->pkt->pkt.public_key, pk))
{
if (!silent)
log_error( _("key %s: doesn't match our copy\n"),keystr(keyid));
goto leave;
}
/* Make sure the original direct key sigs are all sane. */
n_sigs_cleaned = fix_bad_direct_key_sigs (ctrl, keyblock_orig, keyid);
if (n_sigs_cleaned)
commit_kbnode (&keyblock_orig);
/* Try to merge KEYBLOCK into KEYBLOCK_ORIG. */
clear_kbnode_flags( keyblock_orig );
clear_kbnode_flags( keyblock );
n_uids = n_sigs = n_subk = n_uids_cleaned = 0;
err = merge_blocks (ctrl, options, keyblock_orig, keyblock, keyid,
curtime, origin, url,
&n_uids, &n_sigs, &n_subk );
if (err)
goto leave;
/* Clean the final keyblock again if requested. we can't do
* this if only self-signatures are imported; see bug #4628. */
if ((options & IMPORT_CLEAN)
&& !(options & IMPORT_SELF_SIGS_ONLY))
{
merge_keys_and_selfsig (ctrl, keyblock_orig);
clean_all_uids (ctrl, keyblock_orig, opt.verbose,
(options&IMPORT_MINIMAL),
&n_uids_cleaned,&n_sigs_cleaned);
clean_all_subkeys (ctrl, keyblock_orig, opt.verbose, KEY_CLEAN_NONE,
NULL, NULL);
}
if (n_uids || n_sigs || n_subk || n_sigs_cleaned || n_uids_cleaned)
{
/* Unless we are in restore mode apply meta data to the
* keyblock. Note that this will never change the first packet
* and thus the address of KEYBLOCK won't change. */
if ( !(options & IMPORT_RESTORE) )
{
err = update_key_origin (keyblock_orig, curtime, origin, url);
if (err)
{
log_error ("update_key_origin failed: %s\n",
gpg_strerror (err));
goto leave;
}
}
mod_key = 1;
/* KEYBLOCK_ORIG has been updated; write */
err = keydb_update_keyblock (ctrl, hd, keyblock_orig);
if (err)
log_error (_("error writing keyring '%s': %s\n"),
keydb_get_resource_name (hd), gpg_strerror (err));
else if (non_self)
revalidation_mark (ctrl);
/* Release the handle and thus unlock the keyring asap. */
keydb_release (hd);
hd = NULL;
/* We are ready. Print and update stats if we got no error.
* An error here comes from writing the keyblock and thus
* very likely means that no update happened. */
if (!err && !opt.quiet && !silent)
{
char *p = get_user_id_byfpr_native (ctrl, fpr2, fpr2len);
if (n_uids == 1 )
log_info( _("key %s: \"%s\" 1 new user ID\n"),
keystr(keyid),p);
else if (n_uids )
log_info( _("key %s: \"%s\" %d new user IDs\n"),
keystr(keyid),p,n_uids);
if (n_sigs == 1 )
log_info( _("key %s: \"%s\" 1 new signature\n"),
keystr(keyid), p);
else if (n_sigs )
log_info( _("key %s: \"%s\" %d new signatures\n"),
keystr(keyid), p, n_sigs );
if (n_subk == 1 )
log_info( _("key %s: \"%s\" 1 new subkey\n"),
keystr(keyid), p);
else if (n_subk )
log_info( _("key %s: \"%s\" %d new subkeys\n"),
keystr(keyid), p, n_subk );
if (n_sigs_cleaned==1)
log_info(_("key %s: \"%s\" %d signature cleaned\n"),
keystr(keyid),p,n_sigs_cleaned);
else if (n_sigs_cleaned)
log_info(_("key %s: \"%s\" %d signatures cleaned\n"),
keystr(keyid),p,n_sigs_cleaned);
if (n_uids_cleaned==1)
log_info(_("key %s: \"%s\" %d user ID cleaned\n"),
keystr(keyid),p,n_uids_cleaned);
else if (n_uids_cleaned)
log_info(_("key %s: \"%s\" %d user IDs cleaned\n"),
keystr(keyid),p,n_uids_cleaned);
xfree(p);
}
if (!err)
{
stats->n_uids +=n_uids;
stats->n_sigs +=n_sigs;
stats->n_subk +=n_subk;
stats->n_sigs_cleaned +=n_sigs_cleaned;
stats->n_uids_cleaned +=n_uids_cleaned;
if (is_status_enabled () && !silent)
print_import_ok (pk, ((n_uids?2:0)|(n_sigs?4:0)|(n_subk?8:0)));
}
}
else
{
/* Release the handle and thus unlock the keyring asap. */
keydb_release (hd);
hd = NULL;
/* FIXME: We do not track the time we last checked a key for
* updates. To do this we would need to rewrite even the
* keys which have no changes. Adding this would be useful
* for the automatic update of expired keys via the WKD in
* case the WKD still carries the expired key. See
* get_best_pubkey_byname. */
same_key = 1;
if (is_status_enabled ())
print_import_ok (pk, 0);
if (!opt.quiet && !silent)
{
char *p = get_user_id_byfpr_native (ctrl, fpr2, fpr2len);
log_info( _("key %s: \"%s\" not changed\n"),keystr(keyid),p);
xfree(p);
}
stats->unchanged++;
}
}
leave:
keydb_release (hd);
if (mod_key || new_key || same_key)
{
/* A little explanation for this: we fill in the fingerprint
when importing keys as it can be useful to know the
fingerprint in certain keyserver-related cases (a keyserver
asked for a particular name, but the key doesn't have that
name). However, in cases where we're importing more than
one key at a time, we cannot know which key to fingerprint.
In these cases, rather than guessing, we do not
fingerprinting at all, and we must hope the user ID on the
keys are useful. Note that we need to do this for new
keys, merged keys and even for unchanged keys. This is
required because for example the --auto-key-locate feature
may import an already imported key and needs to know the
fingerprint of the key in all cases. */
if (fpr)
{
/* Note that we need to compare against 0 here because
COUNT gets only incremented after returning from this
function. */
if (!stats->count)
{
xfree (*fpr);
*fpr = fingerprint_from_pk (pk, NULL, fpr_len);
}
else if (origin != KEYORG_WKD)
{
xfree (*fpr);
*fpr = NULL;
}
}
}
/* Now that the key is definitely incorporated into the keydb, we
need to check if a designated revocation is present or if the
prefs are not rational so we can warn the user. */
if (mod_key)
{
revocation_present (ctrl, keyblock_orig);
if (!from_sk && have_secret_key_with_kid (ctrl, keyid))
check_prefs (ctrl, keyblock_orig);
}
else if (new_key)
{
revocation_present (ctrl, keyblock);
if (!from_sk && have_secret_key_with_kid (ctrl, keyid))
check_prefs (ctrl, keyblock);
}
release_kbnode( keyblock_orig );
return err;
}
/* Wrapper around import_one_real to retry the import in some cases. */
static gpg_error_t
import_one (ctrl_t ctrl,
kbnode_t keyblock, struct import_stats_s *stats,
unsigned char **fpr, size_t *fpr_len, unsigned int options,
int from_sk, int silent,
import_screener_t screener, void *screener_arg,
int origin, const char *url, int *r_valid)
{
gpg_error_t err;
err = import_one_real (ctrl, keyblock, stats, fpr, fpr_len, options,
from_sk, silent, screener, screener_arg,
origin, url, r_valid);
if (gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_TOO_LARGE
&& gpg_err_source (err) == GPG_ERR_SOURCE_KEYBOX
&& ((options & (IMPORT_SELF_SIGS_ONLY | IMPORT_CLEAN))
!= (IMPORT_SELF_SIGS_ONLY | IMPORT_CLEAN)))
{
/* We hit the maximum image length. Ask the wrapper to do
* everything again but this time with some extra options. */
u32 keyid[2];
keyid_from_pk (keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key, keyid);
log_info ("key %s: keyblock too large, retrying with self-sigs-only\n",
keystr (keyid));
options |= IMPORT_SELF_SIGS_ONLY | IMPORT_CLEAN;
err = import_one_real (ctrl, keyblock, stats, fpr, fpr_len, options,
from_sk, silent, screener, screener_arg,
origin, url, r_valid);
}
return err;
}
/* Transfer all the secret keys in SEC_KEYBLOCK to the gpg-agent. The
* function prints diagnostics and returns an error code. If BATCH is
* true the secret keys are stored by gpg-agent in the transfer format
* (i.e. no re-protection and aksing for passphrases). If ONLY_MARKED
* is set, only those nodes with flag NODE_TRANSFER_SECKEY are
* processed. */
gpg_error_t
transfer_secret_keys (ctrl_t ctrl, struct import_stats_s *stats,
kbnode_t sec_keyblock, int batch, int force,
int only_marked)
{
gpg_error_t err = 0;
void *kek = NULL;
size_t keklen;
kbnode_t ctx = NULL;
kbnode_t node;
PKT_public_key *main_pk, *pk;
struct seckey_info *ski;
int nskey;
membuf_t mbuf;
int i, j;
void *format_args[2*PUBKEY_MAX_NSKEY];
gcry_sexp_t skey, prot, tmpsexp;
gcry_sexp_t curve = NULL;
unsigned char *transferkey = NULL;
size_t transferkeylen;
gcry_cipher_hd_t cipherhd = NULL;
unsigned char *wrappedkey = NULL;
size_t wrappedkeylen;
char *cache_nonce = NULL;
int stub_key_skipped = 0;
/* Get the current KEK. */
err = agent_keywrap_key (ctrl, 0, &kek, &keklen);
if (err)
{
log_error ("error getting the KEK: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err));
goto leave;
}
/* Prepare a cipher context. */
err = gcry_cipher_open (&cipherhd, GCRY_CIPHER_AES128,
GCRY_CIPHER_MODE_AESWRAP, 0);
if (!err)
err = gcry_cipher_setkey (cipherhd, kek, keklen);
if (err)
goto leave;
xfree (kek);
kek = NULL;
/* Note: We need to use walk_kbnode so that we skip nodes which are
* marked as deleted. */
main_pk = NULL;
while ((node = walk_kbnode (sec_keyblock, &ctx, 0)))
{
if (node->pkt->pkttype != PKT_SECRET_KEY
&& node->pkt->pkttype != PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY)
continue;
if (only_marked && !(node->flag & NODE_TRANSFER_SECKEY))
continue;
pk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
if (!main_pk)
main_pk = pk;
/* Make sure the keyids are available. */
keyid_from_pk (pk, NULL);
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_KEY)
{
pk->main_keyid[0] = pk->keyid[0];
pk->main_keyid[1] = pk->keyid[1];
}
else
{
pk->main_keyid[0] = main_pk->keyid[0];
pk->main_keyid[1] = main_pk->keyid[1];
}
ski = pk->seckey_info;
if (!ski)
BUG ();
if (stats)
{
stats->count++;
stats->secret_read++;
}
/* We ignore stub keys. The way we handle them in other parts
of the code is by asking the agent whether any secret key is
available for a given keyblock and then concluding that we
have a secret key; all secret (sub)keys of the keyblock the
agent does not know of are then stub keys. This works also
for card stub keys. The learn command or the card-status
command may be used to check with the agent whether a card
has been inserted and a stub key is in turn generated by the
agent. */
if (ski->s2k.mode == 1001 || ski->s2k.mode == 1002)
{
stub_key_skipped = 1;
continue;
}
/* Convert our internal secret key object into an S-expression. */
nskey = pubkey_get_nskey (pk->pubkey_algo);
if (!nskey || nskey > PUBKEY_MAX_NSKEY)
{
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_BAD_SECKEY);
log_error ("internal error: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err));
goto leave;
}
init_membuf (&mbuf, 50);
put_membuf_str (&mbuf, "(skey");
if (pk->pubkey_algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA
|| pk->pubkey_algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA
|| pk->pubkey_algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH)
{
/* The ECC case. */
char *curvestr = openpgp_oid_to_str (pk->pkey[0]);
if (!curvestr)
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
{
const char *curvename = openpgp_oid_to_curve (curvestr, 1);
gcry_sexp_release (curve);
err = gcry_sexp_build (&curve, NULL, "(curve %s)",
curvename?curvename:curvestr);
xfree (curvestr);
if (!err)
{
j = 0;
/* Append the public key element Q. */
put_membuf_str (&mbuf, " _ %m");
format_args[j++] = pk->pkey + 1;
/* Append the secret key element D. For ECDH we
skip PKEY[2] because this holds the KEK which is
not needed by gpg-agent. */
i = pk->pubkey_algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH? 3 : 2;
if (gcry_mpi_get_flag (pk->pkey[i], GCRYMPI_FLAG_USER1))
put_membuf_str (&mbuf, " e %m");
else
put_membuf_str (&mbuf, " _ %m");
format_args[j++] = pk->pkey + i;
}
}
}
else
{
/* Standard case for the old (non-ECC) algorithms. */
for (i=j=0; i < nskey; i++)
{
if (!pk->pkey[i])
continue; /* Protected keys only have NPKEY+1 elements. */
if (gcry_mpi_get_flag (pk->pkey[i], GCRYMPI_FLAG_USER1))
put_membuf_str (&mbuf, " e %m");
else
put_membuf_str (&mbuf, " _ %m");
format_args[j++] = pk->pkey + i;
}
}
put_membuf_str (&mbuf, ")");
put_membuf (&mbuf, "", 1);
if (err)
xfree (get_membuf (&mbuf, NULL));
else
{
char *format = get_membuf (&mbuf, NULL);
if (!format)
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
err = gcry_sexp_build_array (&skey, NULL, format, format_args);
xfree (format);
}
if (err)
{
log_error ("error building skey array: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err));
goto leave;
}
if (ski->is_protected)
{
char countbuf[35];
/* FIXME: Support AEAD */
/* Note that the IVLEN may be zero if we are working on a
dummy key. We can't express that in an S-expression and
thus we send dummy data for the IV. */
snprintf (countbuf, sizeof countbuf, "%lu",
(unsigned long)ski->s2k.count);
err = gcry_sexp_build
(&prot, NULL,
" (protection %s %s %b %d %s %b %s)\n",
ski->sha1chk? "sha1":"sum",
openpgp_cipher_algo_name (ski->algo),
ski->ivlen? (int)ski->ivlen:1,
ski->ivlen? ski->iv: (const unsigned char*)"X",
ski->s2k.mode,
openpgp_md_algo_name (ski->s2k.hash_algo),
(int)sizeof (ski->s2k.salt), ski->s2k.salt,
countbuf);
}
else
err = gcry_sexp_build (&prot, NULL, " (protection none)\n");
tmpsexp = NULL;
xfree (transferkey);
transferkey = NULL;
if (!err)
err = gcry_sexp_build (&tmpsexp, NULL,
"(openpgp-private-key\n"
" (version %d)\n"
" (algo %s)\n"
" %S%S\n"
" (csum %d)\n"
" %S)\n",
pk->version,
openpgp_pk_algo_name (pk->pubkey_algo),
curve, skey,
(int)(unsigned long)ski->csum, prot);
gcry_sexp_release (skey);
gcry_sexp_release (prot);
if (!err)
err = make_canon_sexp_pad (tmpsexp, 1, &transferkey, &transferkeylen);
gcry_sexp_release (tmpsexp);
if (err)
{
log_error ("error building transfer key: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err));
goto leave;
}
/* Wrap the key. */
wrappedkeylen = transferkeylen + 8;
xfree (wrappedkey);
wrappedkey = xtrymalloc (wrappedkeylen);
if (!wrappedkey)
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
err = gcry_cipher_encrypt (cipherhd, wrappedkey, wrappedkeylen,
transferkey, transferkeylen);
if (err)
goto leave;
xfree (transferkey);
transferkey = NULL;
/* Send the wrapped key to the agent. */
{
char *desc = gpg_format_keydesc (ctrl, pk, FORMAT_KEYDESC_IMPORT, 1);
err = agent_import_key (ctrl, desc, &cache_nonce,
wrappedkey, wrappedkeylen, batch, force,
pk->keyid, pk->main_keyid, pk->pubkey_algo,
pk->timestamp);
xfree (desc);
}
if (!err)
{
if (opt.verbose)
log_info (_("key %s: secret key imported\n"),
keystr_from_pk_with_sub (main_pk, pk));
if (stats)
stats->secret_imported++;
}
else if ( gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_EEXIST )
{
if (opt.verbose)
log_info (_("key %s: secret key already exists\n"),
keystr_from_pk_with_sub (main_pk, pk));
err = 0;
if (stats)
stats->secret_dups++;
}
else
{
log_error (_("key %s: error sending to agent: %s\n"),
keystr_from_pk_with_sub (main_pk, pk),
gpg_strerror (err));
if (gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_CANCELED
|| gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_FULLY_CANCELED)
break; /* Don't try the other subkeys. */
}
}
if (!err && stub_key_skipped)
/* We need to notify user how to migrate stub keys. */
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_PROCESSED);
leave:
gcry_sexp_release (curve);
xfree (cache_nonce);
xfree (wrappedkey);
xfree (transferkey);
gcry_cipher_close (cipherhd);
xfree (kek);
return err;
}
/* Walk a secret keyblock and produce a public keyblock out of it.
* Returns a new node or NULL on error. Modifies the tag field of the
* nodes. */
static kbnode_t
sec_to_pub_keyblock (kbnode_t sec_keyblock)
{
kbnode_t pub_keyblock = NULL;
kbnode_t ctx = NULL;
kbnode_t secnode, pubnode;
kbnode_t lastnode = NULL;
unsigned int tag = 0;
/* Set a tag to all nodes. */
for (secnode = sec_keyblock; secnode; secnode = secnode->next)
secnode->tag = ++tag;
/* Copy. */
while ((secnode = walk_kbnode (sec_keyblock, &ctx, 0)))
{
if (secnode->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_KEY
|| secnode->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY)
{
/* Make a public key. */
PACKET *pkt;
PKT_public_key *pk;
pkt = xtrycalloc (1, sizeof *pkt);
pk = pkt? copy_public_key (NULL, secnode->pkt->pkt.public_key): NULL;
if (!pk)
{
xfree (pkt);
release_kbnode (pub_keyblock);
return NULL;
}
if (secnode->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_KEY)
pkt->pkttype = PKT_PUBLIC_KEY;
else
pkt->pkttype = PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY;
pkt->pkt.public_key = pk;
pubnode = new_kbnode (pkt);
}
else
{
pubnode = clone_kbnode (secnode);
}
pubnode->tag = secnode->tag;
if (!pub_keyblock)
pub_keyblock = lastnode = pubnode;
else
{
lastnode->next = pubnode;
lastnode = pubnode;
}
}
return pub_keyblock;
}
/* Delete all notes in the keyblock at R_KEYBLOCK which are not in
* PUB_KEYBLOCK. Modifies the tags of both keyblock's nodes. */
static gpg_error_t
resync_sec_with_pub_keyblock (kbnode_t *r_keyblock, kbnode_t pub_keyblock,
kbnode_t *r_removedsecs)
{
kbnode_t sec_keyblock = *r_keyblock;
kbnode_t node, prevnode;
unsigned int *taglist;
unsigned int ntaglist, n;
kbnode_t attic = NULL;
kbnode_t *attic_head = &attic;
/* Collect all tags in an array for faster searching. */
for (ntaglist = 0, node = pub_keyblock; node; node = node->next)
ntaglist++;
taglist = xtrycalloc (ntaglist, sizeof *taglist);
if (!taglist)
return gpg_error_from_syserror ();
for (ntaglist = 0, node = pub_keyblock; node; node = node->next)
taglist[ntaglist++] = node->tag;
/* Walks over the secret keyblock and delete all nodes which are not
* in the tag list. Those nodes have been deleted in the
* pub_keyblock. Sequential search is a bit lazy and could be
* optimized by sorting and bsearch; however secret keyrings are
* short and there are easier ways to DoS the import. */
again:
for (prevnode=NULL, node=sec_keyblock; node; prevnode=node, node=node->next)
{
for (n=0; n < ntaglist; n++)
if (taglist[n] == node->tag)
break;
if (n == ntaglist) /* Not in public keyblock. */
{
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_KEY
|| node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY)
{
if (!prevnode)
sec_keyblock = node->next;
else
prevnode->next = node->next;
node->next = NULL;
*attic_head = node;
attic_head = &node->next;
goto again; /* That's lame; I know. */
}
else
delete_kbnode (node);
}
}
xfree (taglist);
/* Commit the as deleted marked nodes and return the possibly
* modified keyblock and a list of removed secret key nodes. */
commit_kbnode (&sec_keyblock);
*r_keyblock = sec_keyblock;
*r_removedsecs = attic;
return 0;
}
/* Helper for import_secret_one. */
static gpg_error_t
do_transfer (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock, PKT_public_key *pk,
struct import_stats_s *stats, int batch, int only_marked)
{
gpg_error_t err;
struct import_stats_s subkey_stats = {0};
err = transfer_secret_keys (ctrl, &subkey_stats, keyblock,
batch, 0, only_marked);
if (gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_NOT_PROCESSED)
{
/* TRANSLATORS: For a smartcard, each private key on host has a
* reference (stub) to a smartcard and actual private key data
* is stored on the card. A single smartcard can have up to
* three private key data. Importing private key stub is always
* skipped in 2.1, and it returns GPG_ERR_NOT_PROCESSED.
* Instead, user should be suggested to run 'gpg --card-status',
* then, references to a card will be automatically created
* again. */
log_info (_("To migrate '%s', with each smartcard, "
"run: %s\n"), "secring.gpg", "gpg --card-status");
err = 0;
}
if (!err)
{
int status = 16;
if (!opt.quiet)
log_info (_("key %s: secret key imported\n"), keystr_from_pk (pk));
if (subkey_stats.secret_imported)
{
status |= 1;
stats->secret_imported += 1;
}
if (subkey_stats.secret_dups)
stats->secret_dups += 1;
if (is_status_enabled ())
print_import_ok (pk, status);
}
return err;
}
/* If the secret keys (main or subkey) in SECKEYS have a corresponding
* public key in the public key described by (FPR,FPRLEN) import these
* parts.
*/
static gpg_error_t
import_matching_seckeys (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t seckeys,
const byte *mainfpr, size_t mainfprlen,
struct import_stats_s *stats, int batch)
{
gpg_error_t err;
kbnode_t pub_keyblock = NULL;
kbnode_t node;
struct { byte fpr[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN]; size_t fprlen; } *fprlist = NULL;
size_t n, nfprlist;
byte fpr[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN];
size_t fprlen;
PKT_public_key *pk;
/* Get the entire public key block from our keystore and put all its
* fingerprints into an array. */
err = get_pubkey_byfprint (ctrl, NULL, &pub_keyblock, mainfpr, mainfprlen);
if (err)
goto leave;
log_assert (pub_keyblock && pub_keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY);
pk = pub_keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key;
for (nfprlist = 0, node = pub_keyblock; node; node = node->next)
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY
|| node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)
nfprlist++;
log_assert (nfprlist);
fprlist = xtrycalloc (nfprlist, sizeof *fprlist);
if (!fprlist)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto leave;
}
for (n = 0, node = pub_keyblock; node; node = node->next)
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY
|| node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)
{
fingerprint_from_pk (node->pkt->pkt.public_key,
fprlist[n].fpr, &fprlist[n].fprlen);
n++;
}
log_assert (n == nfprlist);
/* for (n=0; n < nfprlist; n++) */
/* log_printhex (fprlist[n].fpr, fprlist[n].fprlen, "pubkey %zu:", n); */
/* Mark all secret keys which have a matching public key part in
* PUB_KEYBLOCK. */
for (node = seckeys; node; node = node->next)
{
if (node->pkt->pkttype != PKT_SECRET_KEY
&& node->pkt->pkttype != PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY)
continue; /* Should not happen. */
fingerprint_from_pk (node->pkt->pkt.public_key, fpr, &fprlen);
node->flag &= ~NODE_TRANSFER_SECKEY;
for (n=0; n < nfprlist; n++)
if (fprlist[n].fprlen == fprlen && !memcmp (fprlist[n].fpr,fpr,fprlen))
{
node->flag |= NODE_TRANSFER_SECKEY;
/* log_debug ("found matching seckey\n"); */
break;
}
}
/* Transfer all marked keys. */
err = do_transfer (ctrl, seckeys, pk, stats, batch, 1);
leave:
xfree (fprlist);
release_kbnode (pub_keyblock);
return err;
}
/* Import function for a single secret keyblock. Handling is simpler
* than for public keys. We allow secret key importing only when
* allow is true, this is so that a secret key can not be imported
* accidentally and thereby tampering with the trust calculation.
*
* Ownership of KEYBLOCK is transferred to this function!
*
* If R_SECATTIC is not null the last special sec_keyblock is stored
* there.
*/
static gpg_error_t
import_secret_one (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock,
struct import_stats_s *stats, int batch,
unsigned int options, int for_migration,
import_screener_t screener, void *screener_arg,
kbnode_t *r_secattic)
{
PKT_public_key *pk;
struct seckey_info *ski;
kbnode_t node, uidnode;
u32 keyid[2];
gpg_error_t err = 0;
int nr_prev;
kbnode_t pub_keyblock;
kbnode_t attic = NULL;
byte fpr[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN];
size_t fprlen;
char pkstrbuf[PUBKEY_STRING_SIZE];
/* Get the key and print some info about it */
node = find_kbnode (keyblock, PKT_SECRET_KEY);
if (!node)
BUG ();
pk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
fingerprint_from_pk (pk, fpr, &fprlen);
keyid_from_pk (pk, keyid);
uidnode = find_next_kbnode (keyblock, PKT_USER_ID);
if (screener && screener (keyblock, screener_arg))
{
log_error (_("secret key %s: %s\n"), keystr_from_pk (pk),
_("rejected by import screener"));
release_kbnode (keyblock);
return 0;
}
if (opt.verbose && !for_migration)
{
log_info ("sec %s/%s %s ",
pubkey_string (pk, pkstrbuf, sizeof pkstrbuf),
keystr_from_pk (pk), datestr_from_pk (pk));
if (uidnode)
print_utf8_buffer (log_get_stream (), uidnode->pkt->pkt.user_id->name,
uidnode->pkt->pkt.user_id->len);
log_printf ("\n");
}
stats->secret_read++;
if ((options & IMPORT_NO_SECKEY))
{
if (!for_migration)
log_error (_("importing secret keys not allowed\n"));
release_kbnode (keyblock);
return 0;
}
if (!uidnode)
{
if (!for_migration)
log_error( _("key %s: no user ID\n"), keystr_from_pk (pk));
release_kbnode (keyblock);
return 0;
}
ski = pk->seckey_info;
if (!ski)
{
/* Actually an internal error. */
log_error ("key %s: secret key info missing\n", keystr_from_pk (pk));
release_kbnode (keyblock);
return 0;
}
/* A quick check to not import keys with an invalid protection
cipher algorithm (only checks the primary key, though). */
if (ski->algo > 110)
{
if (!for_migration)
log_error (_("key %s: secret key with invalid cipher %d"
" - skipped\n"), keystr_from_pk (pk), ski->algo);
release_kbnode (keyblock);
return 0;
}
#ifdef ENABLE_SELINUX_HACKS
if (1)
{
/* We don't allow importing secret keys because that may be used
to put a secret key into the keyring and the user might later
be tricked into signing stuff with that key. */
log_error (_("importing secret keys not allowed\n"));
release_kbnode (keyblock);
return 0;
}
#endif
clear_kbnode_flags (keyblock);
nr_prev = stats->skipped_new_keys;
/* Make a public key out of the key. */
pub_keyblock = sec_to_pub_keyblock (keyblock);
if (!pub_keyblock)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
log_error ("key %s: failed to create public key from secret key\n",
keystr_from_pk (pk));
}
else
{
int valid;
/* Note that this outputs an IMPORT_OK status message for the
public key block, and below we will output another one for
the secret keys. FIXME? */
import_one (ctrl, pub_keyblock, stats,
NULL, NULL, options, 1, for_migration,
screener, screener_arg, 0, NULL, &valid);
/* The secret keyblock may not have nodes which are deleted in
* the public keyblock. Otherwise we would import just the
* secret key without having the public key. That would be
* surprising and clutters our private-keys-v1.d. */
err = resync_sec_with_pub_keyblock (&keyblock, pub_keyblock, &attic);
if (err)
goto leave;
if (!valid)
{
/* If the block was not valid the primary key is left in the
* original keyblock because we require that for the first
* node. Move it to ATTIC. */
if (keyblock && keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_KEY)
{
node = keyblock;
keyblock = node->next;
node->next = NULL;
if (attic)
{
node->next = attic;
attic = node;
}
else
attic = node;
}
/* Try to import the secret key iff we have a public key. */
if (attic && !(opt.dry_run || (options & IMPORT_DRY_RUN)))
err = import_matching_seckeys (ctrl, attic, fpr, fprlen,
stats, batch);
else
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY);
goto leave;
}
/* log_debug ("attic is:\n"); */
/* dump_kbnode (attic); */
/* Proceed with the valid parts of PUBKEYBLOCK. */
/* At least we cancel the secret key import when the public key
import was skipped due to MERGE_ONLY option and a new
key. */
if (!(opt.dry_run || (options & IMPORT_DRY_RUN))
&& stats->skipped_new_keys <= nr_prev)
{
/* Read the keyblock again to get the effects of a merge for
* the public key. */
err = get_pubkey_byfprint (ctrl, NULL, &node, fpr, fprlen);
if (err || !node)
log_error ("key %s: failed to re-lookup public key: %s\n",
keystr_from_pk (pk), gpg_strerror (err));
else
{
err = do_transfer (ctrl, keyblock, pk, stats, batch, 0);
if (!err)
check_prefs (ctrl, node);
release_kbnode (node);
if (!err && attic)
{
/* Try to import invalid subkeys. This can be the
* case if the primary secret key was imported due
* to --allow-non-selfsigned-uid. */
err = import_matching_seckeys (ctrl, attic, fpr, fprlen,
stats, batch);
}
}
}
}
leave:
release_kbnode (keyblock);
release_kbnode (pub_keyblock);
if (r_secattic)
*r_secattic = attic;
else
release_kbnode (attic);
return err;
}
/* Return the recocation reason from signature SIG. If no revocation
* reason is available 0 is returned, in other cases the reason
* (0..255). If R_REASON is not NULL a malloced textual
* representation of the code is stored there. If R_COMMENT is not
* NULL the comment from the reason is stored there and its length at
* R_COMMENTLEN. Note that the value at R_COMMENT is not filtered but
* user supplied data in UTF8; thus it needs to be escaped for display
* purposes. Both return values are either NULL or a malloced
* string/buffer. */
int
get_revocation_reason (PKT_signature *sig, char **r_reason,
char **r_comment, size_t *r_commentlen)
{
int reason_seq = 0;
size_t reason_n;
const byte *reason_p;
char reason_code_buf[20];
const char *reason_text = NULL;
int reason_code = 0;
if (r_reason)
*r_reason = NULL;
if (r_comment)
*r_comment = NULL;
/* Skip over empty reason packets. */
while ((reason_p = enum_sig_subpkt (sig, 1, SIGSUBPKT_REVOC_REASON,
&reason_n, &reason_seq, NULL))
&& !reason_n)
;
if (reason_p)
{
reason_code = *reason_p;
reason_n--; reason_p++;
switch (reason_code)
{
case 0x00: reason_text = _("No reason specified"); break;
case 0x01: reason_text = _("Key is superseded"); break;
case 0x02: reason_text = _("Key has been compromised"); break;
case 0x03: reason_text = _("Key is no longer used"); break;
case 0x20: reason_text = _("User ID is no longer valid"); break;
default:
snprintf (reason_code_buf, sizeof reason_code_buf,
"code=%02x", reason_code);
reason_text = reason_code_buf;
break;
}
if (r_reason)
*r_reason = xstrdup (reason_text);
if (r_comment && reason_n)
{
*r_comment = xmalloc (reason_n);
memcpy (*r_comment, reason_p, reason_n);
*r_commentlen = reason_n;
}
}
return reason_code;
}
/* List the recocation signature as a "rvs" record. SIGRC shows the
* character from the signature verification or 0 if no public key was
* found. */
static void
list_standalone_revocation (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_signature *sig, int sigrc)
{
char *siguid = NULL;
size_t siguidlen = 0;
char *issuer_fpr = NULL;
int reason_code = 0;
char *reason_text = NULL;
char *reason_comment = NULL;
size_t reason_commentlen;
if (sigrc != '%' && sigrc != '?' && !opt.fast_list_mode)
{
int nouid;
siguid = get_user_id (ctrl, sig->keyid, &siguidlen, &nouid);
if (nouid)
sigrc = '?';
}
reason_code = get_revocation_reason (sig, &reason_text,
&reason_comment, &reason_commentlen);
if (opt.with_colons)
{
es_fputs ("rvs:", es_stdout);
if (sigrc)
es_putc (sigrc, es_stdout);
es_fprintf (es_stdout, "::%d:%08lX%08lX:%s:%s:::",
sig->pubkey_algo,
(ulong) sig->keyid[0], (ulong) sig->keyid[1],
colon_datestr_from_sig (sig),
colon_expirestr_from_sig (sig));
if (siguid)
es_write_sanitized (es_stdout, siguid, siguidlen, ":", NULL);
es_fprintf (es_stdout, ":%02x%c", sig->sig_class,
sig->flags.exportable ? 'x' : 'l');
if (reason_text)
es_fprintf (es_stdout, ",%02x", reason_code);
es_fputs ("::", es_stdout);
if ((issuer_fpr = issuer_fpr_string (sig)))
es_fputs (issuer_fpr, es_stdout);
es_fprintf (es_stdout, ":::%d:", sig->digest_algo);
if (reason_comment)
{
es_fputs ("::::", es_stdout);
es_write_sanitized (es_stdout, reason_comment, reason_commentlen,
":", NULL);
es_putc (':', es_stdout);
}
es_putc ('\n', es_stdout);
if (opt.show_subpackets)
print_subpackets_colon (sig);
}
else /* Human readable. */
{
es_fputs ("rvs", es_stdout);
es_fprintf (es_stdout, "%c%c %c%c%c%c%c%c %s %s",
sigrc, (sig->sig_class - 0x10 > 0 &&
sig->sig_class - 0x10 <
4) ? '0' + sig->sig_class - 0x10 : ' ',
sig->flags.exportable ? ' ' : 'L',
sig->flags.revocable ? ' ' : 'R',
sig->flags.policy_url ? 'P' : ' ',
sig->flags.notation ? 'N' : ' ',
sig->flags.expired ? 'X' : ' ',
(sig->trust_depth > 9) ? 'T' : (sig->trust_depth >
0) ? '0' +
sig->trust_depth : ' ', keystr (sig->keyid),
datestr_from_sig (sig));
if (siguid)
{
es_fprintf (es_stdout, " ");
print_utf8_buffer (es_stdout, siguid, siguidlen);
}
es_putc ('\n', es_stdout);
if (sig->flags.policy_url
&& (opt.list_options & LIST_SHOW_POLICY_URLS))
show_policy_url (sig, 3, 0);
if (sig->flags.notation && (opt.list_options & LIST_SHOW_NOTATIONS))
show_notation (sig, 3, 0,
((opt.list_options & LIST_SHOW_STD_NOTATIONS) ? 1 : 0)
+
((opt.list_options & LIST_SHOW_USER_NOTATIONS) ? 2 : 0));
if (sig->flags.pref_ks
&& (opt.list_options & LIST_SHOW_KEYSERVER_URLS))
show_keyserver_url (sig, 3, 0);
if (reason_text)
{
es_fprintf (es_stdout, " %s%s\n",
_("reason for revocation: "), reason_text);
if (reason_comment)
{
const byte *s, *s_lf;
size_t n, n_lf;
s = reason_comment;
n = reason_commentlen;
s_lf = NULL;
do
{
/* We don't want any empty lines, so we skip them. */
for (;n && *s == '\n'; s++, n--)
;
if (n)
{
s_lf = memchr (s, '\n', n);
n_lf = s_lf? s_lf - s : n;
es_fprintf (es_stdout, " %s",
_("revocation comment: "));
es_write_sanitized (es_stdout, s, n_lf, NULL, NULL);
es_putc ('\n', es_stdout);
s += n_lf; n -= n_lf;
}
} while (s_lf);
}
}
}
es_fflush (es_stdout);
xfree (reason_text);
xfree (reason_comment);
xfree (siguid);
xfree (issuer_fpr);
}
/****************
* Import a revocation certificate; this is a single signature packet.
*/
static int
import_revoke_cert (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t node, unsigned int options,
struct import_stats_s *stats)
{
PKT_public_key *pk = NULL;
kbnode_t onode;
kbnode_t keyblock = NULL;
KEYDB_HANDLE hd = NULL;
u32 keyid[2];
int rc = 0;
int sigrc = 0;
int silent;
/* No error output for --show-keys. */
silent = (options & (IMPORT_SHOW | IMPORT_DRY_RUN));
log_assert (!node->next );
log_assert (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE );
log_assert (IS_KEY_REV (node->pkt->pkt.signature));
keyid[0] = node->pkt->pkt.signature->keyid[0];
keyid[1] = node->pkt->pkt.signature->keyid[1];
pk = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *pk );
rc = get_pubkey (ctrl, pk, keyid );
if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY )
{
if (!silent)
log_error (_("key %s: no public key -"
" can't apply revocation certificate\n"), keystr(keyid));
rc = 0;
goto leave;
}
else if (rc )
{
log_error (_("key %s: public key not found: %s\n"),
keystr(keyid), gpg_strerror (rc));
goto leave;
}
/* Read the original keyblock. */
hd = keydb_new (ctrl);
if (!hd)
{
rc = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto leave;
}
{
byte afp[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN];
size_t an;
fingerprint_from_pk (pk, afp, &an);
rc = keydb_search_fpr (hd, afp, an);
}
if (rc)
{
log_error (_("key %s: can't locate original keyblock: %s\n"),
keystr(keyid), gpg_strerror (rc));
goto leave;
}
rc = keydb_get_keyblock (hd, &keyblock );
if (rc)
{
log_error (_("key %s: can't read original keyblock: %s\n"),
keystr(keyid), gpg_strerror (rc));
goto leave;
}
/* it is okay, that node is not in keyblock because
* check_key_signature works fine for sig_class 0x20 (KEY_REV) in
* this special case. SIGRC is only used for IMPORT_SHOW. */
rc = check_key_signature (ctrl, keyblock, node, NULL);
switch (gpg_err_code (rc))
{
case 0: sigrc = '!'; break;
case GPG_ERR_BAD_SIGNATURE: sigrc = '-'; break;
case GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY: sigrc = '?'; break;
case GPG_ERR_UNUSABLE_PUBKEY: sigrc = '?'; break;
default: sigrc = '%'; break;
}
if (rc )
{
if (!silent)
log_error (_("key %s: invalid revocation certificate"
": %s - rejected\n"), keystr(keyid), gpg_strerror (rc));
goto leave;
}
/* check whether we already have this */
for(onode=keyblock->next; onode; onode=onode->next ) {
if (onode->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID )
break;
else if (onode->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE
&& !cmp_signatures(node->pkt->pkt.signature,
onode->pkt->pkt.signature))
{
rc = 0;
goto leave; /* yes, we already know about it */
}
}
/* insert it */
insert_kbnode( keyblock, clone_kbnode(node), 0 );
/* and write the keyblock back unless in dry run mode. */
if (!(opt.dry_run || (options & IMPORT_DRY_RUN)))
{
rc = keydb_update_keyblock (ctrl, hd, keyblock );
if (rc)
log_error (_("error writing keyring '%s': %s\n"),
keydb_get_resource_name (hd), gpg_strerror (rc) );
keydb_release (hd);
hd = NULL;
/* we are ready */
if (!opt.quiet )
{
char *p=get_user_id_native (ctrl, keyid);
log_info( _("key %s: \"%s\" revocation certificate imported\n"),
keystr(keyid),p);
xfree(p);
}
/* If the key we just revoked was ultimately trusted, remove its
* ultimate trust. This doesn't stop the user from putting the
* ultimate trust back, but is a reasonable solution for now. */
if (get_ownertrust (ctrl, pk) == TRUST_ULTIMATE)
clear_ownertrusts (ctrl, pk);
revalidation_mark (ctrl);
}
stats->n_revoc++;
leave:
if ((options & IMPORT_SHOW))
list_standalone_revocation (ctrl, node->pkt->pkt.signature, sigrc);
keydb_release (hd);
release_kbnode( keyblock );
free_public_key( pk );
return rc;
}
/* Loop over the KEYBLOCK and check all self signatures. KEYID is the
* keyid of the primary key for reporting purposes. On return the
* following bits in the node flags are set:
*
* - NODE_GOOD_SELFSIG :: User ID or subkey has a self-signature
* - NODE_BAD_SELFSIG :: Used ID or subkey has an invalid self-signature
* - NODE_DELETION_MARK :: This node shall be deleted
*
* NON_SELF is set to true if there are any sigs other than self-sigs
* in this keyblock.
*
* Returns 0 on success or -1 (but not an error code) if the keyblock
* is invalid.
*/
static int
chk_self_sigs (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock, u32 *keyid, int *non_self)
{
kbnode_t knode = NULL; /* The node of the current subkey. */
PKT_public_key *subpk = NULL; /* and its packet. */
kbnode_t bsnode = NULL; /* Subkey binding signature node. */
u32 bsdate = 0; /* Timestamp of that node. */
kbnode_t rsnode = NULL; /* Subkey recocation signature node. */
u32 rsdate = 0; /* Timestamp of that node. */
PKT_signature *sig;
int rc;
kbnode_t n;
for (n=keyblock; (n = find_next_kbnode (n, 0)); )
{
if (n->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)
{
knode = n;
subpk = knode->pkt->pkt.public_key;
bsdate = 0;
rsdate = 0;
bsnode = NULL;
rsnode = NULL;
continue;
}
if ( n->pkt->pkttype != PKT_SIGNATURE )
continue;
sig = n->pkt->pkt.signature;
if ( keyid[0] != sig->keyid[0] || keyid[1] != sig->keyid[1] )
{
*non_self = 1;
continue;
}
/* This just caches the sigs for later use. That way we
import a fully-cached key which speeds things up. */
if (!opt.no_sig_cache)
check_key_signature (ctrl, keyblock, n, NULL);
if ( IS_UID_SIG(sig) || IS_UID_REV(sig) )
{
kbnode_t unode = find_prev_kbnode( keyblock, n, PKT_USER_ID );
if ( !unode )
{
log_error( _("key %s: no user ID for signature\n"),
keystr(keyid));
return -1; /* The complete keyblock is invalid. */
}
/* If it hasn't been marked valid yet, keep trying. */
if (!(unode->flag & NODE_GOOD_SELFSIG))
{
rc = check_key_signature (ctrl, keyblock, n, NULL);
if ( rc )
{
if ( opt.verbose )
{
char *p = utf8_to_native
(unode->pkt->pkt.user_id->name,
strlen (unode->pkt->pkt.user_id->name),0);
log_info (gpg_err_code(rc) == GPG_ERR_PUBKEY_ALGO ?
_("key %s: unsupported public key "
"algorithm on user ID \"%s\"\n"):
_("key %s: invalid self-signature "
"on user ID \"%s\"\n"),
keystr (keyid),p);
xfree (p);
}
}
else
unode->flag |= NODE_GOOD_SELFSIG;
}
}
else if (IS_KEY_SIG (sig))
{
rc = check_key_signature (ctrl, keyblock, n, NULL);
if ( rc )
{
if (opt.verbose)
log_info (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_PUBKEY_ALGO ?
_("key %s: unsupported public key algorithm\n"):
_("key %s: invalid direct key signature\n"),
keystr (keyid));
n->flag |= NODE_DELETION_MARK;
}
}
else if ( IS_SUBKEY_SIG (sig) )
{
/* Note that this works based solely on the timestamps like
the rest of gpg. If the standard gets revocation
targets, this may need to be revised. */
if ( !knode )
{
if (opt.verbose)
log_info (_("key %s: no subkey for key binding\n"),
keystr (keyid));
n->flag |= NODE_DELETION_MARK;
}
else
{
rc = check_key_signature (ctrl, keyblock, n, NULL);
if ( rc )
{
if (opt.verbose)
{
keyid_from_pk (subpk, NULL);
log_info (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_PUBKEY_ALGO ?
_("key %s: unsupported public key"
" algorithm\n"):
_("key %s: invalid subkey binding\n"),
keystr_with_sub (keyid, subpk->keyid));
}
n->flag |= NODE_DELETION_MARK;
}
else
{
/* It's valid, so is it newer? */
if (sig->timestamp >= bsdate)
{
knode->flag |= NODE_GOOD_SELFSIG; /* Subkey is valid. */
if (bsnode)
{
/* Delete the last binding sig since this
one is newer */
bsnode->flag |= NODE_DELETION_MARK;
if (opt.verbose)
{
keyid_from_pk (subpk, NULL);
log_info (_("key %s: removed multiple subkey"
" binding\n"),
keystr_with_sub (keyid, subpk->keyid));
}
}
bsnode = n;
bsdate = sig->timestamp;
}
else
n->flag |= NODE_DELETION_MARK; /* older */
}
}
}
else if ( IS_SUBKEY_REV (sig) )
{
/* We don't actually mark the subkey as revoked right now,
so just check that the revocation sig is the most recent
valid one. Note that we don't care if the binding sig is
newer than the revocation sig. See the comment in
getkey.c:merge_selfsigs_subkey for more. */
if ( !knode )
{
if (opt.verbose)
log_info (_("key %s: no subkey for key revocation\n"),
keystr(keyid));
n->flag |= NODE_DELETION_MARK;
}
else
{
rc = check_key_signature (ctrl, keyblock, n, NULL);
if ( rc )
{
if(opt.verbose)
log_info (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_PUBKEY_ALGO ?
_("key %s: unsupported public"
" key algorithm\n"):
_("key %s: invalid subkey revocation\n"),
keystr(keyid));
n->flag |= NODE_DELETION_MARK;
}
else
{
/* It's valid, so is it newer? */
if (sig->timestamp >= rsdate)
{
if (rsnode)
{
/* Delete the last revocation sig since
this one is newer. */
rsnode->flag |= NODE_DELETION_MARK;
if (opt.verbose)
log_info (_("key %s: removed multiple subkey"
" revocation\n"),keystr(keyid));
}
rsnode = n;
rsdate = sig->timestamp;
}
else
n->flag |= NODE_DELETION_MARK; /* older */
}
}
}
}
return 0;
}
/* Delete all parts which are invalid and those signatures whose
* public key algorithm is not available in this implementation; but
* consider RSA as valid, because parse/build_packets knows about it.
*
* Returns: True if at least one valid user-id is left over.
*/
static int
delete_inv_parts (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock, u32 *keyid,
unsigned int options)
{
kbnode_t node;
int nvalid=0, uid_seen=0, subkey_seen=0;
PKT_public_key *pk;
for (node=keyblock->next; node; node = node->next )
{
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID)
{
uid_seen = 1;
if ((node->flag & NODE_BAD_SELFSIG)
|| !(node->flag & NODE_GOOD_SELFSIG))
{
if (opt.verbose )
{
char *p=utf8_to_native(node->pkt->pkt.user_id->name,
node->pkt->pkt.user_id->len,0);
log_info( _("key %s: skipped user ID \"%s\"\n"),
keystr(keyid),p);
xfree(p);
}
delete_kbnode( node ); /* the user-id */
/* and all following packets up to the next user-id */
while (node->next
&& node->next->pkt->pkttype != PKT_USER_ID
&& node->next->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY
&& node->next->pkt->pkttype != PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY ){
delete_kbnode( node->next );
node = node->next;
}
}
else
nvalid++;
}
else if ( node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY
|| node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY )
{
if ((node->flag & NODE_BAD_SELFSIG)
|| !(node->flag & NODE_GOOD_SELFSIG))
{
if (opt.verbose )
{
pk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
keyid_from_pk (pk, NULL);
log_info (_("key %s: skipped subkey\n"),
keystr_with_sub (keyid, pk->keyid));
}
delete_kbnode( node ); /* the subkey */
/* and all following signature packets */
while (node->next
&& node->next->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE ) {
delete_kbnode( node->next );
node = node->next;
}
}
else
subkey_seen = 1;
}
else if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE
&& openpgp_pk_test_algo (node->pkt->pkt.signature->pubkey_algo)
&& node->pkt->pkt.signature->pubkey_algo != PUBKEY_ALGO_RSA )
{
delete_kbnode( node ); /* build_packet() can't handle this */
}
else if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE
&& !node->pkt->pkt.signature->flags.exportable
&& !(options&IMPORT_LOCAL_SIGS)
&& !have_secret_key_with_kid (ctrl,
node->pkt->pkt.signature->keyid))
{
/* here we violate the rfc a bit by still allowing
* to import non-exportable signature when we have the
* the secret key used to create this signature - it
* seems that this makes sense */
if(opt.verbose)
log_info( _("key %s: non exportable signature"
" (class 0x%02X) - skipped\n"),
keystr(keyid), node->pkt->pkt.signature->sig_class );
delete_kbnode( node );
}
else if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE
&& IS_KEY_REV (node->pkt->pkt.signature))
{
if (uid_seen )
{
if(opt.verbose)
log_info( _("key %s: revocation certificate"
" at wrong place - skipped\n"),keystr(keyid));
delete_kbnode( node );
}
else
{
/* If the revocation cert is from a different key than
the one we're working on don't check it - it's
probably from a revocation key and won't be
verifiable with this key anyway. */
if(node->pkt->pkt.signature->keyid[0]==keyid[0]
&& node->pkt->pkt.signature->keyid[1]==keyid[1])
{
int rc = check_key_signature (ctrl, keyblock, node, NULL);
if (rc )
{
if(opt.verbose)
log_info( _("key %s: invalid revocation"
" certificate: %s - skipped\n"),
keystr(keyid), gpg_strerror (rc));
delete_kbnode( node );
}
}
}
}
else if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE
&& (IS_SUBKEY_SIG (node->pkt->pkt.signature)
|| IS_SUBKEY_REV (node->pkt->pkt.signature))
&& !subkey_seen )
{
if(opt.verbose)
log_info( _("key %s: subkey signature"
" in wrong place - skipped\n"), keystr(keyid));
delete_kbnode( node );
}
else if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE
&& !IS_CERT(node->pkt->pkt.signature))
{
if(opt.verbose)
log_info(_("key %s: unexpected signature class (0x%02X) -"
" skipped\n"),keystr(keyid),
node->pkt->pkt.signature->sig_class);
delete_kbnode(node);
}
else if ((node->flag & NODE_DELETION_MARK))
delete_kbnode( node );
}
/* note: because keyblock is the public key, it is never marked
* for deletion and so keyblock cannot change */
commit_kbnode( &keyblock );
return nvalid;
}
/* This function returns true if any UID is left in the keyring. */
static int
any_uid_left (kbnode_t keyblock)
{
kbnode_t node;
for (node=keyblock->next; node; node = node->next)
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID)
return 1;
return 0;
}
/* Delete all non-self-sigs from KEYBLOCK.
* Returns: True if the keyblock has changed. */
static void
remove_all_non_self_sigs (kbnode_t *keyblock, u32 *keyid)
{
kbnode_t node;
unsigned int dropped = 0;
for (node = *keyblock; node; node = node->next)
{
if (is_deleted_kbnode (node))
continue;
if (node->pkt->pkttype != PKT_SIGNATURE)
continue;
if (node->pkt->pkt.signature->keyid[0] == keyid[0]
&& node->pkt->pkt.signature->keyid[1] == keyid[1])
continue;
delete_kbnode (node);
dropped++;
}
if (dropped)
commit_kbnode (keyblock);
if (dropped && opt.verbose)
log_info ("key %s: number of dropped non-self-signatures: %u\n",
keystr (keyid), dropped);
}
/*
* It may happen that the imported keyblock has duplicated user IDs.
* We check this here and collapse those user IDs together with their
* sigs into one.
* Returns: True if the keyblock has changed.
*/
int
collapse_uids (kbnode_t *keyblock)
{
kbnode_t uid1;
int any=0;
for(uid1=*keyblock;uid1;uid1=uid1->next)
{
kbnode_t uid2;
if(is_deleted_kbnode(uid1))
continue;
if(uid1->pkt->pkttype!=PKT_USER_ID)
continue;
for(uid2=uid1->next;uid2;uid2=uid2->next)
{
if(is_deleted_kbnode(uid2))
continue;
if(uid2->pkt->pkttype!=PKT_USER_ID)
continue;
if(cmp_user_ids(uid1->pkt->pkt.user_id,
uid2->pkt->pkt.user_id)==0)
{
/* We have a duplicated uid */
kbnode_t sig1,last;
any=1;
/* Now take uid2's signatures, and attach them to
uid1 */
for(last=uid2;last->next;last=last->next)
{
if(is_deleted_kbnode(last))
continue;
if(last->next->pkt->pkttype==PKT_USER_ID
|| last->next->pkt->pkttype==PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY
|| last->next->pkt->pkttype==PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY)
break;
}
/* Snip out uid2 */
(find_prev_kbnode(*keyblock,uid2,0))->next=last->next;
/* Now put uid2 in place as part of uid1 */
last->next=uid1->next;
uid1->next=uid2;
delete_kbnode(uid2);
/* Now dedupe uid1 */
for(sig1=uid1->next;sig1;sig1=sig1->next)
{
kbnode_t sig2;
if(is_deleted_kbnode(sig1))
continue;
if(sig1->pkt->pkttype==PKT_USER_ID
|| sig1->pkt->pkttype==PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY
|| sig1->pkt->pkttype==PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY)
break;
if(sig1->pkt->pkttype!=PKT_SIGNATURE)
continue;
for(sig2=sig1->next,last=sig1;sig2;last=sig2,sig2=sig2->next)
{
if(is_deleted_kbnode(sig2))
continue;
if(sig2->pkt->pkttype==PKT_USER_ID
|| sig2->pkt->pkttype==PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY
|| sig2->pkt->pkttype==PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY)
break;
if(sig2->pkt->pkttype!=PKT_SIGNATURE)
continue;
if(cmp_signatures(sig1->pkt->pkt.signature,
sig2->pkt->pkt.signature)==0)
{
/* We have a match, so delete the second
signature */
delete_kbnode(sig2);
sig2=last;
}
}
}
}
}
}
commit_kbnode(keyblock);
if(any && !opt.quiet)
{
const char *key="???";
if ((uid1 = find_kbnode (*keyblock, PKT_PUBLIC_KEY)) )
key = keystr_from_pk (uid1->pkt->pkt.public_key);
else if ((uid1 = find_kbnode( *keyblock, PKT_SECRET_KEY)) )
key = keystr_from_pk (uid1->pkt->pkt.public_key);
log_info (_("key %s: duplicated user ID detected - merged\n"), key);
}
return any;
}
/*
* It may happen that the imported keyblock has duplicated subkeys.
* We check this here and collapse those subkeys along with their
* binding self-signatures.
* Returns: True if the keyblock has changed.
*/
int
collapse_subkeys (kbnode_t *keyblock)
{
kbnode_t kb1, kb2, sig1, sig2, last;
int any = 0;
for (kb1 = *keyblock; kb1; kb1 = kb1->next)
{
if (is_deleted_kbnode (kb1))
continue;
if (kb1->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY
&& kb1->pkt->pkttype != PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY)
continue;
/* We assume just a few duplicates and use a straightforward
* algorithm. */
for (kb2 = kb1->next; kb2; kb2 = kb2->next)
{
if (is_deleted_kbnode (kb2))
continue;
if (kb2->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY
&& kb2->pkt->pkttype != PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY)
continue;
if (cmp_public_keys (kb1->pkt->pkt.public_key,
kb2->pkt->pkt.public_key))
continue;
/* We have a duplicated subkey. */
any = 1;
/* Take subkey-2's signatures, and attach them to subkey-1. */
for (last = kb2; last->next; last = last->next)
{
if (is_deleted_kbnode (last))
continue;
if (last->next->pkt->pkttype != PKT_SIGNATURE)
break;
}
/* Snip out subkye-2 */
find_prev_kbnode (*keyblock, kb2, 0)->next = last->next;
/* Put subkey-2 in place as part of subkey-1 */
last->next = kb1->next;
kb1->next = kb2;
delete_kbnode (kb2);
/* Now dedupe kb1 */
for (sig1 = kb1->next; sig1; sig1 = sig1->next)
{
if (is_deleted_kbnode (sig1))
continue;
if (sig1->pkt->pkttype != PKT_SIGNATURE)
break;
for (sig2 = sig1->next, last = sig1;
sig2;
last = sig2, sig2 = sig2->next)
{
if (is_deleted_kbnode (sig2))
continue;
if (sig2->pkt->pkttype != PKT_SIGNATURE)
break;
if (!cmp_signatures (sig1->pkt->pkt.signature,
sig2->pkt->pkt.signature))
{
/* We have a match, so delete the second
signature */
delete_kbnode (sig2);
sig2 = last;
}
}
}
}
}
commit_kbnode (keyblock);
if (any && !opt.quiet)
{
const char *key="???";
if ((kb1 = find_kbnode (*keyblock, PKT_PUBLIC_KEY)) )
key = keystr_from_pk (kb1->pkt->pkt.public_key);
else if ((kb1 = find_kbnode (*keyblock, PKT_SECRET_KEY)) )
key = keystr_from_pk (kb1->pkt->pkt.public_key);
log_info (_("key %s: duplicated subkeys detected - merged\n"), key);
}
return any;
}
/* Check for a 0x20 revocation from a revocation key that is not
present. This may be called without the benefit of merge_xxxx so
you can't rely on pk->revkey and friends. */
static void
revocation_present (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock)
{
kbnode_t onode, inode;
PKT_public_key *pk = keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key;
for(onode=keyblock->next;onode;onode=onode->next)
{
/* If we reach user IDs, we're done. */
if(onode->pkt->pkttype==PKT_USER_ID)
break;
if (onode->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE
&& IS_KEY_SIG (onode->pkt->pkt.signature)
&& onode->pkt->pkt.signature->revkey)
{
int idx;
PKT_signature *sig=onode->pkt->pkt.signature;
for(idx=0;idxnumrevkeys;idx++)
{
u32 keyid[2];
keyid_from_fingerprint (ctrl, sig->revkey[idx].fpr,
sig->revkey[idx].fprlen, keyid);
for(inode=keyblock->next;inode;inode=inode->next)
{
/* If we reach user IDs, we're done. */
if(inode->pkt->pkttype==PKT_USER_ID)
break;
if (inode->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE
&& IS_KEY_REV (inode->pkt->pkt.signature)
&& inode->pkt->pkt.signature->keyid[0]==keyid[0]
&& inode->pkt->pkt.signature->keyid[1]==keyid[1])
{
/* Okay, we have a revocation key, and a
* revocation issued by it. Do we have the key
* itself? */
gpg_error_t err;
err = get_pubkey_byfprint_fast (ctrl, NULL,
sig->revkey[idx].fpr,
sig->revkey[idx].fprlen);
if (gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY
|| gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_UNUSABLE_PUBKEY)
{
char *tempkeystr = xstrdup (keystr_from_pk (pk));
/* No, so try and get it */
if ((opt.keyserver_options.options
& KEYSERVER_AUTO_KEY_RETRIEVE)
&& keyserver_any_configured (ctrl))
{
log_info(_("WARNING: key %s may be revoked:"
" fetching revocation key %s\n"),
tempkeystr,keystr(keyid));
keyserver_import_fprint (ctrl,
sig->revkey[idx].fpr,
sig->revkey[idx].fprlen,
opt.keyserver, 0);
/* Do we have it now? */
err = get_pubkey_byfprint_fast (ctrl, NULL,
sig->revkey[idx].fpr,
sig->revkey[idx].fprlen);
}
if (gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY
|| gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_UNUSABLE_PUBKEY)
log_info(_("WARNING: key %s may be revoked:"
" revocation key %s not present.\n"),
tempkeystr,keystr(keyid));
xfree(tempkeystr);
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
/*
* compare and merge the blocks
*
* o compare the signatures: If we already have this signature, check
* that they compare okay; if not, issue a warning and ask the user.
* o Simply add the signature. Can't verify here because we may not have
* the signature's public key yet; verification is done when putting it
* into the trustdb, which is done automagically as soon as this pubkey
* is used.
* Note: We indicate newly inserted packets with NODE_FLAG_A.
*/
static int
merge_blocks (ctrl_t ctrl, unsigned int options,
kbnode_t keyblock_orig, kbnode_t keyblock,
u32 *keyid, u32 curtime, int origin, const char *url,
int *n_uids, int *n_sigs, int *n_subk )
{
kbnode_t onode, node;
int rc, found;
/* 1st: handle revocation certificates */
for (node=keyblock->next; node; node=node->next )
{
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID )
break;
else if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE
&& IS_KEY_REV (node->pkt->pkt.signature))
{
/* check whether we already have this */
found = 0;
for (onode=keyblock_orig->next; onode; onode=onode->next)
{
if (onode->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID )
break;
else if (onode->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE
&& IS_KEY_REV (onode->pkt->pkt.signature)
&& !cmp_signatures(onode->pkt->pkt.signature,
node->pkt->pkt.signature))
{
found = 1;
break;
}
}
if (!found)
{
kbnode_t n2 = clone_kbnode(node);
insert_kbnode( keyblock_orig, n2, 0 );
n2->flag |= NODE_FLAG_A;
++*n_sigs;
if(!opt.quiet)
{
char *p = get_user_id_native (ctrl, keyid);
log_info(_("key %s: \"%s\" revocation"
" certificate added\n"), keystr(keyid),p);
xfree(p);
}
}
}
}
/* 2nd: merge in any direct key (0x1F) sigs */
for(node=keyblock->next; node; node=node->next)
{
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID )
break;
else if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE
&& IS_KEY_SIG (node->pkt->pkt.signature))
{
/* check whether we already have this */
found = 0;
for (onode=keyblock_orig->next; onode; onode=onode->next)
{
if (onode->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID)
break;
else if (onode->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE
&& IS_KEY_SIG (onode->pkt->pkt.signature)
&& !cmp_signatures(onode->pkt->pkt.signature,
node->pkt->pkt.signature))
{
found = 1;
break;
}
}
if (!found )
{
kbnode_t n2 = clone_kbnode(node);
insert_kbnode( keyblock_orig, n2, 0 );
n2->flag |= NODE_FLAG_A;
++*n_sigs;
if(!opt.quiet)
log_info( _("key %s: direct key signature added\n"),
keystr(keyid));
}
}
}
/* 3rd: try to merge new certificates in */
for (onode=keyblock_orig->next; onode; onode=onode->next)
{
if (!(onode->flag & NODE_FLAG_A) && onode->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID)
{
/* find the user id in the imported keyblock */
for (node=keyblock->next; node; node=node->next)
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID
&& !cmp_user_ids( onode->pkt->pkt.user_id,
node->pkt->pkt.user_id ) )
break;
if (node ) /* found: merge */
{
rc = merge_sigs (onode, node, n_sigs);
if (rc )
return rc;
}
}
}
/* 4th: add new user-ids */
for (node=keyblock->next; node; node=node->next)
{
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID)
{
/* do we have this in the original keyblock */
for (onode=keyblock_orig->next; onode; onode=onode->next )
if (onode->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID
&& !cmp_user_ids( onode->pkt->pkt.user_id,
node->pkt->pkt.user_id ) )
break;
if (!onode ) /* this is a new user id: append */
{
rc = append_new_uid (options, keyblock_orig, node,
curtime, origin, url, n_sigs);
if (rc )
return rc;
++*n_uids;
}
}
}
/* 5th: add new subkeys */
for (node=keyblock->next; node; node=node->next)
{
onode = NULL;
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)
{
/* do we have this in the original keyblock? */
for(onode=keyblock_orig->next; onode; onode=onode->next)
if (onode->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY
&& !cmp_public_keys( onode->pkt->pkt.public_key,
node->pkt->pkt.public_key))
break;
if (!onode ) /* This is a new subkey: append. */
{
rc = append_key (keyblock_orig, node, n_sigs);
if (rc)
return rc;
++*n_subk;
}
}
else if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY)
{
/* do we have this in the original keyblock? */
for (onode=keyblock_orig->next; onode; onode=onode->next )
if (onode->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY
&& !cmp_public_keys (onode->pkt->pkt.public_key,
node->pkt->pkt.public_key) )
break;
if (!onode ) /* This is a new subkey: append. */
{
rc = append_key (keyblock_orig, node, n_sigs);
if (rc )
return rc;
++*n_subk;
}
}
}
/* 6th: merge subkey certificates */
for (onode=keyblock_orig->next; onode; onode=onode->next)
{
if (!(onode->flag & NODE_FLAG_A)
&& (onode->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY
|| onode->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY))
{
/* find the subkey in the imported keyblock */
for(node=keyblock->next; node; node=node->next)
{
if ((node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY
|| node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY)
&& !cmp_public_keys( onode->pkt->pkt.public_key,
node->pkt->pkt.public_key ) )
break;
}
if (node) /* Found: merge. */
{
rc = merge_keysigs( onode, node, n_sigs);
if (rc )
return rc;
}
}
}
return 0;
}
/* Helper function for merge_blocks.
*
* Append the new userid starting with NODE and all signatures to
* KEYBLOCK. ORIGIN and URL conveys the usual key origin info. The
* integer at N_SIGS is updated with the number of new signatures.
*/
static gpg_error_t
append_new_uid (unsigned int options,
kbnode_t keyblock, kbnode_t node, u32 curtime,
int origin, const char *url, int *n_sigs)
{
gpg_error_t err;
kbnode_t n;
kbnode_t n_where = NULL;
log_assert (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID);
/* Find the right position for the new user id and its signatures. */
for (n = keyblock; n; n_where = n, n = n->next)
{
if (n->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY
|| n->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY )
break;
}
if (!n)
n_where = NULL;
/* and append/insert */
while (node)
{
/* we add a clone to the original keyblock, because this
* one is released first. */
n = clone_kbnode(node);
if (n->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID
&& !(options & IMPORT_RESTORE) )
{
err = insert_key_origin_uid (n->pkt->pkt.user_id,
curtime, origin, url);
if (err)
return err;
}
if (n_where)
{
insert_kbnode( n_where, n, 0 );
n_where = n;
}
else
add_kbnode( keyblock, n );
n->flag |= NODE_FLAG_A;
node->flag |= NODE_FLAG_A;
if (n->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE )
++*n_sigs;
node = node->next;
if (node && node->pkt->pkttype != PKT_SIGNATURE )
break;
}
return 0;
}
/* Helper function for merge_blocks
* Merge the sigs from SRC onto DST. SRC and DST are both a PKT_USER_ID.
* (how should we handle comment packets here?)
*/
static int
merge_sigs (kbnode_t dst, kbnode_t src, int *n_sigs)
{
kbnode_t n, n2;
int found = 0;
log_assert (dst->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID);
log_assert (src->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID);
for (n=src->next; n && n->pkt->pkttype != PKT_USER_ID; n = n->next)
{
if (n->pkt->pkttype != PKT_SIGNATURE )
continue;
if (IS_SUBKEY_SIG (n->pkt->pkt.signature)
|| IS_SUBKEY_REV (n->pkt->pkt.signature) )
continue; /* skip signatures which are only valid on subkeys */
found = 0;
for (n2=dst->next; n2 && n2->pkt->pkttype != PKT_USER_ID; n2 = n2->next)
if (!cmp_signatures(n->pkt->pkt.signature,n2->pkt->pkt.signature))
{
found++;
break;
}
if (!found )
{
/* This signature is new or newer, append N to DST.
* We add a clone to the original keyblock, because this
* one is released first */
n2 = clone_kbnode(n);
insert_kbnode( dst, n2, PKT_SIGNATURE );
n2->flag |= NODE_FLAG_A;
n->flag |= NODE_FLAG_A;
++*n_sigs;
}
}
return 0;
}
/* Helper function for merge_blocks
* Merge the sigs from SRC onto DST. SRC and DST are both a PKT_xxx_SUBKEY.
*/
static int
merge_keysigs (kbnode_t dst, kbnode_t src, int *n_sigs)
{
kbnode_t n, n2;
int found = 0;
log_assert (dst->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY
|| dst->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY);
for (n=src->next; n ; n = n->next)
{
if (n->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY
|| n->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY )
break;
if (n->pkt->pkttype != PKT_SIGNATURE )
continue;
found = 0;
for (n2=dst->next; n2; n2 = n2->next)
{
if (n2->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY
|| n2->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY )
break;
if (n2->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE
&& (n->pkt->pkt.signature->keyid[0]
== n2->pkt->pkt.signature->keyid[0])
&& (n->pkt->pkt.signature->keyid[1]
== n2->pkt->pkt.signature->keyid[1])
&& (n->pkt->pkt.signature->timestamp
<= n2->pkt->pkt.signature->timestamp)
&& (n->pkt->pkt.signature->sig_class
== n2->pkt->pkt.signature->sig_class))
{
found++;
break;
}
}
if (!found )
{
/* This signature is new or newer, append N to DST.
* We add a clone to the original keyblock, because this
* one is released first */
n2 = clone_kbnode(n);
insert_kbnode( dst, n2, PKT_SIGNATURE );
n2->flag |= NODE_FLAG_A;
n->flag |= NODE_FLAG_A;
++*n_sigs;
}
}
return 0;
}
/* Helper function for merge_blocks.
* Append the subkey starting with NODE and all signatures to KEYBLOCK.
* Mark all new and copied packets by setting flag bit 0.
*/
static int
append_key (kbnode_t keyblock, kbnode_t node, int *n_sigs)
{
kbnode_t n;
log_assert (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY
|| node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_SUBKEY);
while (node)
{
/* we add a clone to the original keyblock, because this
* one is released first */
n = clone_kbnode(node);
add_kbnode( keyblock, n );
n->flag |= NODE_FLAG_A;
node->flag |= NODE_FLAG_A;
if (n->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE )
++*n_sigs;
node = node->next;
if (node && node->pkt->pkttype != PKT_SIGNATURE )
break;
}
return 0;
}
diff --git a/g10/keyserver.c b/g10/keyserver.c
index 0b3718050..c4a1d5e19 100644
--- a/g10/keyserver.c
+++ b/g10/keyserver.c
@@ -1,2164 +1,2173 @@
/* keyserver.c - generic keyserver code
* Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
* 2009, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2014 Werner Koch
*
* This file is part of GnuPG.
*
* GnuPG is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GnuPG is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, see .
*/
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include "gpg.h"
#include "../common/iobuf.h"
#include "filter.h"
#include "keydb.h"
#include "../common/status.h"
#include "main.h"
#include "../common/i18n.h"
#include "../common/ttyio.h"
#include "options.h"
#include "packet.h"
#include "trustdb.h"
#include "keyserver-internal.h"
#include "../common/util.h"
#include "../common/membuf.h"
#include "../common/mbox-util.h"
#include "call-dirmngr.h"
#ifdef HAVE_W32_SYSTEM
/* It seems Vista doesn't grok X_OK and so fails access() tests.
Previous versions interpreted X_OK as F_OK anyway, so we'll just
use F_OK directly. */
#undef X_OK
#define X_OK F_OK
#endif /* HAVE_W32_SYSTEM */
struct keyrec
{
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc;
u32 createtime,expiretime;
int size,flags;
byte type;
IOBUF uidbuf;
unsigned int lines;
};
/* Parameters for the search line handler. */
struct search_line_handler_parm_s
{
ctrl_t ctrl; /* The session control structure. */
char *searchstr_disp; /* Native encoded search string or NULL. */
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *desc; /* Array with search descriptions. */
int count; /* Number of keys we are currently prepared to
handle. This is the size of the DESC array. If
it is too small, it will grow safely. */
int validcount; /* Enable the "Key x-y of z" messages. */
int nkeys; /* Number of processed records. */
int any_lines; /* At least one line has been processed. */
unsigned int numlines; /* Counter for displayed lines. */
int eof_seen; /* EOF encountered. */
int not_found; /* Set if no keys have been found. */
};
enum ks_action {KS_UNKNOWN=0,KS_GET,KS_GETNAME,KS_SEND,KS_SEARCH};
static struct parse_options keyserver_opts[]=
{
/* some of these options are not real - just for the help
message */
{"max-cert-size",0,NULL,NULL}, /* MUST be the first in this array! */
{"http-proxy", KEYSERVER_HTTP_PROXY, NULL, /* MUST be the second! */
N_("override proxy options set for dirmngr")},
{"include-revoked",0,NULL,N_("include revoked keys in search results")},
{"include-subkeys",0,NULL,N_("include subkeys when searching by key ID")},
{"timeout", KEYSERVER_TIMEOUT, NULL,
N_("override timeout options set for dirmngr")},
{"refresh-add-fake-v3-keyids",KEYSERVER_ADD_FAKE_V3,NULL,
NULL},
{"auto-key-retrieve",KEYSERVER_AUTO_KEY_RETRIEVE,NULL,
N_("automatically retrieve keys when verifying signatures")},
{"honor-keyserver-url",KEYSERVER_HONOR_KEYSERVER_URL,NULL,
N_("honor the preferred keyserver URL set on the key")},
{NULL,0,NULL,NULL}
};
static gpg_error_t keyserver_get (ctrl_t ctrl,
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *desc, int ndesc,
struct keyserver_spec *override_keyserver,
int quick,
unsigned char **r_fpr, size_t *r_fprlen);
static gpg_error_t keyserver_put (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t keyspecs);
/* Reasonable guess. The commonly used test key simon.josefsson.org
is larger than 32k, thus we need at least this value. */
#define DEFAULT_MAX_CERT_SIZE 65536
static size_t max_cert_size=DEFAULT_MAX_CERT_SIZE;
static void
warn_kshelper_option(char *option, int noisy)
{
char *p;
if ((p=strchr (option, '=')))
*p = 0;
if (!strcmp (option, "ca-cert-file"))
log_info ("keyserver option '%s' is obsolete; please use "
"'%s' in dirmngr.conf\n",
"ca-cert-file", "hkp-cacert");
else if (!strcmp (option, "check-cert")
|| !strcmp (option, "broken-http-proxy"))
log_info ("keyserver option '%s' is obsolete\n", option);
else if (noisy || opt.verbose)
log_info ("keyserver option '%s' is unknown\n", option);
}
/* Called from main to parse the args for --keyserver-options. */
int
parse_keyserver_options(char *options)
{
int ret=1;
char *tok;
char *max_cert=NULL;
keyserver_opts[0].value=&max_cert;
keyserver_opts[1].value=&opt.keyserver_options.http_proxy;
while((tok=optsep(&options)))
{
if(tok[0]=='\0')
continue;
/* We accept quite a few possible options here - some options to
handle specially, the keyserver_options list, and import and
export options that pertain to keyserver operations. */
if (!parse_options (tok,&opt.keyserver_options.options, keyserver_opts,0)
&& !parse_import_options(tok,&opt.keyserver_options.import_options,0)
&& !parse_export_options(tok,&opt.keyserver_options.export_options,0))
{
/* All of the standard options have failed, so the option was
destined for a keyserver plugin as used by GnuPG < 2.1 */
warn_kshelper_option (tok, 1);
}
}
if(max_cert)
{
max_cert_size=strtoul(max_cert,(char **)NULL,10);
if(max_cert_size==0)
max_cert_size=DEFAULT_MAX_CERT_SIZE;
}
return ret;
}
void
free_keyserver_spec(struct keyserver_spec *keyserver)
{
xfree(keyserver->uri);
xfree(keyserver->scheme);
xfree(keyserver->auth);
xfree(keyserver->host);
xfree(keyserver->port);
xfree(keyserver->path);
xfree(keyserver->opaque);
free_strlist(keyserver->options);
xfree(keyserver);
}
/* Return 0 for match */
static int
cmp_keyserver_spec(struct keyserver_spec *one,struct keyserver_spec *two)
{
if(ascii_strcasecmp(one->scheme,two->scheme)==0)
{
if(one->host && two->host && ascii_strcasecmp(one->host,two->host)==0)
{
if((one->port && two->port
&& ascii_strcasecmp(one->port,two->port)==0)
|| (!one->port && !two->port))
return 0;
}
else if(one->opaque && two->opaque
&& ascii_strcasecmp(one->opaque,two->opaque)==0)
return 0;
}
return 1;
}
/* Try and match one of our keyservers. If we can, return that. If
we can't, return our input. */
struct keyserver_spec *
keyserver_match(struct keyserver_spec *spec)
{
struct keyserver_spec *ks;
for(ks=opt.keyserver;ks;ks=ks->next)
if(cmp_keyserver_spec(spec,ks)==0)
return ks;
return spec;
}
/* TODO: once we cut over to an all-curl world, we don't need this
parser any longer so it can be removed, or at least moved to
keyserver/ksutil.c for limited use in gpgkeys_ldap or the like. */
keyserver_spec_t
parse_keyserver_uri (const char *string,int require_scheme)
{
int assume_hkp=0;
struct keyserver_spec *keyserver;
const char *idx;
int count;
char *uri, *duped_uri, *options;
log_assert (string);
keyserver=xmalloc_clear(sizeof(struct keyserver_spec));
duped_uri = uri = xstrdup (string);
options=strchr(uri,' ');
if(options)
{
char *tok;
*options='\0';
options++;
while((tok=optsep(&options)))
warn_kshelper_option (tok, 0);
}
/* Get the scheme */
for(idx=uri,count=0;*idx && *idx!=':';idx++)
{
count++;
/* Do we see the start of an RFC-2732 ipv6 address here? If so,
there clearly isn't a scheme so get out early. */
if(*idx=='[')
{
/* Was the '[' the first thing in the string? If not, we
have a mangled scheme with a [ in it so fail. */
if(count==1)
break;
else
goto fail;
}
}
if(count==0)
goto fail;
if(*idx=='\0' || *idx=='[')
{
if(require_scheme)
return NULL;
/* Assume HKP if there is no scheme */
assume_hkp=1;
keyserver->scheme=xstrdup("hkp");
keyserver->uri=xmalloc(strlen(keyserver->scheme)+3+strlen(uri)+1);
strcpy(keyserver->uri,keyserver->scheme);
strcat(keyserver->uri,"://");
strcat(keyserver->uri,uri);
}
else
{
int i;
keyserver->uri=xstrdup(uri);
keyserver->scheme=xmalloc(count+1);
/* Force to lowercase */
for(i=0;ischeme[i]=ascii_tolower(uri[i]);
keyserver->scheme[i]='\0';
/* Skip past the scheme and colon */
uri+=count+1;
}
if(ascii_strcasecmp(keyserver->scheme,"x-broken-hkp")==0)
{
log_info ("keyserver option '%s' is obsolete\n",
"x-broken-hkp");
}
else if(ascii_strcasecmp(keyserver->scheme,"x-hkp")==0)
{
/* Canonicalize this to "hkp" so it works with both the internal
and external keyserver interface. */
xfree(keyserver->scheme);
keyserver->scheme=xstrdup("hkp");
}
if (uri[0]=='/' && uri[1]=='/' && uri[2] == '/')
{
/* Three slashes means network path with a default host name.
This is a hack because it does not crok all possible
combinations. We should better replace all code by the parser
from http.c. */
keyserver->path = xstrdup (uri+2);
}
else if(assume_hkp || (uri[0]=='/' && uri[1]=='/'))
{
/* Two slashes means network path. */
/* Skip over the "//", if any */
if(!assume_hkp)
uri+=2;
/* Do we have userinfo auth data present? */
for(idx=uri,count=0;*idx && *idx!='@' && *idx!='/';idx++)
count++;
/* We found a @ before the slash, so that means everything
before the @ is auth data. */
if(*idx=='@')
{
if(count==0)
goto fail;
keyserver->auth=xmalloc(count+1);
strncpy(keyserver->auth,uri,count);
keyserver->auth[count]='\0';
uri+=count+1;
}
/* Is it an RFC-2732 ipv6 [literal address] ? */
if(*uri=='[')
{
for(idx=uri+1,count=1;*idx
&& ((isascii (*idx) && isxdigit(*idx))
|| *idx==':' || *idx=='.');idx++)
count++;
/* Is the ipv6 literal address terminated? */
if(*idx==']')
count++;
else
goto fail;
}
else
for(idx=uri,count=0;*idx && *idx!=':' && *idx!='/';idx++)
count++;
if(count==0)
goto fail;
keyserver->host=xmalloc(count+1);
strncpy(keyserver->host,uri,count);
keyserver->host[count]='\0';
/* Skip past the host */
uri+=count;
if(*uri==':')
{
/* It would seem to be reasonable to limit the range of the
ports to values between 1-65535, but RFC 1738 and 1808
imply there is no limit. Of course, the real world has
limits. */
for(idx=uri+1,count=0;*idx && *idx!='/';idx++)
{
count++;
/* Ports are digits only */
if(!digitp(idx))
goto fail;
}
keyserver->port=xmalloc(count+1);
strncpy(keyserver->port,uri+1,count);
keyserver->port[count]='\0';
/* Skip past the colon and port number */
uri+=1+count;
}
/* Everything else is the path */
if(*uri)
keyserver->path=xstrdup(uri);
else
keyserver->path=xstrdup("/");
if(keyserver->path[1])
keyserver->flags.direct_uri=1;
}
else if(uri[0]!='/')
{
/* No slash means opaque. Just record the opaque blob and get
out. */
keyserver->opaque=xstrdup(uri);
}
else
{
/* One slash means absolute path. We don't need to support that
yet. */
goto fail;
}
xfree (duped_uri);
return keyserver;
fail:
free_keyserver_spec(keyserver);
xfree (duped_uri);
return NULL;
}
struct keyserver_spec *
parse_preferred_keyserver(PKT_signature *sig)
{
struct keyserver_spec *spec=NULL;
const byte *p;
size_t plen;
p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig, 1, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_KS, &plen);
if(p && plen)
{
byte *dupe=xmalloc(plen+1);
memcpy(dupe,p,plen);
dupe[plen]='\0';
spec = parse_keyserver_uri (dupe, 1);
xfree(dupe);
}
return spec;
}
static void
print_keyrec (ctrl_t ctrl, int number,struct keyrec *keyrec)
{
iobuf_writebyte(keyrec->uidbuf,0);
iobuf_flush_temp(keyrec->uidbuf);
es_printf ("(%d)\t%s ", number, iobuf_get_temp_buffer (keyrec->uidbuf));
if (keyrec->size>0)
es_printf ("%d bit ", keyrec->size);
if(keyrec->type)
{
const char *str;
str = openpgp_pk_algo_name (keyrec->type);
if (str && strcmp (str, "?"))
es_printf ("%s ",str);
else
es_printf ("unknown ");
}
switch(keyrec->desc.mode)
{
/* If the keyserver helper gave us a short keyid, we have no
choice but to use it. Do check --keyid-format to add a 0x if
needed. */
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SHORT_KID:
es_printf ("key %s%08lX",
(opt.keyid_format==KF_0xSHORT
|| opt.keyid_format==KF_0xLONG)?"0x":"",
(ulong)keyrec->desc.u.kid[1]);
break;
/* However, if it gave us a long keyid, we can honor
--keyid-format via keystr(). */
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID:
es_printf ("key %s",keystr(keyrec->desc.u.kid));
break;
case KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR:
{
u32 kid[2];
keyid_from_fingerprint (ctrl, keyrec->desc.u.fpr, keyrec->desc.fprlen,
kid);
es_printf("key %s",keystr(kid));
}
break;
default:
BUG();
break;
}
if(keyrec->createtime>0)
{
es_printf (", ");
es_printf (_("created: %s"), strtimestamp(keyrec->createtime));
}
if(keyrec->expiretime>0)
{
es_printf (", ");
es_printf (_("expires: %s"), strtimestamp(keyrec->expiretime));
}
if (keyrec->flags&1)
es_printf (" (%s)", _("revoked"));
if(keyrec->flags&2)
es_printf (" (%s)", _("disabled"));
if(keyrec->flags&4)
es_printf (" (%s)", _("expired"));
es_printf ("\n");
}
/* Returns a keyrec (which must be freed) once a key is complete, and
NULL otherwise. Call with a NULL keystring once key parsing is
complete to return any unfinished keys. */
static struct keyrec *
parse_keyrec(char *keystring)
{
/* FIXME: Remove the static and put the data into the parms we use
for the caller anyway. */
static struct keyrec *work=NULL;
struct keyrec *ret=NULL;
char *record;
int i;
if(keystring==NULL)
{
if(work==NULL)
return NULL;
else if(work->desc.mode==KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_NONE)
{
xfree(work);
return NULL;
}
else
{
ret=work;
work=NULL;
return ret;
}
}
if(work==NULL)
{
work=xmalloc_clear(sizeof(struct keyrec));
work->uidbuf=iobuf_temp();
}
trim_trailing_ws (keystring, strlen (keystring));
if((record=strsep(&keystring,":"))==NULL)
return ret;
if(ascii_strcasecmp("pub",record)==0)
{
char *tok;
gpg_error_t err;
if(work->desc.mode)
{
ret=work;
work=xmalloc_clear(sizeof(struct keyrec));
work->uidbuf=iobuf_temp();
}
if((tok=strsep(&keystring,":"))==NULL)
return ret;
err = classify_user_id (tok, &work->desc, 1);
if (err || (work->desc.mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SHORT_KID
&& work->desc.mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID
&& work->desc.mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR))
{
work->desc.mode=KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_NONE;
return ret;
}
/* Note all items after this are optional. This allows us to
have a pub line as simple as pub:keyid and nothing else. */
work->lines++;
if((tok=strsep(&keystring,":"))==NULL)
return ret;
work->type=atoi(tok);
if((tok=strsep(&keystring,":"))==NULL)
return ret;
work->size=atoi(tok);
if((tok=strsep(&keystring,":"))==NULL)
return ret;
if(atoi(tok)<=0)
work->createtime=0;
else
work->createtime=atoi(tok);
if((tok=strsep(&keystring,":"))==NULL)
return ret;
if(atoi(tok)<=0)
work->expiretime=0;
else
{
work->expiretime=atoi(tok);
/* Force the 'e' flag on if this key is expired. */
if(work->expiretime<=make_timestamp())
work->flags|=4;
}
if((tok=strsep(&keystring,":"))==NULL)
return ret;
while(*tok)
switch(*tok++)
{
case 'r':
case 'R':
work->flags|=1;
break;
case 'd':
case 'D':
work->flags|=2;
break;
case 'e':
case 'E':
work->flags|=4;
break;
}
}
else if(ascii_strcasecmp("uid",record)==0 && work->desc.mode)
{
char *userid,*tok,*decoded;
if((tok=strsep(&keystring,":"))==NULL)
return ret;
if(strlen(tok)==0)
return ret;
userid=tok;
/* By definition, de-%-encoding is always smaller than the
original string so we can decode in place. */
i=0;
while(*tok)
if(tok[0]=='%' && tok[1] && tok[2])
{
int c;
userid[i] = (c=hextobyte(&tok[1])) == -1 ? '?' : c;
i++;
tok+=3;
}
else
userid[i++]=*tok++;
/* We don't care about the other info provided in the uid: line
since no keyserver supports marking userids with timestamps
or revoked/expired/disabled yet. */
/* No need to check for control characters, as utf8_to_native
does this for us. */
decoded=utf8_to_native(userid,i,0);
if(strlen(decoded)>opt.screen_columns-10)
decoded[opt.screen_columns-10]='\0';
iobuf_writestr(work->uidbuf,decoded);
xfree(decoded);
iobuf_writestr(work->uidbuf,"\n\t");
work->lines++;
}
/* Ignore any records other than "pri" and "uid" for easy future
growth. */
return ret;
}
/* Show a prompt and allow the user to select keys for retrieval. */
static gpg_error_t
show_prompt (ctrl_t ctrl, KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *desc, int numdesc,
int count, const char *search)
{
gpg_error_t err;
char *answer = NULL;
es_fflush (es_stdout);
if (count && opt.command_fd == -1)
{
static int from = 1;
tty_printf ("Keys %d-%d of %d for \"%s\". ",
from, numdesc, count, search);
from = numdesc + 1;
}
again:
err = 0;
xfree (answer);
answer = cpr_get_no_help ("keysearch.prompt",
_("Enter number(s), N)ext, or Q)uit > "));
/* control-d */
if (answer[0]=='\x04')
{
tty_printf ("Q\n");
answer[0] = 'q';
}
if (answer[0]=='q' || answer[0]=='Q')
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_CANCELED);
else if (atoi (answer) >= 1 && atoi (answer) <= numdesc)
{
char *split = answer;
char *num;
int numarray[50];
int numidx = 0;
int idx;
while ((num = strsep (&split, " ,")))
if (atoi (num) >= 1 && atoi (num) <= numdesc)
{
if (numidx >= DIM (numarray))
{
tty_printf ("Too many keys selected\n");
goto again;
}
numarray[numidx++] = atoi (num);
}
if (!numidx)
goto again;
{
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *selarray;
selarray = xtrymalloc (numidx * sizeof *selarray);
if (!selarray)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto leave;
}
for (idx = 0; idx < numidx; idx++)
selarray[idx] = desc[numarray[idx]-1];
err = keyserver_get (ctrl, selarray, numidx, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
xfree (selarray);
}
}
leave:
xfree (answer);
return err;
}
/* This is a callback used by call-dirmngr.c to process the result of
KS_SEARCH command. If SPECIAL is 0, LINE is the actual data line
received with all escaping removed and guaranteed to be exactly one
line with stripped LF; an EOF is indicated by LINE passed as NULL.
If special is 1, the line contains the source of the information
(usually an URL). LINE may be modified after return. */
static gpg_error_t
search_line_handler (void *opaque, int special, char *line)
{
struct search_line_handler_parm_s *parm = opaque;
gpg_error_t err = 0;
struct keyrec *keyrec;
if (special == 1)
{
log_info ("data source: %s\n", line);
return 0;
}
else if (special)
{
log_debug ("unknown value %d for special search callback", special);
return 0;
}
if (parm->eof_seen && line)
{
log_debug ("ooops: unexpected data after EOF\n");
line = NULL;
}
/* Print the received line. */
if (opt.with_colons && line)
{
es_printf ("%s\n", line);
}
/* Look for an info: line. The only current info: values defined
are the version and key count. */
if (line && !parm->any_lines && !ascii_strncasecmp ("info:", line, 5))
{
char *str = line + 5;
char *tok;
if ((tok = strsep (&str, ":")))
{
int version;
if (sscanf (tok, "%d", &version) !=1 )
version = 1;
if (version !=1 )
{
log_error (_("invalid keyserver protocol "
"(us %d!=handler %d)\n"), 1, version);
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL);
}
}
if ((tok = strsep (&str, ":"))
&& sscanf (tok, "%d", &parm->count) == 1)
{
if (!parm->count)
parm->not_found = 1;/* Server indicated that no items follow. */
else if (parm->count < 0)
parm->count = 10; /* Bad value - assume something reasonable. */
else
parm->validcount = 1; /* COUNT seems to be okay. */
}
parm->any_lines = 1;
return 0; /* Line processing finished. */
}
again:
if (line)
keyrec = parse_keyrec (line);
else
{
/* Received EOF - flush data */
parm->eof_seen = 1;
keyrec = parse_keyrec (NULL);
if (!keyrec)
{
if (!parm->nkeys)
parm->not_found = 1; /* No keys at all. */
else
{
if (parm->nkeys != parm->count)
parm->validcount = 0;
if (!(opt.with_colons && opt.batch))
{
err = show_prompt (parm->ctrl, parm->desc, parm->nkeys,
parm->validcount? parm->count : 0,
parm->searchstr_disp);
return err;
}
}
}
}
/* Save the key in the key array. */
if (keyrec)
{
/* Allocate or enlarge the key array if needed. */
if (!parm->desc)
{
if (parm->count < 1)
{
parm->count = 10;
parm->validcount = 0;
}
parm->desc = xtrymalloc (parm->count * sizeof *parm->desc);
if (!parm->desc)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
iobuf_close (keyrec->uidbuf);
xfree (keyrec);
return err;
}
}
else if (parm->nkeys == parm->count)
{
/* Keyserver sent more keys than claimed in the info: line. */
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *tmp;
int newcount = parm->count + 10;
tmp = xtryrealloc (parm->desc, newcount * sizeof *parm->desc);
if (!tmp)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
iobuf_close (keyrec->uidbuf);
xfree (keyrec);
return err;
}
parm->count = newcount;
parm->desc = tmp;
parm->validcount = 0;
}
parm->desc[parm->nkeys] = keyrec->desc;
if (!opt.with_colons)
{
/* SCREEN_LINES - 1 for the prompt. */
if (parm->numlines + keyrec->lines > opt.screen_lines - 1)
{
err = show_prompt (parm->ctrl, parm->desc, parm->nkeys,
parm->validcount ? parm->count:0,
parm->searchstr_disp);
if (err)
return err;
parm->numlines = 0;
}
print_keyrec (parm->ctrl, parm->nkeys+1, keyrec);
}
parm->numlines += keyrec->lines;
iobuf_close (keyrec->uidbuf);
xfree (keyrec);
parm->any_lines = 1;
parm->nkeys++;
/* If we are here due to a flush after the EOF, run again for
the last prompt. Fixme: Make this code better readable. */
if (parm->eof_seen)
goto again;
}
return 0;
}
int
keyserver_export (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t users)
{
gpg_error_t err;
strlist_t sl=NULL;
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc;
int rc=0;
/* Weed out descriptors that we don't support sending */
for(;users;users=users->next)
{
err = classify_user_id (users->d, &desc, 1);
if (err || (desc.mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SHORT_KID
&& desc.mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID
&& desc.mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR))
{
log_error(_("\"%s\" not a key ID: skipping\n"),users->d);
continue;
}
else
append_to_strlist(&sl,users->d);
}
if(sl)
{
rc = keyserver_put (ctrl, sl);
free_strlist(sl);
}
return rc;
}
/* Structure to convey the arg to keyserver_retrieval_screener. */
struct ks_retrieval_screener_arg_s
{
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *desc;
int ndesc;
};
/* Check whether a key matches the search description. The function
returns 0 if the key shall be imported. */
static gpg_error_t
keyserver_retrieval_screener (kbnode_t keyblock, void *opaque)
{
struct ks_retrieval_screener_arg_s *arg = opaque;
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *desc = arg->desc;
int ndesc = arg->ndesc;
kbnode_t node;
PKT_public_key *pk;
int n;
u32 keyid[2];
byte fpr[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN];
size_t fpr_len = 0;
/* Secret keys are not expected from a keyserver. We do not
care about secret subkeys because the import code takes care
of skipping them. Not allowing an import of a public key
with a secret subkey would make it too easy to inhibit the
downloading of a public key. Recall that keyservers do only
limited checks. */
node = find_kbnode (keyblock, PKT_SECRET_KEY);
if (node)
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_GENERAL); /* Do not import. */
if (!ndesc)
return 0; /* Okay if no description given. */
/* Loop over all key packets. */
for (node = keyblock; node; node = node->next)
{
if (node->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_KEY
&& node->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)
continue;
pk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
fingerprint_from_pk (pk, fpr, &fpr_len);
keyid_from_pk (pk, keyid);
/* Compare requested and returned fingerprints if available. */
for (n = 0; n < ndesc; n++)
{
if (desc[n].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR)
{
if (fpr_len == desc[n].fprlen
&& !memcmp (fpr, desc[n].u.fpr, desc[n].fprlen))
return 0;
}
else if (desc[n].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID)
{
if (keyid[0] == desc[n].u.kid[0] && keyid[1] == desc[n].u.kid[1])
return 0;
}
else if (desc[n].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SHORT_KID)
{
if (keyid[1] == desc[n].u.kid[1])
return 0;
}
else /* No keyid or fingerprint - can't check. */
return 0; /* allow import. */
}
}
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_GENERAL);
}
int
keyserver_import (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t users)
{
gpg_error_t err;
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *desc;
int num=100,count=0;
int rc=0;
/* Build a list of key ids */
desc=xmalloc(sizeof(KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC)*num);
for(;users;users=users->next)
{
err = classify_user_id (users->d, &desc[count], 1);
if (err || (desc[count].mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SHORT_KID
&& desc[count].mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID
&& desc[count].mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR))
{
log_error (_("\"%s\" not a key ID: skipping\n"), users->d);
continue;
}
count++;
if(count==num)
{
num+=100;
desc=xrealloc(desc,sizeof(KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC)*num);
}
}
if(count>0)
rc = keyserver_get (ctrl, desc, count, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
xfree(desc);
return rc;
}
/* Return true if any keyserver has been configured. */
int
keyserver_any_configured (ctrl_t ctrl)
{
return !gpg_dirmngr_ks_list (ctrl, NULL);
}
/* Import all keys that exactly match NAME */
int
keyserver_import_name (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *name,
unsigned char **fpr, size_t *fprlen,
struct keyserver_spec *keyserver)
{
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc;
memset (&desc, 0, sizeof desc);
desc.mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_EXACT;
desc.u.name = name;
return keyserver_get (ctrl, &desc, 1, keyserver, 0, fpr, fprlen);
}
/* Import the keys that match exactly MBOX */
int
keyserver_import_ntds (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *mbox,
unsigned char **fpr, size_t *fprlen)
{
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc = { 0 };
struct keyserver_spec keyserver = { NULL, "ldap:///" };
desc.mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_MAIL;
desc.u.name = mbox;
return keyserver_get (ctrl, &desc, 1, &keyserver, 0, fpr, fprlen);
}
int
keyserver_import_fprint (ctrl_t ctrl, const byte *fprint,size_t fprint_len,
struct keyserver_spec *keyserver, int quick)
{
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc;
memset(&desc,0,sizeof(desc));
if (fprint_len == 16 || fprint_len == 20 || fprint_len == 32)
desc.mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR;
else
return -1;
memcpy(desc.u.fpr,fprint,fprint_len);
desc.fprlen = fprint_len;
/* TODO: Warn here if the fingerprint we got doesn't match the one
we asked for? */
return keyserver_get (ctrl, &desc, 1, keyserver, quick, NULL, NULL);
}
int
keyserver_import_keyid (ctrl_t ctrl,
u32 *keyid,struct keyserver_spec *keyserver, int quick)
{
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc;
memset(&desc,0,sizeof(desc));
desc.mode=KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID;
desc.u.kid[0]=keyid[0];
desc.u.kid[1]=keyid[1];
return keyserver_get (ctrl, &desc, 1, keyserver, quick, NULL, NULL);
}
/* code mostly stolen from do_export_stream */
static int
keyidlist (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t users, KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC **klist,
int *count, int fakev3)
{
int rc = 0;
int num = 100;
kbnode_t keyblock = NULL;
kbnode_t node;
KEYDB_HANDLE kdbhd;
int ndesc;
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *desc = NULL;
strlist_t sl;
*count=0;
*klist=xmalloc(sizeof(KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC)*num);
kdbhd = keydb_new (ctrl);
if (!kdbhd)
{
rc = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto leave;
}
keydb_disable_caching (kdbhd); /* We are looping the search. */
if(!users)
{
ndesc = 1;
desc = xmalloc_clear ( ndesc * sizeof *desc);
desc[0].mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FIRST;
}
else
{
for (ndesc=0, sl=users; sl; sl = sl->next, ndesc++)
;
desc = xmalloc ( ndesc * sizeof *desc);
for (ndesc=0, sl=users; sl; sl = sl->next)
{
gpg_error_t err;
if (!(err = classify_user_id (sl->d, desc+ndesc, 1)))
ndesc++;
else
log_error (_("key \"%s\" not found: %s\n"),
sl->d, gpg_strerror (err));
}
}
for (;;)
{
rc = keydb_search (kdbhd, desc, ndesc, NULL);
if (rc)
break; /* ready. */
if (!users)
desc[0].mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_NEXT;
/* read the keyblock */
rc = keydb_get_keyblock (kdbhd, &keyblock );
if( rc )
{
log_error (_("error reading keyblock: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (rc) );
goto leave;
}
if((node=find_kbnode(keyblock,PKT_PUBLIC_KEY)))
{
/* This is to work around a bug in some keyservers (pksd and
OKS) that calculate v4 RSA keyids as if they were v3 RSA.
The answer is to refresh both the correct v4 keyid
(e.g. 99242560) and the fake v3 keyid (e.g. 68FDDBC7).
This only happens for key refresh using the HKP scheme
and if the refresh-add-fake-v3-keyids keyserver option is
set. */
if(fakev3 && is_RSA(node->pkt->pkt.public_key->pubkey_algo) &&
node->pkt->pkt.public_key->version>=4)
{
(*klist)[*count].mode=KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID;
v3_keyid (node->pkt->pkt.public_key->pkey[0],
(*klist)[*count].u.kid);
(*count)++;
if(*count==num)
{
num+=100;
*klist=xrealloc(*klist,sizeof(KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC)*num);
}
}
/* v4 keys get full fingerprints. v3 keys get long keyids.
This is because it's easy to calculate any sort of keyid
from a v4 fingerprint, but not a v3 fingerprint. */
if (node->pkt->pkt.public_key->version < 4)
{
(*klist)[*count].mode=KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID;
keyid_from_pk(node->pkt->pkt.public_key,
(*klist)[*count].u.kid);
}
else
{
size_t fprlen;
fingerprint_from_pk (node->pkt->pkt.public_key,
(*klist)[*count].u.fpr, &fprlen);
(*klist)[*count].mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR;
(*klist)[*count].fprlen = fprlen;
}
/* This is a little hackish, using the skipfncvalue as a
void* pointer to the keyserver spec, but we don't need
the skipfnc here, and it saves having an additional field
for this (which would be wasted space most of the
time). */
(*klist)[*count].skipfncvalue=NULL;
/* Are we honoring preferred keyservers? */
if(opt.keyserver_options.options&KEYSERVER_HONOR_KEYSERVER_URL)
{
PKT_user_id *uid=NULL;
PKT_signature *sig=NULL;
merge_keys_and_selfsig (ctrl, keyblock);
for(node=node->next;node;node=node->next)
{
if(node->pkt->pkttype==PKT_USER_ID
&& node->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.primary)
uid=node->pkt->pkt.user_id;
else if(node->pkt->pkttype==PKT_SIGNATURE
&& node->pkt->pkt.signature->
flags.chosen_selfsig && uid)
{
sig=node->pkt->pkt.signature;
break;
}
}
/* Try and parse the keyserver URL. If it doesn't work,
then we end up writing NULL which indicates we are
the same as any other key. */
if(sig)
(*klist)[*count].skipfncvalue=parse_preferred_keyserver(sig);
}
(*count)++;
if(*count==num)
{
num+=100;
*klist=xrealloc(*klist,sizeof(KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC)*num);
}
}
}
if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_NOT_FOUND)
rc = 0;
leave:
if(rc)
{
xfree(*klist);
*klist = NULL;
}
xfree(desc);
keydb_release(kdbhd);
release_kbnode(keyblock);
return rc;
}
/* Note this is different than the original HKP refresh. It allows
usernames to refresh only part of the keyring. */
gpg_error_t
keyserver_refresh (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t users)
{
gpg_error_t err;
int count, numdesc;
int fakev3 = 0;
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *desc;
unsigned int options=opt.keyserver_options.import_options;
/* We switch merge-only on during a refresh, as 'refresh' should
never import new keys, even if their keyids match. */
opt.keyserver_options.import_options|=IMPORT_MERGE_ONLY;
/* Similarly, we switch on fast-import, since refresh may make
multiple import sets (due to preferred keyserver URLs). We don't
want each set to rebuild the trustdb. Instead we do it once at
the end here. */
opt.keyserver_options.import_options|=IMPORT_FAST;
/* If refresh_add_fake_v3_keyids is on and it's a HKP or MAILTO
scheme, then enable fake v3 keyid generation. Note that this
works only with a keyserver configured. gpg.conf
(i.e. opt.keyserver); however that method of configuring a
keyserver is deprecated and in any case it is questionable
whether we should keep on supporting these ancient and broken
keyservers. */
if((opt.keyserver_options.options&KEYSERVER_ADD_FAKE_V3) && opt.keyserver
&& (ascii_strcasecmp(opt.keyserver->scheme,"hkp")==0 ||
ascii_strcasecmp(opt.keyserver->scheme,"mailto")==0))
fakev3=1;
err = keyidlist (ctrl, users, &desc, &numdesc, fakev3);
if (err)
return err;
count=numdesc;
if(count>0)
{
int i;
/* Try to handle preferred keyserver keys first */
for(i=0;iuri);
/* We use the keyserver structure we parsed out before.
Note that a preferred keyserver without a scheme://
will be interpreted as hkp:// */
err = keyserver_get (ctrl, &desc[i], 1, keyserver, 0, NULL, NULL);
if (err)
log_info(_("WARNING: unable to refresh key %s"
" via %s: %s\n"),keystr_from_desc(&desc[i]),
keyserver->uri,gpg_strerror (err));
else
{
/* We got it, so mark it as NONE so we don't try and
get it again from the regular keyserver. */
desc[i].mode=KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_NONE;
count--;
}
free_keyserver_spec(keyserver);
}
}
}
if(count>0)
{
char *tmpuri;
err = gpg_dirmngr_ks_list (ctrl, &tmpuri);
if (!err)
{
if (!opt.quiet)
{
log_info (ngettext("refreshing %d key from %s\n",
"refreshing %d keys from %s\n",
count), count, tmpuri);
}
xfree (tmpuri);
err = keyserver_get (ctrl, desc, numdesc, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
}
}
xfree(desc);
opt.keyserver_options.import_options=options;
/* If the original options didn't have fast import, and the trustdb
is dirty, rebuild. */
if(!(opt.keyserver_options.import_options&IMPORT_FAST))
check_or_update_trustdb (ctrl);
return err;
}
/* Search for keys on the keyservers. The patterns are given in the
string list TOKENS. */
gpg_error_t
keyserver_search (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t tokens)
{
gpg_error_t err;
char *searchstr;
struct search_line_handler_parm_s parm;
memset (&parm, 0, sizeof parm);
if (!tokens)
return 0; /* Return success if no patterns are given. */
/* Write global options */
/* for(temp=opt.keyserver_options.other;temp;temp=temp->next) */
/* es_fprintf(spawn->tochild,"OPTION %s\n",temp->d); */
/* Write per-keyserver options */
/* for(temp=keyserver->options;temp;temp=temp->next) */
/* es_fprintf(spawn->tochild,"OPTION %s\n",temp->d); */
{
membuf_t mb;
strlist_t item;
init_membuf (&mb, 1024);
for (item = tokens; item; item = item->next)
{
if (item != tokens)
put_membuf (&mb, " ", 1);
put_membuf_str (&mb, item->d);
}
put_membuf (&mb, "", 1); /* Append Nul. */
searchstr = get_membuf (&mb, NULL);
if (!searchstr)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto leave;
}
}
/* FIXME: Enable the next line */
/* log_info (_("searching for \"%s\" from %s\n"), searchstr, keyserver->uri); */
parm.ctrl = ctrl;
if (searchstr)
parm.searchstr_disp = utf8_to_native (searchstr, strlen (searchstr), 0);
err = gpg_dirmngr_ks_search (ctrl, searchstr, search_line_handler, &parm);
if (parm.not_found || gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_NO_DATA)
{
if (parm.searchstr_disp)
log_info (_("key \"%s\" not found on keyserver\n"),
parm.searchstr_disp);
else
log_info (_("key not found on keyserver\n"));
}
if (gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_NO_DATA)
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_FOUND);
else if (err)
log_error ("error searching keyserver: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err));
/* switch(ret) */
/* { */
/* case KEYSERVER_SCHEME_NOT_FOUND: */
/* log_error(_("no handler for keyserver scheme '%s'\n"), */
/* opt.keyserver->scheme); */
/* break; */
/* case KEYSERVER_NOT_SUPPORTED: */
/* log_error(_("action '%s' not supported with keyserver " */
/* "scheme '%s'\n"), "search", opt.keyserver->scheme); */
/* break; */
/* case KEYSERVER_TIMEOUT: */
/* log_error(_("keyserver timed out\n")); */
/* break; */
/* case KEYSERVER_INTERNAL_ERROR: */
/* default: */
/* log_error(_("keyserver internal error\n")); */
/* break; */
/* } */
/* return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_KEYSERVER); */
leave:
xfree (parm.desc);
xfree (parm.searchstr_disp);
xfree(searchstr);
return err;
}
/* Helper for keyserver_get. Here we only receive a chunk of the
description to be processed in one batch. This is required due to
the limited number of patterns the dirmngr interface (KS_GET) can
grok and to limit the amount of temporary required memory. */
static gpg_error_t
keyserver_get_chunk (ctrl_t ctrl, KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *desc, int ndesc,
int *r_ndesc_used,
import_stats_t stats_handle,
struct keyserver_spec *override_keyserver,
int quick,
unsigned char **r_fpr, size_t *r_fprlen)
{
gpg_error_t err = 0;
char **pattern;
int idx, npat, npat_fpr;
estream_t datastream;
char *source = NULL;
size_t linelen; /* Estimated linelen for KS_GET. */
size_t n;
int only_fprs;
#define MAX_KS_GET_LINELEN 950 /* Somewhat lower than the real limit. */
*r_ndesc_used = 0;
/* Create an array filled with a search pattern for each key. The
array is delimited by a NULL entry. */
pattern = xtrycalloc (ndesc+1, sizeof *pattern);
if (!pattern)
return gpg_error_from_syserror ();
/* Note that we break the loop as soon as our estimation of the to
be used line length reaches the limit. But we do this only if we
have processed at least one search requests so that an overlong
single request will be rejected only later by gpg_dirmngr_ks_get
but we are sure that R_NDESC_USED has been updated. This avoids
a possible indefinite loop. */
linelen = 17; /* "KS_GET --quick --" */
for (npat=npat_fpr=0, idx=0; idx < ndesc; idx++)
{
int quiet = 0;
if (desc[idx].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR)
{
n = 1+2+2*desc[idx].fprlen;
if (idx && linelen + n > MAX_KS_GET_LINELEN)
break; /* Declare end of this chunk. */
linelen += n;
pattern[npat] = xtrymalloc (n);
if (!pattern[npat])
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
{
strcpy (pattern[npat], "0x");
bin2hex (desc[idx].u.fpr, desc[idx].fprlen, pattern[npat]+2);
npat++;
if (desc[idx].fprlen == 20 || desc[idx].fprlen == 32)
npat_fpr++;
}
}
else if(desc[idx].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID)
{
n = 1+2+16;
if (idx && linelen + n > MAX_KS_GET_LINELEN)
break; /* Declare end of this chunk. */
linelen += n;
pattern[npat] = xtryasprintf ("0x%08lX%08lX",
(ulong)desc[idx].u.kid[0],
(ulong)desc[idx].u.kid[1]);
if (!pattern[npat])
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
npat++;
}
else if(desc[idx].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SHORT_KID)
{
n = 1+2+8;
if (idx && linelen + n > MAX_KS_GET_LINELEN)
break; /* Declare end of this chunk. */
linelen += n;
pattern[npat] = xtryasprintf ("0x%08lX", (ulong)desc[idx].u.kid[1]);
if (!pattern[npat])
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
npat++;
}
else if(desc[idx].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_EXACT)
{
/* The Dirmngr also uses classify_user_id to detect the type
of the search string. By adding the '=' prefix we force
Dirmngr's KS_GET to consider this an exact search string.
(In gpg 1.4 and gpg 2.0 the keyserver helpers used the
KS_GETNAME command to indicate this.) */
n = 1+1+strlen (desc[idx].u.name);
if (idx && linelen + n > MAX_KS_GET_LINELEN)
break; /* Declare end of this chunk. */
linelen += n;
pattern[npat] = strconcat ("=", desc[idx].u.name, NULL);
if (!pattern[npat])
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
{
npat++;
quiet = 1;
}
}
else if(desc[idx].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_MAIL)
{
n = 1 + strlen (desc[idx].u.name) + 1 + 1;
if (idx && linelen + n > MAX_KS_GET_LINELEN)
break; /* Declare end of this chunk. */
linelen += n;
if (desc[idx].u.name[0] == '<')
pattern[npat] = xtrystrdup (desc[idx].u.name);
else
pattern[npat] = strconcat ("<", desc[idx].u.name, ">", NULL);
if (!pattern[npat])
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
{
npat++;
quiet = 1;
}
}
else if (desc[idx].mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_NONE)
continue;
else
BUG();
if (err)
{
for (idx=0; idx < npat; idx++)
xfree (pattern[idx]);
xfree (pattern);
return err;
}
if (!quiet && override_keyserver)
{
if (override_keyserver->host)
log_info (_("requesting key %s from %s server %s\n"),
keystr_from_desc (&desc[idx]),
override_keyserver->scheme, override_keyserver->host);
else
log_info (_("requesting key %s from %s\n"),
keystr_from_desc (&desc[idx]), override_keyserver->uri);
}
}
/* Remember how many of the search items were considered. Note that
this is different from NPAT. */
*r_ndesc_used = idx;
only_fprs = (npat && npat == npat_fpr);
err = gpg_dirmngr_ks_get (ctrl, pattern, override_keyserver, quick,
&datastream, &source);
for (idx=0; idx < npat; idx++)
xfree (pattern[idx]);
xfree (pattern);
if (opt.verbose && source)
log_info ("data source: %s\n", source);
+
+
if (!err)
{
struct ks_retrieval_screener_arg_s screenerarg;
+ unsigned int options;
/* FIXME: Check whether this comment should be moved to dirmngr.
Slurp up all the key data. In the future, it might be nice
to look for KEY foo OUTOFBAND and FAILED indicators. It's
harmless to ignore them, but ignoring them does make gpg
complain about "no valid OpenPGP data found". One way to do
this could be to continue parsing this line-by-line and make
a temp iobuf for each key. Note that we don't allow the
import of secret keys from a keyserver. Keyservers should
never accept or send them but we better protect against rogue
keyservers. */
+ /* For LDAP servers we reset IMPORT_SELF_SIGS_ONLY unless it has
+ * been set explicitly. */
+ options = (opt.keyserver_options.import_options | IMPORT_NO_SECKEY);
+ if (source && (!strncmp (source, "ldap:", 5)
+ || !strncmp (source, "ldaps:", 6))
+ && !opt.flags.expl_import_self_sigs_only)
+ options &= ~IMPORT_SELF_SIGS_ONLY;
+
screenerarg.desc = desc;
screenerarg.ndesc = *r_ndesc_used;
import_keys_es_stream (ctrl, datastream, stats_handle,
- r_fpr, r_fprlen,
- (opt.keyserver_options.import_options
- | IMPORT_NO_SECKEY),
+ r_fpr, r_fprlen, options,
keyserver_retrieval_screener, &screenerarg,
only_fprs? KEYORG_KS : 0,
source);
}
es_fclose (datastream);
xfree (source);
return err;
}
/* Retrieve a key from a keyserver. The search pattern are in
(DESC,NDESC). Allowed search modes are keyid, fingerprint, and
exact searches. OVERRIDE_KEYSERVER gives an optional override
keyserver. If (R_FPR,R_FPRLEN) are not NULL, they may return the
fingerprint of a single imported key. If QUICK is set, dirmngr is
advised to use a shorter timeout. */
static gpg_error_t
keyserver_get (ctrl_t ctrl, KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC *desc, int ndesc,
struct keyserver_spec *override_keyserver, int quick,
unsigned char **r_fpr, size_t *r_fprlen)
{
gpg_error_t err;
import_stats_t stats_handle;
int ndesc_used;
int any_good = 0;
stats_handle = import_new_stats_handle();
for (;;)
{
err = keyserver_get_chunk (ctrl, desc, ndesc, &ndesc_used, stats_handle,
override_keyserver, quick, r_fpr, r_fprlen);
if (!err)
any_good = 1;
if (err || ndesc_used >= ndesc)
break; /* Error or all processed. */
/* Prepare for the next chunk. */
desc += ndesc_used;
ndesc -= ndesc_used;
}
if (any_good)
import_print_stats (stats_handle);
import_release_stats_handle (stats_handle);
return err;
}
/* Send all keys specified by KEYSPECS to the configured keyserver. */
static gpg_error_t
keyserver_put (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t keyspecs)
{
gpg_error_t err;
strlist_t kspec;
char *ksurl;
if (!keyspecs)
return 0; /* Return success if the list is empty. */
if (gpg_dirmngr_ks_list (ctrl, &ksurl))
{
log_error (_("no keyserver known\n"));
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_KEYSERVER);
}
for (kspec = keyspecs; kspec; kspec = kspec->next)
{
void *data;
size_t datalen;
kbnode_t keyblock;
err = export_pubkey_buffer (ctrl, kspec->d,
opt.keyserver_options.export_options,
NULL, 0, NULL,
&keyblock, &data, &datalen);
if (err)
log_error (_("skipped \"%s\": %s\n"), kspec->d, gpg_strerror (err));
else
{
if (!opt.quiet)
log_info (_("sending key %s to %s\n"),
keystr (keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key->keyid),
ksurl?ksurl:"[?]");
err = gpg_dirmngr_ks_put (ctrl, data, datalen, keyblock);
release_kbnode (keyblock);
xfree (data);
if (err)
{
write_status_error ("keyserver_send", err);
log_error (_("keyserver send failed: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (err));
}
}
}
xfree (ksurl);
return err;
}
/* Loop over all URLs in STRLIST and fetch the key at that URL. Note
that the fetch operation ignores the configured keyservers and
instead directly retrieves the keys. */
int
keyserver_fetch (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t urilist, int origin)
{
gpg_error_t err;
strlist_t sl;
estream_t datastream;
unsigned int save_options = opt.keyserver_options.import_options;
/* Switch on fast-import, since fetch can handle more than one
import and we don't want each set to rebuild the trustdb.
Instead we do it once at the end. */
opt.keyserver_options.import_options |= IMPORT_FAST;
for (sl=urilist; sl; sl=sl->next)
{
if (!opt.quiet)
log_info (_("requesting key from '%s'\n"), sl->d);
err = gpg_dirmngr_ks_fetch (ctrl, sl->d, &datastream);
if (!err)
{
import_stats_t stats_handle;
stats_handle = import_new_stats_handle();
import_keys_es_stream (ctrl, datastream, stats_handle, NULL, NULL,
opt.keyserver_options.import_options,
NULL, NULL, origin, sl->d);
import_print_stats (stats_handle);
import_release_stats_handle (stats_handle);
}
else
log_info (_("WARNING: unable to fetch URI %s: %s\n"),
sl->d, gpg_strerror (err));
es_fclose (datastream);
}
opt.keyserver_options.import_options = save_options;
/* If the original options didn't have fast import, and the trustdb
is dirty, rebuild. */
if (!(opt.keyserver_options.import_options&IMPORT_FAST))
check_or_update_trustdb (ctrl);
return 0;
}
/* Import key in a CERT or pointed to by a CERT. In DANE_MODE fetch
the certificate using the DANE method. */
int
keyserver_import_cert (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *name, int dane_mode,
unsigned char **fpr,size_t *fpr_len)
{
gpg_error_t err;
char *look,*url;
estream_t key;
look = xstrdup(name);
if (!dane_mode)
{
char *domain = strrchr (look,'@');
if (domain)
*domain='.';
}
err = gpg_dirmngr_dns_cert (ctrl, look, dane_mode? NULL : "*",
&key, fpr, fpr_len, &url);
if (err)
;
else if (key)
{
int armor_status=opt.no_armor;
import_filter_t save_filt;
/* CERTs and DANE records are always in binary format */
opt.no_armor=1;
if (dane_mode)
{
save_filt = save_and_clear_import_filter ();
if (!save_filt)
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
{
char *filtstr = es_bsprintf ("keep-uid=mbox = %s", look);
err = filtstr? 0 : gpg_error_from_syserror ();
if (!err)
err = parse_and_set_import_filter (filtstr);
xfree (filtstr);
if (!err)
err = import_keys_es_stream (ctrl, key, NULL, fpr, fpr_len,
IMPORT_NO_SECKEY,
NULL, NULL, KEYORG_DANE, NULL);
restore_import_filter (save_filt);
}
}
else
{
err = import_keys_es_stream (ctrl, key, NULL, fpr, fpr_len,
(opt.keyserver_options.import_options
| IMPORT_NO_SECKEY),
NULL, NULL, 0, NULL);
}
opt.no_armor=armor_status;
es_fclose (key);
key = NULL;
}
else if (*fpr)
{
/* We only consider the IPGP type if a fingerprint was provided.
This lets us select the right key regardless of what a URL
points to, or get the key from a keyserver. */
if(url)
{
struct keyserver_spec *spec;
spec = parse_keyserver_uri (url, 1);
if(spec)
{
err = keyserver_import_fprint (ctrl, *fpr, *fpr_len, spec, 0);
free_keyserver_spec(spec);
}
}
else if (keyserver_any_configured (ctrl))
{
/* If only a fingerprint is provided, try and fetch it from
the configured keyserver. */
err = keyserver_import_fprint (ctrl,
*fpr, *fpr_len, opt.keyserver, 0);
}
else
log_info(_("no keyserver known\n"));
/* Give a better string here? "CERT fingerprint for \"%s\"
found, but no keyserver" " known (use option
--keyserver)\n" ? */
}
xfree(url);
xfree(look);
return err;
}
/* Import a key using the Web Key Directory protocol. */
gpg_error_t
keyserver_import_wkd (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *name, int quick,
unsigned char **fpr, size_t *fpr_len)
{
gpg_error_t err;
char *mbox;
estream_t key;
char *url = NULL;
/* We want to work on the mbox. That is what dirmngr will do anyway
* and we need the mbox for the import filter anyway. */
mbox = mailbox_from_userid (name, 0);
if (!mbox)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
if (gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_EINVAL)
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_USER_ID);
return err;
}
err = gpg_dirmngr_wkd_get (ctrl, mbox, quick, &key, &url);
if (err)
;
else if (key)
{
int armor_status = opt.no_armor;
import_filter_t save_filt;
/* Keys returned via WKD are in binary format. However, we
* relax that requirement and allow also for armored data. */
opt.no_armor = 0;
save_filt = save_and_clear_import_filter ();
if (!save_filt)
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
{
char *filtstr = es_bsprintf ("keep-uid=mbox = %s", mbox);
err = filtstr? 0 : gpg_error_from_syserror ();
if (!err)
err = parse_and_set_import_filter (filtstr);
xfree (filtstr);
if (!err)
err = import_keys_es_stream (ctrl, key, NULL, fpr, fpr_len,
IMPORT_NO_SECKEY,
NULL, NULL, KEYORG_WKD, url);
}
restore_import_filter (save_filt);
opt.no_armor = armor_status;
es_fclose (key);
key = NULL;
}
xfree (url);
xfree (mbox);
return err;
}
/* Import a key by name using LDAP */
int
keyserver_import_ldap (ctrl_t ctrl,
const char *name, unsigned char **fpr, size_t *fprlen)
{
(void)ctrl;
(void)name;
(void)fpr;
(void)fprlen;
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED); /*FIXME*/
#if 0
char *domain;
struct keyserver_spec *keyserver;
strlist_t list=NULL;
int rc,hostlen=1;
struct srventry *srvlist=NULL;
int srvcount,i;
char srvname[MAXDNAME];
/* Parse out the domain */
domain=strrchr(name,'@');
if(!domain)
return GPG_ERR_GENERAL;
domain++;
keyserver=xmalloc_clear(sizeof(struct keyserver_spec));
keyserver->scheme=xstrdup("ldap");
keyserver->host=xmalloc(1);
keyserver->host[0]='\0';
snprintf(srvname,MAXDNAME,"_pgpkey-ldap._tcp.%s",domain);
FIXME("network related - move to dirmngr or drop the code");
srvcount=getsrv(srvname,&srvlist);
for(i=0;ihost=xrealloc(keyserver->host,hostlen);
strcat(keyserver->host,srvlist[i].target);
if(srvlist[i].port!=389)
{
char port[7];
hostlen+=6; /* a colon, plus 5 digits (unsigned 16-bit value) */
keyserver->host=xrealloc(keyserver->host,hostlen);
snprintf(port,7,":%u",srvlist[i].port);
strcat(keyserver->host,port);
}
strcat(keyserver->host," ");
}
free(srvlist);
/* If all else fails, do the PGP Universal trick of
ldap://keys.(domain) */
hostlen+=5+strlen(domain);
keyserver->host=xrealloc(keyserver->host,hostlen);
strcat(keyserver->host,"keys.");
strcat(keyserver->host,domain);
append_to_strlist(&list,name);
rc = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED); /*FIXME*/
/* keyserver_work (ctrl, KS_GETNAME, list, NULL, */
/* 0, fpr, fpr_len, keyserver); */
free_strlist(list);
free_keyserver_spec(keyserver);
return rc;
#endif
}
diff --git a/g10/options.h b/g10/options.h
index 958d3fb87..fca23cb5c 100644
--- a/g10/options.h
+++ b/g10/options.h
@@ -1,423 +1,426 @@
/* options.h
* Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
* 2007, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2015 g10 Code GmbH
*
* This file is part of GnuPG.
*
* GnuPG is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GnuPG is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, see .
*/
#ifndef G10_OPTIONS_H
#define G10_OPTIONS_H
#include
#include "../common/types.h"
#include
#include "main.h"
#include "packet.h"
#include "tofu.h"
#include "../common/session-env.h"
#include "../common/compliance.h"
/* Declaration of a keyserver spec type. The definition is found in
../common/keyserver.h. */
struct keyserver_spec;
typedef struct keyserver_spec *keyserver_spec_t;
/* Global options for GPG. */
EXTERN_UNLESS_MAIN_MODULE
struct
{
int verbose;
int quiet;
unsigned debug;
int armor;
char *outfile;
estream_t outfp; /* Hack, sometimes used in place of outfile. */
off_t max_output;
/* If > 0 a hint with the expected number of input data bytes. This
* is not necessary an exact number but intended to be used for
* progress info and to decide on how to allocate buffers. */
uint64_t input_size_hint;
/* The AEAD chunk size expressed as a power of 2. */
int chunk_size;
int dry_run;
int autostart;
int list_only;
int mimemode;
int textmode;
int expert;
const char *def_sig_expire;
int ask_sig_expire;
const char *def_cert_expire;
int ask_cert_expire;
int batch; /* run in batch mode */
int answer_yes; /* answer yes on most questions */
int answer_no; /* answer no on most questions */
int check_sigs; /* check key signatures */
int with_colons;
int with_key_data;
int with_icao_spelling; /* Print ICAO spelling with fingerprints. */
int with_fingerprint; /* Option --with-fingerprint active. */
int with_subkey_fingerprint; /* Option --with-subkey-fingerprint active. */
int with_keygrip; /* Option --with-keygrip active. */
int with_key_screening;/* Option --with-key-screening active. */
int with_tofu_info; /* Option --with-tofu_info active. */
int with_secret; /* Option --with-secret active. */
int with_wkd_hash; /* Option --with-wkd-hash. */
int with_key_origin; /* Option --with-key-origin. */
int fingerprint; /* list fingerprints */
int list_sigs; /* list signatures */
int no_armor;
int list_packets; /* Option --list-packets active. */
int def_cipher_algo;
int def_aead_algo;
int force_mdc;
int disable_mdc;
int force_aead;
int def_digest_algo;
int cert_digest_algo;
int compress_algo;
int compress_level;
int bz2_compress_level;
int bz2_decompress_lowmem;
strlist_t def_secret_key;
char *def_recipient;
int def_recipient_self;
strlist_t secret_keys_to_try;
/* A list of mail addresses (addr-spec) provided by the user with
* the option --sender. */
strlist_t sender_list;
int def_cert_level;
int min_cert_level;
int ask_cert_level;
int emit_version; /* 0 = none,
1 = major only,
2 = major and minor,
3 = full version,
4 = full version plus OS string. */
int marginals_needed;
int completes_needed;
int max_cert_depth;
const char *agent_program;
const char *keyboxd_program;
const char *dirmngr_program;
int disable_dirmngr;
const char *def_new_key_algo;
/* Options to be passed to the gpg-agent */
session_env_t session_env;
char *lc_ctype;
char *lc_messages;
int skip_verify;
int skip_hidden_recipients;
/* TM_CLASSIC must be zero to accommodate trustdbsg generated before
we started storing the trust model inside the trustdb. */
enum
{
TM_CLASSIC=0, TM_PGP=1, TM_EXTERNAL=2,
TM_ALWAYS, TM_DIRECT, TM_AUTO, TM_TOFU, TM_TOFU_PGP
} trust_model;
enum tofu_policy tofu_default_policy;
int force_ownertrust;
enum gnupg_compliance_mode compliance;
enum
{
KF_DEFAULT, KF_NONE, KF_SHORT, KF_LONG, KF_0xSHORT, KF_0xLONG
} keyid_format;
const char *set_filename;
strlist_t comments;
int throw_keyids;
const char *photo_viewer;
int s2k_mode;
int s2k_digest_algo;
int s2k_cipher_algo;
unsigned char s2k_count; /* This is the encoded form, not the raw
count */
int not_dash_escaped;
int escape_from;
int lock_once;
keyserver_spec_t keyserver; /* The list of configured keyservers. */
struct
{
unsigned int options;
unsigned int import_options;
unsigned int export_options;
char *http_proxy;
} keyserver_options;
int exec_disable;
int exec_path_set;
unsigned int import_options;
unsigned int export_options;
unsigned int list_options;
unsigned int verify_options;
const char *def_preference_list;
const char *def_keyserver_url;
prefitem_t *personal_cipher_prefs;
prefitem_t *personal_aead_prefs;
prefitem_t *personal_digest_prefs;
prefitem_t *personal_compress_prefs;
struct weakhash *weak_digests;
int no_perm_warn;
char *temp_dir;
int no_encrypt_to;
int encrypt_to_default_key;
int interactive;
struct notation *sig_notations;
struct notation *cert_notations;
strlist_t sig_policy_url;
strlist_t cert_policy_url;
strlist_t sig_keyserver_url;
strlist_t cert_subpackets;
strlist_t sig_subpackets;
int allow_non_selfsigned_uid;
int allow_freeform_uid;
int no_literal;
ulong set_filesize;
int fast_list_mode;
int legacy_list_mode;
int ignore_time_conflict;
int ignore_valid_from;
int ignore_crc_error;
int ignore_mdc_error;
int command_fd;
const char *override_session_key;
int show_session_key;
const char *gpg_agent_info;
int try_all_secrets;
int no_expensive_trust_checks;
int no_sig_cache;
int no_auto_check_trustdb;
int preserve_permissions;
int no_homedir_creation;
struct groupitem *grouplist;
int mangle_dos_filenames;
int enable_progress_filter;
unsigned int screen_columns;
unsigned int screen_lines;
byte *show_subpackets;
int rfc2440_text;
/* If true, let write failures on the status-fd exit the process. */
int exit_on_status_write_error;
/* If > 0, limit the number of card insertion prompts to this
value. */
int limit_card_insert_tries;
struct
{
/* If set, require an 0x19 backsig to be present on signatures
made by signing subkeys. If not set, a missing backsig is not
an error (but an invalid backsig still is). */
unsigned int require_cross_cert:1;
unsigned int use_embedded_filename:1;
unsigned int utf8_filename:1;
unsigned int dsa2:1;
unsigned int allow_old_cipher_algos:1;
unsigned int allow_weak_digest_algos:1;
unsigned int allow_weak_key_signatures:1;
unsigned int large_rsa:1;
unsigned int disable_signer_uid:1;
unsigned int include_key_block:1;
unsigned int auto_key_import:1;
/* Flag to enable experimental features from RFC4880bis. */
unsigned int rfc4880bis:1;
/* Hack: --output is not given but OUTFILE was temporary set to "-". */
unsigned int dummy_outfile:1;
/* Force the use of the OpenPGP card and do not allow the use of
* another card. */
unsigned int use_only_openpgp_card:1;
unsigned int full_timestrings:1;
/* Force signing keys even if a key signature already exists. */
unsigned int force_sign_key:1;
/* On key generation do not set the ownertrust. */
unsigned int no_auto_trust_new_key:1;
+ /* The next flag is set internally iff IMPORT_SELF_SIGS_ONLY has
+ * been set by the user and is not the default value. */
+ unsigned int expl_import_self_sigs_only:1;
} flags;
/* Linked list of ways to find a key if the key isn't on the local
keyring. */
struct akl
{
enum {
AKL_NODEFAULT,
AKL_LOCAL,
AKL_CERT,
AKL_PKA,
AKL_DANE,
AKL_WKD,
AKL_LDAP,
AKL_NTDS,
AKL_KEYSERVER,
AKL_SPEC
} type;
keyserver_spec_t spec;
struct akl *next;
} *auto_key_locate;
/* The value of --key-origin. See parse_key_origin(). */
int key_origin;
char *key_origin_url;
int passphrase_repeat;
int pinentry_mode;
int request_origin;
int unwrap_encryption;
int only_sign_text_ids;
int no_symkey_cache; /* Disable the cache used for --symmetric. */
int use_keyboxd; /* Use the external keyboxd as storage backend. */
} opt;
/* CTRL is used to keep some global variables we currently can't
avoid. Future concurrent versions of gpg will put it into a per
request structure CTRL. */
EXTERN_UNLESS_MAIN_MODULE
struct {
int in_auto_key_retrieve; /* True if we are doing an
auto_key_retrieve. */
/* Hack to store the last error. We currently need it because the
proc_packet machinery is not able to reliabale return error
codes. Thus for the --server purposes we store some of the error
codes here. FIXME! */
gpg_error_t lasterr;
/* Kludge to silence some warnings using --secret-key-list. */
int silence_parse_warnings;
} glo_ctrl;
#define DBG_PACKET_VALUE 1 /* debug packet reading/writing */
#define DBG_MPI_VALUE 2 /* debug mpi details */
#define DBG_CRYPTO_VALUE 4 /* debug crypto handling */
/* (may reveal sensitive data) */
#define DBG_FILTER_VALUE 8 /* debug internal filter handling */
#define DBG_IOBUF_VALUE 16 /* debug iobuf stuff */
#define DBG_MEMORY_VALUE 32 /* debug memory allocation stuff */
#define DBG_CACHE_VALUE 64 /* debug the caching */
#define DBG_MEMSTAT_VALUE 128 /* show memory statistics */
#define DBG_TRUST_VALUE 256 /* debug the trustdb */
#define DBG_HASHING_VALUE 512 /* debug hashing operations */
#define DBG_IPC_VALUE 1024 /* debug assuan communication */
#define DBG_CLOCK_VALUE 4096
#define DBG_LOOKUP_VALUE 8192 /* debug the key lookup */
#define DBG_EXTPROG_VALUE 16384 /* debug external program calls */
/* Tests for the debugging flags. */
#define DBG_PACKET (opt.debug & DBG_PACKET_VALUE)
#define DBG_MPI (opt.debug & DBG_MPI_VALUE)
#define DBG_CRYPTO (opt.debug & DBG_CRYPTO_VALUE)
#define DBG_FILTER (opt.debug & DBG_FILTER_VALUE)
#define DBG_CACHE (opt.debug & DBG_CACHE_VALUE)
#define DBG_TRUST (opt.debug & DBG_TRUST_VALUE)
#define DBG_HASHING (opt.debug & DBG_HASHING_VALUE)
#define DBG_IPC (opt.debug & DBG_IPC_VALUE)
#define DBG_CLOCK (opt.debug & DBG_CLOCK_VALUE)
#define DBG_LOOKUP (opt.debug & DBG_LOOKUP_VALUE)
#define DBG_EXTPROG (opt.debug & DBG_EXTPROG_VALUE)
/* FIXME: We need to check why we did not put this into opt. */
#define DBG_MEMORY memory_debug_mode
#define DBG_MEMSTAT memory_stat_debug_mode
EXTERN_UNLESS_MAIN_MODULE int memory_debug_mode;
EXTERN_UNLESS_MAIN_MODULE int memory_stat_debug_mode;
/* Compatibility flags. */
#define GNUPG (opt.compliance==CO_GNUPG || opt.compliance==CO_DE_VS)
#define RFC2440 (opt.compliance==CO_RFC2440)
#define RFC4880 (opt.compliance==CO_RFC4880)
#define PGP7 (opt.compliance==CO_PGP7)
#define PGP8 (opt.compliance==CO_PGP8)
#define PGPX (PGP7 || PGP8)
/* Various option flags. Note that there should be no common string
names between the IMPORT_ and EXPORT_ flags as they can be mixed in
the keyserver-options option. */
#define IMPORT_LOCAL_SIGS (1<<0)
#define IMPORT_REPAIR_PKS_SUBKEY_BUG (1<<1)
#define IMPORT_FAST (1<<2)
#define IMPORT_SHOW (1<<3)
#define IMPORT_MERGE_ONLY (1<<4)
#define IMPORT_MINIMAL (1<<5)
#define IMPORT_CLEAN (1<<6)
#define IMPORT_NO_SECKEY (1<<7)
#define IMPORT_KEEP_OWNERTTRUST (1<<8)
#define IMPORT_EXPORT (1<<9)
#define IMPORT_RESTORE (1<<10)
#define IMPORT_REPAIR_KEYS (1<<11)
#define IMPORT_DRY_RUN (1<<12)
#define IMPORT_SELF_SIGS_ONLY (1<<14)
#define IMPORT_COLLAPSE_UIDS (1<<15)
#define IMPORT_COLLAPSE_SUBKEYS (1<<16)
#define IMPORT_BULK (1<<17)
#define EXPORT_LOCAL_SIGS (1<<0)
#define EXPORT_ATTRIBUTES (1<<1)
#define EXPORT_SENSITIVE_REVKEYS (1<<2)
#define EXPORT_RESET_SUBKEY_PASSWD (1<<3)
#define EXPORT_MINIMAL (1<<4)
#define EXPORT_CLEAN (1<<5)
#define EXPORT_DANE_FORMAT (1<<7)
#define EXPORT_BACKUP (1<<10)
#define LIST_SHOW_PHOTOS (1<<0)
#define LIST_SHOW_POLICY_URLS (1<<1)
#define LIST_SHOW_STD_NOTATIONS (1<<2)
#define LIST_SHOW_USER_NOTATIONS (1<<3)
#define LIST_SHOW_NOTATIONS (LIST_SHOW_STD_NOTATIONS|LIST_SHOW_USER_NOTATIONS)
#define LIST_SHOW_KEYSERVER_URLS (1<<4)
#define LIST_SHOW_UID_VALIDITY (1<<5)
#define LIST_SHOW_UNUSABLE_UIDS (1<<6)
#define LIST_SHOW_UNUSABLE_SUBKEYS (1<<7)
#define LIST_SHOW_KEYRING (1<<8)
#define LIST_SHOW_SIG_EXPIRE (1<<9)
#define LIST_SHOW_SIG_SUBPACKETS (1<<10)
#define LIST_SHOW_USAGE (1<<11)
#define LIST_SHOW_ONLY_FPR_MBOX (1<<12)
#define LIST_SORT_SIGS (1<<13)
#define VERIFY_SHOW_PHOTOS (1<<0)
#define VERIFY_SHOW_POLICY_URLS (1<<1)
#define VERIFY_SHOW_STD_NOTATIONS (1<<2)
#define VERIFY_SHOW_USER_NOTATIONS (1<<3)
#define VERIFY_SHOW_NOTATIONS (VERIFY_SHOW_STD_NOTATIONS|VERIFY_SHOW_USER_NOTATIONS)
#define VERIFY_SHOW_KEYSERVER_URLS (1<<4)
#define VERIFY_SHOW_UID_VALIDITY (1<<5)
#define VERIFY_SHOW_UNUSABLE_UIDS (1<<6)
#define VERIFY_SHOW_PRIMARY_UID_ONLY (1<<9)
#define KEYSERVER_HTTP_PROXY (1<<0)
#define KEYSERVER_TIMEOUT (1<<1)
#define KEYSERVER_ADD_FAKE_V3 (1<<2)
#define KEYSERVER_AUTO_KEY_RETRIEVE (1<<3)
#define KEYSERVER_HONOR_KEYSERVER_URL (1<<4)
#endif /*G10_OPTIONS_H*/